WVC Police Department Policy Manual
WVC Police Department Policy Manual
POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY MANUAL
11/1/2020
Table of Contents
i. Chief's Preface
ii. Law Enforcement Code of Ethics
iii. Vision Statement
iv. Mission Statement
Chapter 7 – Equipment
700 – Department-Owned and Personal Property
702 – Personal Communication Devices
704 – Vehicle Maintenance
706 – Vehicle Use
708 – Special Purpose Vehicles
710 – Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS)
Chapter 9 – Custody
902 – Custody Searches
Chapter 10 – Personnel
1000 – Recruitment and Selection
1002 – Attendance and Absenteeism
1004 – Transfers
1006 – Performance Evaluations
1007 – Performance Improvement Plans
1007A – Example of Notice of Deficiency
1007B – Example of Performance Improvement Plan
1007C – Example of Feedback Meeting
1008 – Military Deployment and Reintegration
1010 – Report of Officer Convictions and/or Offenses
1012 – Alcohol and Drug Use
1014 – Paid Time Off (PTO)
1016 – Infectious Disease and Exposure
1018 – Smoking and Tobacco Use
1020 – Personnel Complaints
1021 – Use of IAPro and BlueTeam Software
1022 – Seat Belts
1024 – Body Armor
1026 – Peace Officer Personnel Files
1028 – Employee Wellness Initiative
1030 – Employee Commendations
1032 – Fitness for Duty
1034 – Meal Periods and Breaks
1035 – Lactation Breaks
1036 – Time Card Procedures
1038 – Overtime Payment and Compensation Policy
1040 – Outside Employment
1042 – On-Duty Injuries
1043 – Line of Duty Serious Injury or Death
1044 – Personal Appearance Standards
1046 – Uniform Standards and Regulations
1050 – Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships
1052 – Department Badges
1054 – Modified Duty Assignments
1058 – Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking
1059 – Peer Support
1060 – Early Intervention Program
Chief's Preface
Standards in this policy relate to the basic role and authority of this law enforcement agency.
When an agency defines its role, two broad purposes are served. First, officers/employees
are made aware of the actions and attitudes expected of them and can therefore act without
hesitation in compliance with department policy and established law. Second, members of
the public are provided with a general standard by which they can measure the performance of
the agency. Written policy defining the functional role should set forth the agency's purpose or
mission, goals, and basic programs and priorities; and should specify that the agency intends
to be responsive to, and protect the constitutional rights of all.
This agency shall have written policy outlining its law enforcement authority, and the
need for public approval and acceptance of that authority. This policy will define what is
reasonable and lawful, in accordance with established law. This policy will also address
the need for accountability to the community it serves.
The expanding role and complexity of law enforcement in society makes it impossible
to strictly outline an officer/employee action in every situation. While it is necessary that
discipline may be required in correcting behavior that is contrary to policy, these policies
are to be viewed as guidelines for the officer/employee to follow. An officer and/or
employee's actions should be judged in accordance with the unique differences of
each situation and the knowledge of that situation that the officer/employee has at the
time. Disregard without credible and valid reasons may subject the officer/employee to
discipline. Exceptions to this are actions which officers/employees are required to
perform by law.
This law enforcement agency has established this policy to enhance and direct its
officers/employees performance of their duties. This provides our officers/employees
with a clear understanding of the constraints under which they should operate and the
expectations that they should fulfill.
I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all; maintain courageous calm in
the face of danger, scorn, or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be constantly mindful
of the welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official
life, I will be exemplary in obeying the laws of the land and the regulations of my
department. Whatever I see or hear of a confidential nature or that is confided to me in
my official capacity will be kept ever secret unless revelation is necessary in the
performance of my duty.
Vision Statement
We will aspire to be a leader in policing, a model for character, innovation, and service. We will
strive to protect our diverse and dynamic community and will work in partnership with residents
to promote public safety, reduce crime, and improve the overall quality of life enjoyed by our
citizens. We will professionally execute our role as law enforcement officers and public servants
with fairness, integrity, compassion, and respect for the rights of all individuals. Together, we
will resolve to develop a creative, forward-thinking workforce, dedicated to raising our level of
excellence to meet the challenges of tomorrow.
We will work diligently and tirelessly to continually improve ourselves. Partnerships and
collaboration will be the primary themes of building a new strategic plan for our police
department. This plan will serve as a living document through which we will both establish and
prioritize the goals and objectives of our organization and will also assist us in overcoming the
challenges that we currently face. Ultimately, this plan will serve as our road map to the future
by focusing us on those things that unify our efforts in fulfilling our mission and achieving our
vision.
We will work together as an organization and be ever-cognizant that our effort to improve public
safety and the quality of life for our community is our top priority. We will be undeterred in serving
the public with the highest degree of professionalism, accountability, and fairness. We will
maximize the effectiveness and efficiency of our organization through strategic alignment of our
resources in a manner that best achieves our mission.
Mission Statement
The mission of the West Valley City Police Department is to work in partnership with the
community to protect life and property, solve neighborhood problems, and enhance the quality
of life in our City.
Members of this Police Department commit themselves in the following core tenets:
A peace officer in the State of Utah may arrest a person without a warrant (Utah State Code §
77-7-2):
(a) For any public offense committed or attempted in the presence of the officer.
(b) When the officer has reasonable cause to believe that the person has committed a crime
that is a felony or class A misdemeanor.
(c) When the officer has reasonable cause to believe the person has committed a public
offense, and there is reasonable cause to believe the person may:
1. Flee or conceal him/herself to avoid arrest;
2. Destroy or conceal evidence of the commission of the offense; or
3. Injure another person or damage property belonging to another person.
(d) When the officer has reasonable cause to believe the person has committed the offense
of failure to disclose their identity under Utah State Code § 76-8-301.5.
(e) When the officer has reasonable cause to believe that the person is an alien:
1. Subject to a civil removal order issued by an immigration judge.
2. Regarding who a civil detainer warrant has been issued by the federal Department of
Homeland Security.
3. Who has been charged or convicted in another state with one or more aggravated
felonies as defined by 8 U.S.C. Sec. 1101(a)(43).
When arresting a person without a warrant an officer shall:
(a) Confirm the arrestee’s identity, if possible.
(b) Notify a supervisor of the arrest and meet with the supervisor to complete the Booking
Approval Sheet.
(c) Explain the circumstances surrounding the arrest and the probable cause to arrest to the
supervisor.
(d) Transport the arrestee to the appropriate jail or prison facility and submit all paperwork
required by that facility to properly complete the booking process and transfer custody of
the arrestee to that facility.
(e) Complete the proper report and accompanying documentation as required in Policy § 344,
Report Preparation.
exercise of professional discretion. The officer's decision to ignore such situations may
be deemed neglect of duty.
Officers shall not unnecessarily interfere with cases, work or operation of any other agency.
CALEA Standard(s):
Oath of Office and Core Values
INTEGRITY - Ethical behavior is the cornerstone of public trust. For any police department to
maintain such trust, it must constantly demonstrate that its partnership with the community will
be fair, objective and securely rooted in consistently applied ethical principles. Members of the
West Valley City Police Department are expected to demonstrate, through words and deeds,
that the best interest of the public is always in the forefront of their decisions.
Therefore, we uphold the public trust by being honest. In doing so, we maintain the highest
standards of professional and ethical character.
SERVICE – We are dedicated to enhancing public safety and reducing the fear and incidence
of crime. People in our communities are our most important customers. The mantra of “To
Protect and To Serve” is more than a slogan – it is our way of life. We will work in partnership
with the people in our communities and do our best, within the law, to solve community
problems that effect public safety. We value the great diversity of people in both our residential
and business communities and serve all with equal dedication.
CALEA Standard(s):
Oath of Office and Core Values
Therefore, we will be responsive to community needs and will always be accountable for our
decision and actions.
FAIRNESS – Fundamental to delivery of professional police service is the fair and equitable
treatment of all individuals. Whether citizen or employee, all must be treated with dignity and
respect.
Therefore, we treat everyone with respect and dignity in an unbiased manner. We protect
constitutional rights through impartial enforcement of the law.
In sum, it is through the daily adherence to our core values and organization mission that will
demonstrate our commitment to professionalism and dedication to those with whom we work
and serve.
All prior and existing manuals, orders and regulations that are in conflict with this manual are
rescinded, except to the extent that portions of existing manuals, procedures, orders and other
regulations that have not been included herein shall remain in effect provided they do not
conflict with the provision of this manual.
106.2 POLICY
Except where otherwise expressly stated, the provisions of this manual shall be considered as
guidelines. It is recognized that the work of law enforcement is not always predictable and
circumstances may arise which warrant departure from these guidelines. It is the intent of this
manual to be viewed from an objective standard, taking into consideration the sound discretion
entrusted to members of this department under the circumstances reasonably available at the
time of any incident.
106.2.1 DISCLAIMER
The provisions contained in this Policy Manual are not intended to create an employment
contract, nor any employment rights or entitlements. The policies contained within this
manual are for the internal use of the West Valley City Police Department and shall not be
construed to create a higher standard or duty of care for civil or criminal liability against the City,
its officials or members. Violations of any provision of any policy contained within this manual
shall only form the basis for departmental administrative action, training or discipline. The
West Valley City Police Department reserves the right to revise any policy content, in whole or
in part.
106.4 CONTENT
This manual contains policies, procedure and rules and regulations.
Police.
Procedures are guidelines for carrying out an agency activity; they are “how to” statements. A
procedure may be made mandatory in tone through the use of “shall” rather than “should”. Or
“must” rather than “may”. Procedures sometimes allow some latitude and discretion in carrying
out an activity. Procedures within this manual are approved by the Chief of Police. Procedures
not contained in this manual may be issued by supervisors responsible for the administration
of a specific operational area or activity.
Rules and regulations are specific directives from which no deviation or exceptions are
permitted. Rules and regulations are issued by the Chief of Police.
Policies within each chapter begin with the hundred-number grouping for the chapter followed
by the number specific to that policy.
Sections within each policy will be noted by the policy number followed by the decimal point
and then the section number, e.g. 106.1.
Subsections will begin with the section number followed by a decimal point and then the
subsection number, e.g. 106.1.1.
Sections or subsections may also include lettered or numbered lists for organizational clarity.
106.6 DEFINITIONS
The following words and terms shall have these assigned meanings, unless it is apparent
from the content that they have a different meaning:
Civilian/Non-sworn – Employees and volunteers who are not sworn peace officers.
The term “supervisor” may also include any person (e.g., officer-in-charge, lead or senior
worker) given responsibility for the direction of the work of others without regard to a formal
job title, rank or compensation.
When there is only one Department member on-duty, that person may also be the
supervisor, except when circumstances reasonably require the notification or involvement of
the member’s off-duty supervisor or an on-call supervisor.
Each member shall acknowledge that he/she has been provided access to, and has had the
opportunity to review the Policy Manual and Departmental Directives. Members shall seek
clarification as needed from an appropriate supervisor for any provisions that he/she does not
fully understand.
All revisions to the Policy Manual will be provided to each member on or before the date the
policy becomes effective. Each member will be required to acknowledge that he/she has
reviewed the revisions and shall see clarification from an appropriate supervisor
Members are responsible for keeping abreast of all Policy Manual revisions.
Each Unit Commander/Manager will ensure that members under his/her command are aware
of any revisions to the Policy Manual.
This review will include an evaluation of the progress made towards attainment of the goals.
The Bureau Chiefs will be responsible for tracking and completing documented review of the
process. The report will be forwarded to the Chief of Police.
Each Bureau Commander will submit the goals and objectives for their bureau to the Chief.
The Chief will maintain the goals and objectives of each Bureau for analysis at the end of the
year.
Through the oversight of Bureau Commanders and regular meetings between the Chief of Police
and Command Staff, the goals and objectives of the agency are regularly monitored and
updated. Planning and research efforts include, but are not limited to, organizational activities
such as the collection and analysis of data required for CALEA accreditation. This includes
regular analyzes and administrative reviews of specific agency activities, such as, crime/traffic
trends and patterns, budget restraints and considerations, technology and equipment, and
training needs. Other areas for analyzes and review include incidents of use of force, pursuits,
recruitment, the personnel early warning system, and quarterly updates to bureau goals and
objectives.
Planning and research activities also include ensuring that the agency is properly prepared for
critical incident and unusual occurrences. Annual training and exercises are an important
element of this process. Audits, inspections, and evaluations of various aspects of the police
department also help ensure that the agency is properly addressing established goals and
objectives as part of its planning and research function.
200.3 BUREAUS
The Chief of Police is responsible for administering and managing the West Valley City Police
Department. There are three (3) bureaus within the Department, each of which are commanded
by a deputy chief, and comprised of sections/watches and units/squads, as follows:
Unless otherwise designated by the Chief of Police, the order of command authority in the
absence or unavailability of the Chief of Police will be the Deputy Chiefs in order of tenure.
Tenured seniority is determined by: 1) time in grade; 2) time employed as a sworn member of
this Department; 3) time employed in any capacity with the City of West Valley.
200.4.3 ORDERS
Members shall respond to and make a good faith and reasonable effort to comply with the lawful
order of superior officers and other proper authority.
Employees who are given an otherwise proper directive that conflicts a previous directive, rule or
regulation shall respectfully inform the supervisor issuing the directive of the conflict. If the
supervisor issuing the directive does not alter or retract it, the directive shall stand. Under these
circumstances, the responsibility for the conflict shall be upon the supervisor. Employees shall
obey the conflicting directive and shall not be held responsible for disobedience of the directive,
rule or regulation previously issued.
Employees shall not obey any directive that they know or should know would require them to
commit any illegal act. If in doubt about the legality of a directive, employees shall request the
issuing supervisor to clarify the directive or shall request to confer with a higher authority
requirements for supervisory personnel are assigned in the job description and job task
analysis, and in-service training for supervisors shall address employee career development.
Irrespective of rank, each employee within the organization has clearly articulated duties and
responsibilities and is accountable to one supervisor at a given time. Each employee is hereby
delegated the authority necessary to effectively execute those responsibilities. Each employee
will also be held accountable for the appropriate application of that delegated authority.
200.5.1 DEFINITIONS
Authority - Authority is the statutory or policy vested right to give commands, enforce
obedience, initiate action, and make necessary decisions. Authority may be delegated by
those so designated. Acts performed without proper authority or authorization shall be
considered in violation of manual directives. Those persons involved shall be subject to
disciplinary action.
Beat - A beat is a designation for the specific geographical district of the City.
Civilian Employee - Any personnel, paid or volunteer, who is not sworn by oath of office.
Director - Any civilian employee who supervises a Section. This position is the civilian
equivalent of a Lieutenant.
Line Command - Line command is the exercise of authority by a ranking officer over his/her
immediate subordinates. This pertains to those duties and responsibilities for which he/she is held
accountable as prescribed by Department policy.
Staff Command - Staff command is the exercise of authority by a ranking officer over
subordinate officers. This primarily pertains to non-operational duties and responsibilities
including those for which he/she is not directly accountable.
Department - Department designates this police agency. It is known as the West Valley City
Police Department, and its Chief of Police reports to the City Manager of West Valley City.
Section, Unit – Sections are functional units of the Department composed of shifts, units or
details. Sections are typically commanded by lieutenants. Units are typically commanded by
sergeants.
Special Duty - Special duty is a police service assignment, the nature of which requires that a
member be excused from the performance of his/her regularly assigned duties pending the
completion of the special duties. This term may be used interchangeably with "special
assignment".
Tour of Duty - A member's tour of duty shall extend from the time he/she is required to report for
work until the time when the work period has ended. At this time he/she is considered off duty.
Tours of duty are prescribed by Department policy
Injury Leave - Injury leave is that period of time during which a member is excused from duty
with pay due to an injury incurred in the line of duty.
Member - A member of this Department is any of its employees, either sworn or civilian.
Police Officers - Police officers are members of this Department who are designated as
such by virtue of their oath of office. Police officers are charged to carry out the
responsibilities and duties prescribed to them by statute, ordinance, and policy.
Commanding Officers - Commanding officers are those police officers, or other designated
members of the Department, who are responsible and directly accountable for the proper
functioning of a section, bureau, unit, or watch. Commanding officers usually hold the rank of
Lieutenant or above.
Officer in Training - An officer in training (OIT) is one who is selected and appointed as a
probationary officer in the Department. An OIT serves in the capacity as a police trainee prior
to the completion of his/her training period.
Supervising Officers - A supervising officer is a police officer, or other designated person, who
performs supervisory duties. A supervising officer usually holds the rank of Sergeant.
Rank Order - Rank order is the vertical relationship of the several ranks of this Department. This
is in respect to ascending levels of authority and responsibility.
Rank Structure - Rank structure is the hierarchical arrangement of ranks within the
Department. The ranks of this Department are listed below in descending order:
• Chief of Police
• Deputy Chief of Police
• Lieutenant
• Sergeant
• Police Officer/Police Officer 1st Class
Line Services - Line services are functions and activities which are basically concerned with
fulfilling primary police responsibilities.
Staff Services - Staff services are non-line functions and activities, which serve the
purposes of developing personnel into effective police officers, supervising officers,
commanding officers, and administrators. Staff services are designed to develop this
Department to most effectively meet its responsibilities and fulfill the police mission.
Watch - A watch designates one of the four basic time units for assignment of personnel. A
watch is usually specified in terms of eight or ten hour periods.
CALEA Standard(s):
Orders and Directives
All existing General Orders, Procedural Orders, Special Orders, and Chiefs Directives have been
incorporated in the updated Policy Manual or rescinded as of the below revision date.
Any of the above Orders issued after publication of the manual shall be numbered
consecutively starting with the numerical sequence of the order "01, 02, 03, etc", followed by
the last two digits of the year the order was issued in. For example, "01-08" signifies the first
Order for the year 2008.
All new Orders and/or Directives will be issued electronically to all members on the department
network for viewing and printing. Hard copy backups of these Orders and/or Directives will be
maintained with the hard copy backups of the Policy Manual until such a time as they are
rescinded or incorporated into the Policy Manual. These hard copy backups may be found the
main Public Safety Building in the Report Writing Room and the Investigations Section area
and in the common area of all Department Substations.
204.2 RESPONSIBILITIES
It is the responsibility of the Chief of Police and/or his/her designate to review and update the
manual on at least an annual basis. General Orders, Procedural Orders, Special Orders, and
Chiefs Directives shall be incorporated into the manual or rescinded at that time, if applicable.
204.2.1 STAFF
The Staff shall review and recommend revisions of the Policy Manual to the Chief of Police. Upon
the Chief's approval the above orders shall be incorporated into the Policy Manual.
CALEA Standard(s):
Orders and Directives
Statistical and data summaries of agency activities are important to predicting workload, in
determining personnel and other resource needs, and in preparing budgets. The purpose of
each report must be clearly defined.
(a) A daily report may be used to summarize significant occurrences during the previous
twenty-four hours. Daily reports keep personnel informed of major crimes, accidents,
arrests, and other important activities.
(b) A monthly statistical summary report provides an opportunity to account for the
activities in the Department and Sections during the previous month.
(c) The purpose of the report and corresponding CALEA standard, if applicable;
Certain types of situations, such as bomb threats (Policy § 416) and hostage/barricaded
persons (Policy § 414) are governed by other policies in this manual. The Incident
Commander on these types of incidents will adhere to the appropriate policies.
Failure to promptly respond to an order to report for duty may result in discipline.
Based on the nature, size, and complexity of the incident, the Incident Commander should
give consideration to assigning other personnel to assist them with the responsibilities listed
above.
related to the primary mission of the incident. During major operations this position will likely
be held by the Deputy Chief of the Patrol Bureau. The Operations Function should be
implemented when the Incident Commander is faced with a complex incident having major
demands in one or more of the functional areas.
The Operations Commander may appoint an Operations Supervisor to assist him/her with
the responsibilities of the Operations Function.
(f) Facilities. The Logistics Function will work with businesses and homeowners in the area
of the incident to provide facilities for things such as personnel staging and rehabilitation,
victim sheltering, and victim/witness interviews.
206.10 TRAINING
All sworn employees of the West Valley City Police Department will receive basic instruction
on the function of the City Emergency Management Plan and Incident Command Structure
(ICS) during recruit training of the in-house academy. All affected employees will receive
documented refresher training on an annual basis, and will participate in a tabletop or full-
scale training exercise on a biennial basis.
All Command level supervisors will participate in at least one City level emergency response
training exercise annually to ensure familiarization of the Incident Command Structure and
the City Emergency Management Plan. Typically, there are four exercises conducted each
year through the City Emergency Management Coordinator.
207.2 DEFINITION
A special event is considered any activity that may require added attention in the area of traffic
control, parking, pedestrian assistance or additional officers beyond the necessities of regular
duty. These events may include such activities as: parades, festivals, races, carnivals, fairs,
concerts, rallies, funerals, or any other event that may have or cause a large gathering of people
or vehicles.
207.3 RESPONSIBILITY
The responsibility for reviewing, coordinating and planning special events will be assigned to the
Department Special Events Coordinator. This assignment will be made at the discretion of the
Chief of Police. The Department Special Events Coordinator may request additional assistance
depending on the size and nature of the event to take place.
Once all the necessary information is obtained, the Special Events Coordinator will review the
details and make a determination what will be required from the Police Department.
A copy of the plan shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police, Deputy Chiefs, Watch Commanders
and any other entity that may be affected by the operation. The Special Events Coordinator or
the designated Supervisor for the event shall be responsible for all coordination with regular duty
Supervisors and any outside agencies.
The designated Supervisor for the event shall hold a debriefing at the end of the event and provide
an after-action report for documentation purposes and for future reference.
208 - Training
208.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
It is the policy of the Department to administer a training program that will provide for the
professional growth and continued development of its personnel. By doing so, the Department
will ensure its personnel possess the knowledge and skills necessary to provide a
professional level of service that meets the needs of the community.
208.2 PHILOSOPHY
The Department seeks to provide ongoing training and encourages all personnel to
participate in advanced training and formal education on a continual basis. This will ensure
that the needs of this department are addressed and that there is accountability for all training
which is provided. Training is provided within the confines of funding, requirements of a given
assignment, staffing levels and legal mandates. Whenever possible, the Department will use
courses certified by the Utah Peace Officer Standards and Training Section (POST).
208.3 OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the Training Program are to:
• Compliance with POST-mandated annual certified training of not less than 40 hours
(Utah Code 53-6-202(4)(a)).
• Firearms qualifications.
• De-Escalation training
• State-mandated training.
All personnel will be required to complete the portions of the retraining program applicable to
his/her assignment annually.
Personnel who fail to pass proficiency standards set for required training shall be provided
remedial training until proficiency is demonstrated. If proficiency is not demonstrated, the
Training Unit will notify the person’s supervisor. Corrective action will be the responsibility of
that person’s chain of command.
(b) The Chief of Police will select and replace members of the Training Committee. All
members are required to attend any scheduled meeting of the Training Committee or
provide a designee in their absence.
(c) The Training Committee will meet at least bi-annually as directed by the Professional
Standards & Training Section Lieutenant and/or the Chief of Police. The Training
Committee will report its evaluations and recommendations to the Chief of Police. Their
1. Evaluate Department training occurring since the last Training Committee meeting.
4. Establish and facilitate goals of the Training Committee between meetings of the
Committee.
(a) Requests for training courses shall be submitted by the officer to his/her immediate
supervisor using the department Request for Training Form. This supervisor shall
indicate his/her recommendation for approval or disapproval of the request. The request
shall be forwarded to the supervisor's immediate supervisor for a similar
recommendation. That supervisor shall forward the request to the appropriate Deputy
Chief for final approval or disapproval. The training request should contain the following:
1. A description of the course.
2. Where and when it is to be held.
3. If preregistration is required, the date that it is due.
4. A flyer advertising the training containing a description of the course and its
instructors if available. A syllabus for the training and hotel costs are required.
5. An itemized breakdown of the costs, listing:
i. registration fees
ii. costs for travel
iii. lodging
iv. per diem
v. other expenses
vi. total costs incurred
(a) All employees shall receive approval to schedule training through their immediate
supervisor. Once approval is received, the employee is permitted to sign themselves
up through current Department software/procedures. Employees are permitted to make
adjustments to previously scheduled dates/times with approval from their supervisor.
All modifications must be made no later than two hours prior to the start of the training
course. Excused absences from mandatory training are limited to:
1. Court appearances
2. Previously scheduled PTO
3. Sick leave
4. Physical limitations preventing the employee's participation
5. Emergency situations
(b) When an employee is unable to attend mandatory training, that employee shall:
1. Notify his/her supervisor, or if unavailable, another supervisor within the same
bureau of the notifying employee, and make adjustments to previously scheduled
date/time through current Department software/sign-up procedures. Notification
and changes must be made as soon as possible, but no later than two hours prior to
the start of training.
2. Make arrangements through his/her supervisor to attend the same training on an
alternate date.
(c) Employees who contact a member of the Training Unit to advise that they will be late,
cannot attend at a previously scheduled time, or need to make adjustments to their
scheduled date or time of training will be referred to their immediate supervisor for
assistance.
(d) Officers who arrive after the start time of a training course or on a date/time other than
previously scheduled will not receive credit for the course. Those officers will be referred
to their immediate supervisor for remedy.
(a) After attending training each officer shall fill out a Training Verification Form and submit
it to the Training Unit. If the training is in-house and a roll is kept, the roll shall be
submitted to the Training Unit. This will take the place of a training verification form.
(b) The Training Unit will forward course information to the appropriate personnel for
addition to the officer’s training file. Each officer may receive a printout of his/her
training record upon request. At this time the officer may request any corrections
necessary. This training record will be forwarded to P.O.S.T. at the end of each training
year.
(c) Compensation for training during off-duty hours shall conform to the compensation
policy as outlined in Department policy.
CALEA Standard(s):
Electronic Mail
The e-mail system is not a confidential system and therefore is not appropriate for
confidential communications. If a communication must be confidential, an alternative method
to communicate the message should be used. Employees using the department e-mail system
shall have no expectation of privacy concerning communications transmitted over the system.
Employees should not use personal accounts to exchange e-mail or other information that is
related to the official business of the Department.
West Valley City maintains all email records for up to one (1) year.
E-mail messages addressed to the entire department are only to be used for official
business-related items that are of particular interest to all users unless approved by the
Chief of Police or a Section Commander. Personal advertisements are not acceptable.
It is a violation of this policy to transmit a message under another user's name. Users are
strongly encouraged to log off the network when their computer is unattended. This added
security measure would prevent the misuse of an individual's e-mail, name and/or password by
others.
214.3 CORRESPONDENCE
In order to ensure that the letterhead and name of the Department are not misused, all
external correspondence shall be on Department letterhead. Personnel should use
Department letterhead only for official business and with approval of their supervisor.
214.4 SURVEYS
All surveys made in the name of the Department shall be authorized by the Chief of Police or
his/her designee.
(a) Chief of Police, Chief’s Executive Officer, and Chief’s Executive Administrative Assistant;
(b) Deputy Chiefs;
(c) Lieutenant of the Professional Standards & Training Section;
(d) Deputy Director of Human Resources for Public Safety;
(e) Lieutenant/Director and Sergeant/Supervisor of the resigning employee;
(f) Sergeant of the Training Unit;
(g) Logistics Officer of the Training Unit; and
(h) Administrative Assistant of the resigning officer’s bureau.
Supervisors may not authorize any time off for an employee after they have submitted their
letter of resignation. They should be referred to the Human Resources Department. If the
resigning employee has paid time off scheduled after the time they turn in their letter of
resignation, inform the Human Resources Department. If you receive notification from a
subordinate supervisor that an employee has submitted his or her letter of resignation, make
sure that the information is transmitted as indicated by this policy without delay.
(a) Each officer shall carry his/her Department identification whenever carrying such a
weapon.
(b) Officers will remain subject to this and all other Department policies (including
qualifying and training) and may not be the subject of any current disciplinary action.
(c) Officers may not be under the influence of alcohol or any other intoxicating or
hallucinatory drug, including prescription drugs, which would impair their ability to safely
handle a firearm.
(d) Officers must be aware that individual states may enact laws that permit private
persons or entities to prohibit or restrict the possession of concealed firearms on their
property.
(e) Officers must be aware that individual states may enact laws that prohibit or restrict the
possession of firearms on any state or local government property, installation, building,
base or park.
Machineguns (as defined in §5845 of the National Firearms Act), firearm silencers (as
defined in 18 USC §921), and destructive devices (as defined in 18 USC §921) are not
approved "firearms" per 18 USC §926B.
A qualified former law enforcement officer who wishes to carry a concealed weapon must carry
Department-issued, photographic identification that indicates that the former officer has met
the state's training and qualification standards within, not less recently than, one year prior to
the possession of the concealed firearm; or otherwise met the Department's established
standards for training and qualification for active law enforcement officers for the type of
weapon carried.
(a) Apply for and receive photographic identification from the agency from which the
individual retired certifying that they are a "qualified former law enforcement officer" as
defined in this Policy manual §220.2(a); and
1. Have documentation on the photographic identification indicating that the
individual has, not less recently than one year before the date the individual is
carrying the concealed firearm, been tested or otherwise been found by the
issuing agency to meet the standards of the issuing agency for training and
qualification of active law enforcement officers to carry a firearm of the same type
being carried, or
2. Have a separate certification issued by the State in which the individual now
resides that the individual has, not less recently than one year before the date
the individual is carrying the concealed firearm, been tested or otherwise been
found by the State to meet the standards of the State for training and qualification
of active law enforcement officers to carry a firearm of the same type being carried.
(a) In the event that a CWL endorsement is initially denied, the retired or former officer may
file a petition for review with the Concealed Weapon Review Board.
(b) The denial of a license shall be in writing and shall include the general reasons for the
action.
(c) If a retired or former officer appeals the denial, the retired or former officer shall have
access to the evidence upon which the denial was based.
(d) Upon a ruling by the Concealed Weapon Review Board the retired or former officer shall
be notified within 30 days.
All sworn employees and all retired officers with a Concealed Weapons License (CWL)
endorsement shall further promptly notify the Chief of Police or designee, in writing, if the
employee or retiree becomes the subject of a domestic violence restraining order issued by a
court of competent jurisdiction.
Any employee whose criminal conviction unduly restricts or prohibits that employee from fully
and properly performing his/her duties may be disciplined including, but not limited to being
placed on administrative leave, reassignment and/or termination.
Any employee failing to provide prompt written notice pursuant to this policy shall be subject to
discipline.
Each employee who receives funds will keep receipts or documentation for the funds received.
All disbursements will be supported with a signed receipt, invoice, expense form, Confidential
Informant payment form or some other documentation supporting the disbursement.
2. The Budget Manager will maintain a ledger or spreadsheet on this fund, which will
identify the initial balance of the fund, if any, and cash received and for what purpose.
The ledger will also indicate when the cash is deposited with the City Treasurer’s Office
and any remaining balance in the fund.
3. All cash received into the fund will be documented in the Budget Manager’s ledger or
spreadsheet.
4. No cash is disbursed from this fund, therefore no documentation is required for cash
expenditures.
5. The Police Department Budget Manager, Officer Manager and the Administrative
Assistant to the Office of the Chief are authorized to receive cash for this fund. The
Office Manager and the Administrative Assistant should give all cash received for this
fund to the Budget Manager on the day that it is received. The Budget Manager should
deposit cash received with the City Treasurer’s Office on a daily basis. Deposits will
be documented with a receipt from the City Treasurer’s Office.
6. The Budget Manager is responsible for reporting the cash activity for this fund to the
Administrative Services Bureau Deputy Chief on a quarterly basis.
3. The Investigations Section Lieutenant will document cash received into the fund in
his/her ledger or spreadsheet. This documentation will include where or from whom
the cash was received and for what purpose.
4. Authorization for cash disbursement will follow section § 222.3 of this policy.
5. Cash disbursed to investigators for the purposes described in this fund will be
documented by the Investigations Section Lieutenant in the fund ledger or
spreadsheet. Investigators requesting funds will complete a “Special Fund Request for
Cash” form. When possible, expenditures should be supported with a receipt, a
“Special Evidence Expense” form and/or a “Confidential Informant Payment” form.
When this is not possible, the expenditure will be supported by an Interdepartmental
Correspondence (IDC) from the investigator making the expenditure and approved by
his/her immediate supervisor.
7. The Investigations Section Lieutenant is responsible for reporting the cash activity for
this fund through his/her chain of command to the Administrative Services Bureau
Deputy Chief on a quarterly basis.
2. The Special Operations Lieutenant will maintain a ledger or spreadsheet that includes
the initial balance of the fund, cash income received, cash disbursed and for what
purpose, and the balance on hand.
3. The Special Operations Lieutenant will document cash received into the fund in his/her
ledger or spreadsheet. This documentation will include where or from whom the cash
was received and for what purpose.
4. Authorization for cash disbursement will follow section § 222.3 of this policy.
5. Cash disbursed to investigators for the purposes described in this fund will be
documented by the Special Operations Lieutenant in the fund ledger or spreadsheet.
Investigators requesting funds will complete a “Special Fund Request for Cash” form.
When possible, expenditures should be supported with a receipt, a “Special Evidence
Expense” form and/or a “Confidential Informant Payment” form. When this is not
possible, the expenditure will be supported by an Interdepartmental Correspondence
(IDC) from the investigator making the expenditure and approved by his/her immediate
supervisor.
7. The Special Operations Lieutenant is responsible for reporting the cash activity for this
fund through his/her chain of command to the Administrative Services Bureau Deputy
Chief on a quarterly basis.
2. The supervisor in charge of the EASY Program will maintain a ledger or spreadsheet
that includes the initial balance of the fund, cash income received, cash disbursed and
for what purpose, and the balance on hand.
3. The supervisor in charge of the EASY Program will document cash received into the
fund in his/her ledger or spreadsheet. This documentation will include where or from
whom the cash was received and for what purpose.
4. Disbursements of cash from the EASY Program Fund may not exceed $100.00, and
may be authorized by the supervisor in charge of the EASY Program or his/her
designee.
5. Cash disbursed to officers or decoys for the purposes described in this fund will be
documented by the supervisor in charge of the EASY Program in the fund ledger or
spreadsheet. When possible, expenditures should be supported with a receipt. When
this is not possible, the expenditure will be supported by an Interdepartmental
Correspondence (IDC) from the officer supervising the decoy making the expenditure
and approved by the supervisor in charge of the EASY Program.
7. The supervisor in charge of the EASY Program is responsible for reporting the cash
activity for this fund through his/her chain of command to the Administrative Services
Bureau Deputy Chief on a quarterly basis.
1. The Records Section cash fund is comprised of cash and other forms of payment
received by the Records Section as fees for such things as police reports, records
requests, sex offender registration fees, photo or video requests and other fees for
services provided in accordance with the City’s consolidated fee schedule.
2. The Records Section Supervisor will maintain a ledger or spreadsheet on this fund,
which will identify the initial balance of the fund, if any, and cash received and for what
purpose. The ledger will also indicate when the cash is deposited with the City
Treasurer’s Office and any remaining balance in the fund, kept for the purposes of
making change for cash payments.
3. All cash received into the fund will be documented in the Records Section Supervisor’s
ledger or spreadsheet.
4. No cash is disbursed from this fund, therefore no documentation is required for cash
expenditures.
5. Records Section employees who are assigned to the front desk and/or whose job it is
to process requests for services from the public and accept fees for those services are
authorized to receive cash for this fund. The Records Section supervisor will ensure
that all cash received, with the exception of cash needed for the purposes of making
change for cash payments, will be deposited with the City Treasurer’s Office on a daily
basis. Deposits will be documented with a receipt from the City Treasurer’s Office.
6. Other than the normal making of change during a transaction, Records Section
employees may only receive cash and are not allowed to make cash disbursements.
7. The Records Section Supervisor is responsible for reporting the cash activity for this
fund to the Administrative Services Bureau Deputy Chief on a quarterly basis.
222.5 REPORTING
Employees responsible for maintaining cash funds will submit a quarterly activity or reconciliation
report through their chain of command to the Deputy Chief of the Administrative Services Bureau.
224 - Inspections
224.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The inspection process serves to provide a review and oversight of Departmental operations,
personnel and equipment.
Staff inspections are in-depth reviews of all components of the agency. They are used as a
management tool to assure the agency head that personnel are adhering to proper
administrative procedures.
Although line inspections are an ongoing activity to ensure that employees are acting
according to agency requirements, at a minimum, on a quarterly basis, supervisors shall
inspect all personnel, work areas, and physical facilities under their control. Any clothing,
equipment, or facility needing repair should be noted in the inspection and forwarded to
the appropriated person for attention.
It is not intended that inspecting supervisors ensure compliance with all potential issues during
the course of each inspection. Rather, a random selection of a variety of the potential issues, in
addition to common issues like appearance and grooming, is preferred.
Regardless of the nature or extent of the inspection, supervisors who conduct inspections are
required to document and follow up on deficiencies and ensure corrective measures are taken.
The results of staff inspections are reported to the Chief of Police and includes recommendations
for improvement and/or corrections, and identifies positive aspects of the are being inspected.
The emphasis of staff inspections is on the system, rather than the individual.
The purpose of the inspections will be identified and an IDC sent to all affected personnel within
the affected bureau, section or unit, prior to the initiation of a staff inspection. All affected
personnel will be required to cooperate fully with the personnel assigned to the staff inspection.
300.2.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
Choke Hold – A physical maneuver that restricts an individual’s ability to breathe for the
purpose of incapacitation.
Deadly force – Force intended or likely to cause death or serious bodily injury.
Display of force – A display of force occurs when a tool is out, visible to a subject, and
commands are being given by the officer, or any officer, for the purpose of influencing the
subject’s actions.
De-escalation – De-escalation tactics and techniques are actions used by officers, when safe
and without compromising law enforcement priorities, that seek to minimize the likelihood of the
need to use force during an incident and increase the likelihood of voluntary compliance.
Force – The application of physical techniques or tactics, chemical agents or weapons to
another person. It is not a use of force when a person allows him/herself to be searched,
escorted, handcuffed or restrained.
Physical force – Reportable physical force is the application of any physical technique or tactic
to another person when that person is not voluntarily submitting to be searched, handcuffed,
restrained, or moved.
Public Safety Associates – Representatives from other organizations within the broader
criminal justice system, which may include members of task forces with which the agency works,
members of other law enforcement agencies with shared jurisdiction, agency volunteers, and
others.
Reasonable belief – Facts or circumstances known to an officer that would cause a reasonable
officer to act or think in a similar way under similar circumstances.
Reasonable force – The amount of force necessary to protect oneself or another from another
person’s imminent use of unlawful force, or to effect an arrest by overcoming a subject’s
resistance.
Serious bodily Injury – An injury that creates a serious risk of death, or creates or causes
permanent or protracted disfigurement or loss or impairment of the function of a bodily member
or organ.
Vascular Neck Restriction – A technique that can be used to incapacitate individuals by
restricting the flow of blood to the brain. Also known as Lateral Vascular Restraint or Carotid
Hold.
300.2.3 DE-ESCALATION
Officers will use de-escalation techniques to prevent or reduce the need for force when it is safe
and feasible to do so based on the totality of the circumstances. This includes continually
assessing the situation and modifying the use of force as circumstances change and in ways
that are consistent with officer safety. Examples of de-escalation techniques include but are
not limited to:
(a) Exercising persuasion and advice and providing a warning prior to the use of force.
(b) Determining whether the officer may be able to stabilize the situation through the use of
time, distance, or positioning to isolate and contain the subject.
(c) Requesting additional personnel to respond or make use of specialized units or
equipment including Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) trained officers.
the scene at the time of the incident. Any evaluation of reasonableness must allow for the fact
that officers are often forced to make split-second decisions about the amount of force that
reasonably appears necessary in a particular situation, with limited information and in
circumstances that are tense, uncertain and rapidly evolving.
Given that no policy can realistically predict every possible situation an officer might
encounter, officers are entrusted to use well-reasoned discretion in determining the
appropriate response in each incident.
It is also recognized that circumstances may arise in which officers reasonably believe that it
would be impractical or ineffective to use any of the tools, weapons or methods provided by the
Department. Officers may find it more effective or reasonable to improvise their response to
rapidly unfolding conditions that they are confronting. In such circumstances, the use of any
improvised device or method must nonetheless be reasonable and utilized only to the degree
that reasonably appears necessary to accomplish a legitimate law enforcement purpose.
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department that any use of a lateral vascular
restraint (carotid restraint) or chokehold, kicks to the head, neck, or groin area, or the use of
any other blunt instrument to strike the head, neck, or groin area will never be used as a method
of restraint, and will be reserved for those incidents where the officer believes that there is no
other reasonable way to avoid serious bodily injury or death.
While the ultimate objective of every law enforcement encounter is to avoid or minimize injury,
nothing in this policy requires an officer to retreat or be exposed to possible physical injury before
applying reasonable force.
A lateral vascular restraint (carotid restraint) or chokehold may never be used as a pain
compliance technique.
The application of any pain compliance technique shall be discontinued once the officer
determines that compliance has been achieved.
imminent risk of serious bodily injury or death to any other person if apprehension of
the subject is delayed.
(c) If feasible, a verbal warning by the officer should be given prior to the use of deadly force.
exhibiting signs of physical distress after an encounter should be continuously monitored until
he/she can be medically assessed.
Based upon the officer’s initial assessment of the nature and extent of the subject’s injuries,
medical assistance may consist of examination by fire personnel, paramedics, hospital staff or
medical staff at the jail. If any such individual refuses medical attention, such a refusal shall
be fully documented in related reports and, whenever practicable, should be witnessed by another
officer and/or medical personnel. If a recording is made of the contact or an interview with the
individual, any refusal should be included in the recording, if possible.
The on-scene supervisor, or if not available, the primary handling officer shall ensure that any
person providing medical care or receiving custody of a person following any use of force is
informed that the person was subjected to use of force. This notification shall include a
description of the force used and any other circumstances the officer reasonably believes would
be potential safety or medical risks to the subject (e.g., prolonged struggle, extreme agitation,
impaired respiration).
Persons who exhibit extreme agitation, violent irrational behavior accompanied by profuse
sweating, extraordinary strength beyond their physical characteristics and imperviousness to
pain (sometimes called excited delirium), or who require a protracted physical encounter with
multiple officers to be brought under control, may be at an increased risk of sudden death.
Calls involving these persons should be considered medical emergencies. Officers who
reasonably suspect a medical emergency should request medical assistance as soon as
practicable and have medical personnel stage away if appropriate.
has expired.
(d) Once any initial medical assessment has been completed or first aid has been
rendered, ensure that photographs have been taken of any areas involving visible injury
or complaint of pain, as well as overall photographs of uninjured areas. These
photographs should be retained until all potential for civil litigation has expired.
(e) Identify any witnesses not already included in related reports.
(f) Review and approve all related reports.
(g) If there is any indication that the subject may pursue civil litigation, the supervisor should
complete and route a notification through the appropriate channels. In addition,
prompt notification will be sent to the City Attorney.
(h) Evaluate the circumstances surrounding the incident and initiate an administrative
investigation if there is a question of policy non-compliance or if for any reason further
investigation may be appropriate.
In the event that a supervisor is unable to respond to the scene of an incident involving the
reported use of force, the supervisor is still expected to complete as many of the above items
as circumstances permit.
When the supervisor has completed the investigation into the use of force as described above,
the supervisor will ensure that the officer has entered the use of force into the BlueTeam
software program.
The supervisor will put the following information in the “Instructions” area:
(a) Case Number
(b) The supervisor’s review of the use of force, including the officer’s right to be there, the
threat presented by the subject, etc.
300.10 TRAINING
Officers will receive annual training on this policy and demonstrate their knowledge and
understanding.
306.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department authorizes the use of restraint devices in accordance
with this policy, the Use of Force Policy and Department training. Restraint devices shall not
be used to punish, to display authority or as a show of force.
adequate ventilation and that the restrained person can breathe normally. Officers should
provide assistance during the movement of restrained individuals due to the potential for
impaired or distorted vision on the part of the individual. Officers should avoid comingling
individuals wearing spit hoods with other detainees.
Spit hoods should not be used in situations where the restrained person is bleeding
profusely from the area around the mouth or nose, or if there are indications that the person has
a medical condition, such as difficulty breathing or vomiting. In such cases, prompt medical
care should be obtained. If the person vomits while wearing a spit hood, the spit hood should
be promptly removed and discarded. Persons who have been sprayed with oleoresin
capsicum (OC) spray should be thoroughly decontaminated including hair, head and clothing
prior to application of a spit hood.
Those who have been placed in a spit hood should be monitored until the spit hood is
removed. Spit hoods shall be discarded after each use.
pose a threat.
(c) Once secured, the person should be placed in a seated or upright position, secured with a
seat belt, and shall not be placed on his/her stomach for an extended period, as this could
reduce the person’s ability to breathe.
(d) The restrained person should be continually monitored by an officer while in the leg
restraint. The officer should ensure that the person does not roll onto and remain on his/her
stomach.
(e) The officer should look for signs of labored breathing and take appropriate steps to relieve
and minimize any obvious factors contributing to this condition.
(f) When transported by ambulance/paramedic unit, the restrained person should be
accompanied by an officer when requested by medical personnel. The transporting officer
should describe to medical personnel any unusual behaviors or other circumstances the
officer reasonably believes would be potential safety or medical risks to the subject (e.g.,
prolonged struggle, extreme agitation, impaired respiration).
307.2 POLICY
Custodial arrests and transportation of individuals who have been detained or taken into the
custody of West Valley Police Department shall be conducted in accordance to this policy.
Prior to and following each detainee transport the vehicle will be thoroughly inspected for
weapons and contraband.
Any weapons or contraband discovered during such inspections will be documented by the
Absent unusual circumstances, detainees will be transported handcuffed behind their backs.
If circumstances such as the detainee’s size, physical or mental condition, or transport duration
render a behind the back position unreasonable, the detainee may be restrained using belly
chain cuffs. If unavailable, handcuffs may be threaded through a belt, belt loop or restraining
rope.
Flex cuffs may be used as hand or leg restraints and must be applied tight enough to restrain
the detainee, but not so tight as to restrict circulation.
If it is necessary to change or alter the handcuffs on a detained individual, officers will utilize
caution and control the detainee at all times. Prior to removing the handcuffs, officers shall put
the replacement handcuffs on the detained individual, securing and double-locking them. After
this is accomplished the first set of handcuffs may be removed.
Detainees transported in vehicles not equipped with cages by a single officer will be securely
seat belted in the front seat. Those transported by two officers will be securely seat belted
adjacent to the secondary officer in the rear seat.
Detainees who cannot be transported in an upright position will be transported side prone to
avoid injury or death due to positional asphyxia.
Prior to opposite gender transports, officers shall advise Dispatch of the vehicle's mileage.
Detainee transports may only be interrupted to take action to ensure the safety of another officer
or civilian and risk to the detainee is minimal. Detainee transport will resume as soon as possible.
During transport the detainee will not be allowed to communicate with any outside parties.
Those detainees requiring restraints other than handcuffs will be transported directly to the
appropriate Detention facility.
Weapons will be secured in the transport vehicle's trunk or secure lockers at the facility. Officers
must ensure that the trunk is locked prior to removing the detainee from the vehicle.
At the Adult Detention Complex, the detainee will be secured to the rail in the holding area until
requested by the corrections officer who will remove the restraints at the conclusion of the
booking search.
Verbally inform receiving agency personnel of any potential medical conditions, security issues,
or suicide risk and note same in the appropriate spaces on the arrest sheet.
Officers will ensure that all paperwork documenting the transfer of the detainee is included with
their report.
Should a detainee escape during transport, the officer shall immediately notify Dispatch, the Shift
Commander and request emergency radio traffic only on the channel. The officer will provide a
description of the escaped detainee, offense, last known location, direction of travel, and
perimeter points for a K-9 search.
All reasonable efforts will be made to recapture the detainee, including area search, questioning
known associates and family members, and checking locations the detainee has frequented in
the past.
If an escape occurs in the jurisdiction of another agency, the officer will notify Dispatch and a
supervisor who will relay the information to the agency having jurisdiction.
An offense report will be completed prior to the end of the officer's tour of duty detailing the
circumstances of the escape and measures taken to recapture the detainee. The report will be
forwarded to the Office of Professional Standards via the chain of command.
Mentally disturbed detainees who cannot be transported using normal procedures will be
transported by medical personnel possessing the training, equipment, and skills to safely restrain
the detainee. The officer will follow the ambulance to the receiving facility and remain there until
the detainee is admitted. If criminal charges are pending, appropriate procedures for those
charges will be followed.
Detainees taken or admitted to a medical facility for treatment shall remain in restraints unless
removal is medically necessary. Detainees will be visually monitored by an officer. If restraints
are removed from violent and combative detainees or those who are an escape risk, two officers
are required.
Officers will closely monitor detainees in medical facilities including prohibiting visitors and phone
calls, monitoring meals and utensils, remaining alert, not fraternizing with the detainee, and
maintaining visual contact.
Officers transporting detainees from one facility to another should positively identify the person
as the correct detainee who is to be transported. Any available photographic identification and
detention records should be verified before the officer transports the detainee. The transporting
officer will secure any applicable documentation associated with the reason for the transportation
of the detainee. Any known information related to the detainee’s escape, suicide, or security risk
should be recorded in the documentation that accompanies the detainee during transport. When
a detainee is released from treatment, the officer will obtain a release which will be turned over
to the receiving facility.
In circumstances where multiple individuals are required to be transported at the same time, the
Department passenger van may be utilized. A minimum of two officers will accompany the
transport for safety purposes. All previously mentioned policy and procedures will be adhered
to.
308.2 POLICY
In order to control subjects who are violent or who demonstrate the intent to be violent, the West
Valley City Police Department authorizes officers to use control devices in accordance with the
guidelines in this policy and the Use of Force Policy (Policy § 300). Only those officers who have
been trained on specific low lethality weapons are authorized to carry and/or use them. The
Training Unit shall maintain a list of authorized low lethality weapons.
Vascular neck restriction is prohibited by this Department. Choke holds are prohibited except
in situations where deadly force would be considered reasonable. Utah Code Annotated 53-
13-115 prohibits the restraint of a person by the application of a knee applying pressure to the
neck or throat of a person. Violation of this code is considered an aggravated assault and will
result in review by the District Attorney and investigation by the Utah Department of Public
Safety, Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST).
308.4 RESPONSIBILITIES
308.4.1 WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES
The Watch Commander may authorize the use of a control device by selected personnel or
members of specialized units who have successfully completed the required training.
308.7.1 OC SPRAY
Uniformed personnel carrying OC spray shall carry the device in a holster on the equipment belt.
Plainclothes and non-field personnel may carry OC spray as authorized, in accordance with the
needs of their assignment or at the direction of their supervisor.
308.9.1 DEPLOYMENT
Only Department-approved kinetic energy munitions shall be carried and deployed. Approved
munitions may be used to compel an individual to cease his/her actions when such munitions
present a reasonable option. Officers shall obtain supervisory approval prior to deploying a
kinetic energy weapon on the scene of an incident.
Officers are not required or compelled to use approved munitions in lieu of other reasonable
tactics if the involved officer determines that deployment of these munitions cannot be done
safely. The safety of hostages, innocent persons and officers takes priority over the safety of
subjects engaged in criminal or suicidal behavior.
Circumstances appropriate for deployment include, but are not limited to, situations in which:
(a) The suspect is armed with a weapon and the tactical circumstances allow for the safe
application of approved munitions.
(b) The suspect has made credible threats to harm him/herself or others.
(c) The suspect is engaged in riotous behavior or is throwing rocks, bottles or other
dangerous projectiles at people and/or officers.
(d) There is probable cause to believe that the suspect has already committed a crime of
violence and is refusing to comply with lawful orders.
(a) The CEW can be deployed by the discharge of 2 probes towards the subject.
Connecting wires from the base unit to the probes delivers an electrical discharge from
the battery in the base unit for a predetermined length of time. The base unit
automatically terminates the electrical discharge after the predetermined length of time
has elapsed. If the officer determines, for safety reasons, another application of the
electrical discharge is required, t h e of f i c e r may pull and release the base unit trigger
and apply another application for a predetermined length of time of electrical discharge
to the subject to gain control and or compliance. If the officer holds the trigger of the
base unit down without releasing it, the electrical discharge will continue past the
predetermined length of time until the trigger is released. When an officer applies a
second application of electrical discharge by pulling the base unit trigger a second time,
a separate pair of probes will automatically deploy from the CEW’s second cartridge.
(b) The CEW can also be applied by making direct contact with the subject and the device
itself. This direct contact technique or “drive stun” does not require probes to be
deployed. A drive stun is delivered by making direct contact with the subject and
the device and depressing one of the two arc switches located on either side of
the base unit. The officer may control the length of time the electrical discharge is applied
by the length of time the arc switch is depressed and/or the length of time the CEW is in direct
contact with the subject.
The number, type, and length of deployments of the CEW to a threatening and or
dangerous subject is determined by the subject's compliance, the termination of the threat of
injury or harm to all parties involved, the totality of the circumstances surrounding the incident,
and the information taught by certified department instructors.
309.2 POLICY
The Conducted Energy Weapon device is intended to control a violent or potentially violent
individual, while minimizing the risk of serious injury. The appropriate use of such a device
should result in fewer serious injuries to officers and suspects.
CEWs are issued for use during a member's current assignment. Those leaving a particular
assignment may be required to return the device to the Department's inventory.
Officers shall only use the CEW and cartridges that have been issued by the Department.
Uniformed officers who have been issued the CEW shall wear the device in an approved holster
on their person. Non-uniformed officers may secure the CEW in the driver's compartment
of their vehicle.
Members carrying the CEW should perform a spark test on the unit prior to every shift.
When carried while in uniform, officers shall carry the CEW in a weak-side holster on the side
opposite the duty weapon.
(a) All CEWs shall be clearly and distinctly marked to differentiate them from the duty
weapon and any other device.
(b) Whenever practicable, officers should carry two or more cartridges on their person when
carrying the CEW.
(c) Officers shall be responsible for ensuring that their issued CEW is properly maintained
and in good working order.
(d) Officers should not hold both a firearm and the CEW at the same time.
If, after a verbal warning, an individual is unwilling to voluntarily comply with an officer's lawful
orders and it appears both reasonable and feasible under the circumstances, the officer
may, but is not required to, display the aiming laser and/or display a warning arc in a further
A warning arc is intended to be a de-escalation technique and may only be used when the
requirements for the application of the CEW have been met (Policy 309.5.1). A warning arc is
activated by pointing the CEW in a safe direction and depressing one of the arc switches
located on either side of the base unit. A warning arc will be activated for as long as the arc
switch is depressed. If feasible, a verbal warning should accompany a warning arc.
The fact that a verbal or other warning was given or the reasons it was not given shall be
documented by the officer deploying the CEW in the related report.
Mere flight from a pursuing officer, without other known circumstances or factors, is not good
cause for the use of the CEW to apprehend an individual. The CEW should also not be used
on subjects in elevated positions (e.g., fences, rooftops).
Because the application of the CEW in the drive-stun mode (i.e., direct contact without
probes) relies primarily on pain compliance, the use of the drive-stun mode generally should be
limited to supplementing the probe-mode to complete the circuit, or as a distraction technique
to gain separation between officers and the subject, thereby giving officers time and distance
to consider other force options or actions.
The CEW shall not be used to psychologically torment, elicit statements or to punish any
individual.
Officers should generally not intentionally apply more than one CEW at a time against a single
subject.
309.6 DOCUMENTATION
Officers shall document all CEW discharges in the related arrest/crime report. Notification shall
also be made to a supervisor in compliance with the Response to Resistance Policy, § 300.
Unintentional discharges, pointing the device at a person and laser activation will also be
documented on the report form. Officers should also include justification for every discharge
(cycle) of the CEW.
(a) The type and brand of CEW and cartridge and cartridge serial number.
(b) Date, time and location of the incident.
(c) Whether any display or laser deterred a subject and gained compliance.
(d) The number of CEW activations, the duration of each cycle, the duration between
activations, and (as best as can be determined) the duration that the subject received
applications.
(e) The range at which the CEW was used.
(f) The type of mode used (probe or drive-stun).
(g) Location of any probe impact.
(h) Location of contact in drive-stun mode.
(i) Description of where missed probes went.
(j) Whether medical care was provided to the subject.
(k) Whether the subject sustained any injuries.
(l) Whether any officers sustained any injuries.
The Training Unit should periodically analyze the reports to identify trends, including
309.6.2 REPORTS
The officer should include the following in the arrest/crime report:
All persons who have been struck by CEW probes or who have been subjected to the electric
discharge of the device shall be medically assessed prior to booking. Additionally, any such
individual who falls under any of the following categories should, as soon as practicable, be
examined by paramedics or other qualified medical personnel:
(a) The person is suspected of being under the influence of controlled substances and/or
alcohol.
(b) The person may be pregnant.
(c) The person reasonably appears to be in need of medical attention.
(d) The CEW probes are lodged in a sensitive area (e.g., groin, female breast, head, face,
neck).
(e) The person requests medical treatment.
The transporting officer shall inform any person providing medical care or receiving custody that
the individual has been subjected to the application of the CEW.
A supervisor should review each incident where a person has been exposed to an activation of
309.9 TRAINING
Personnel issued or authorized to use a CEW shall be provided copies of and instruction on
those directives, policies, or procedures relating to the use of the CEW before being authorized
to carry the CEW.
Personnel who are authorized to carry the CEW shall be permitted to do so only after
successfully completing the initial department-approved training.
Proficiency training for personnel who have been issued CEWs should occur every year. A
reassessment of an officer's knowledge and/or practical skill may be required at any time if
deemed appropriate by the Training Lieutenant. All training and proficiency for CEWs will be
documented in the officer's training file.
Command staff, supervisors and investigators should receive CEW training as appropriate for
the investigations they conduct and review.
Officers who do not carry CEWs should receive training that is sufficient to familiarize them with
the device and with working with officers who use the device.
The Training Lieutenant is responsible for ensuring that all members who carry CEWs have
received initial and annual proficiency training. Periodic audits should be used for verification.
Application of CEWs during training could result in injury to personnel and should not be
mandatory for certification.
301.2 DEFINITIONS
The definition of an Officer Involved Critical Incident is any of the following:
(a) The use of a dangerous weapon by an officer against a person that causes injury to any
person;
(b) A fatal injury to any person except the officer, resulting from the use of a motor vehicle by
an officer;
(c) The death of a person who is in law enforcement custody, but not including deaths that are
the result of disease, natural causes, or conditions that have been medically diagnosed
prior to the person’s death; or
(d) A fatal injury to a person resulting from the efforts of an officer attempting to prevent a
person’s escape from custody, make an arrest, or otherwise gain physical control of a
person.
310.5 JURISDICTION
Within Salt Lake County, jurisdiction will be determined jointly by the Chief of Police, the Salt
Lake County District Attorney, and the Protocol Coordinator. If an OICI occurs outside of Salt
Lake County, jurisdictional determination will be the responsibility of the venue agency.
The following scenarios outline the jurisdictional responsibilities for investigating an OICI.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 09/15/2014,
10/20/2015, 02/02/2016, 08/31/2020 2 Policy 310 contains 8 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 089 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 11.3.4
Officer-Involved Critical Incidents
(b) Take all reasonable steps to obtain emergency medical attention for injured individuals.
(c) If necessary, the supervisor will administratively order any officer from this Department
to immediately provide public safety information necessary to secure the scene, locate
injured persons, and pursue suspects.
(d) Whenever possible the supervisor should utilize the Department Public Safety Statement
Form when collecting public safety information.
(e) Public safety information shall be limited to such things as outstanding suspect
information, injured parties, number and direction of shots fired, parameters of the
incident scene, identity of known witnesses and similar information.
(f) The initial on-scene supervisor shall not order any involved officer to provide information
regarding the incident, with the exception of public safety information.
(g) Provide all available information to the Field Commander and Valley Emergency
Communications Center. If feasible, sensitive information should be communicated over
secure networks.
(h) Take command of and secure the incident scene with additional personnel until
relieved by other assigned personnel.
(i) As soon as practical, involved officers should be separated from citizens, co-workers,
media, and suspect(s). One officer may be assigned to stay with an involved officer. This
officer should be directed to avoid discussing the OICI with the involved officer.
(j) Each involved officer should be given an administrative order not to discuss the incident
with other involved officers pending further direction from a supervisor.
(k) If an officer is separated from his/her weapon, the officer will be provided with a comparable
replacement weapon as soon as practically possible.
(l) Upon arrival of the OICI Protocol Team, the supervisor will brief the Protocol Team Leader.
At this time, the protocol investigation will be turned over to the Protocol Team.
310.6.3 NOTIFICATIONS
The following person(s) shall be notified as soon as practical:
• Chief of Police
• Deputy Chiefs of Police
• Investigations Section Lieutenant who will notify the OICI Protocol Coordinator
• Professional Standards & Training Section supervisor
• City Attorney's Office
• Peer Support personnel
• Officer Representative (if requested)
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 09/15/2014,
10/20/2015, 02/02/2016, 08/31/2020 3 Policy 310 contains 8 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 090 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 11.3.4
Officer-Involved Critical Incidents
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 09/15/2014,
10/20/2015, 02/02/2016, 08/31/2020 4 Policy 310 contains 8 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 091 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 11.3.4
Officer-Involved Critical Incidents
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 09/15/2014,
10/20/2015, 02/02/2016, 08/31/2020 5 Policy 310 contains 8 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 092 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 11.3.4
Officer-Involved Critical Incidents
Nothing in this section shall be construed to deprive an involved officer of the right to consult with
legal counsel prior to completing any such criminal report.
Reports related to the prosecution of criminal suspects will be processed according to
normal procedures, but should also be included for reference in the investigation of the OICI.
All related Department reports except administrative and/or privileged reports will be
forwarded to the designated detective supervisor or investigator for approval. Privileged
reports shall be maintained exclusively by those personnel authorized such access.
Administrative reports will be forwarded to the Chief of Police or his/her designee.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 09/15/2014,
10/20/2015, 02/02/2016, 08/31/2020 7 Policy 310 contains 8 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 094 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 11.3.4
Officer-Involved Critical Incidents
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 09/15/2014,
10/20/2015, 02/02/2016, 08/31/2020 8 Policy 310 contains 8 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 095 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 4.1.3, 4.2.1,
Firearms and Qualification 4.3.1, 4.3.2, 4.3.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 33.1.5
Weapons Records
(a) The Training Unit will maintain a record of each weapon that has been authorized for
officers to carry. The record will include:
1. Make, model, caliber and serial number of each weapon.
2. Officer assigned to each weapon.
(b) Qualification records for each weapon will be maintained through the Training Unit.
Included in each qualification record will be the following:
1. Name of qualifying officer
2. Date of qualification.
3. Make, model, caliber and serial number of each weapon qualified with.
4. Pass or fail score; and
5. Name of the firearms instructor who verified the qualification score.
(a) The weapon must be on the list of authorized firearms maintained by the Training Unit
or approved on an individual basis by the Department Armorer and Chief of Police or
designee. A letter of authorization will be placed in the officer’s file.
(b) It will be the responsibility of the officer to submit the weapon to the Department
Armorer for inspection prior to being carried. The Department Armorer shall ensure
that the officer is proficient in handling and firing that weapon and that it will be carried in
a safe manner. The weapon shall be subject to inspection whenever deemed
necessary. If the Department does not have a certified armorer for a personally owned,
authorized firearm, it will be the responsibility of the officer owning the firearm to furnish
proof of an inspection and safety certification of the firearm to the Department Armorer
annually. This shall be noted in the officer's training file. The officer will successfully
qualify with the weapon prior to it being carried. The range qualification dates will be
specified by the Department Armorer.
312.2.4 AMMUNITION
Officers shall carry only Department-authorized ammunition. Officers carrying personally
owned authorized firearms of a caliber differing from Department-issued firearms shall be
responsible for obtaining fresh duty ammunition at their own expense. Replacements for
unserviceable or depleted ammunition issued by the Department shall be dispensed by the
Department Armorer when needed in accordance with any established policy.
The Training Unit shall maintain a list of authorized ammunition.
beverage. Weapons shall not be carried by any officer who has taken any drugs that
adversely affect the officer's senses or judgment.
(i) Any officer found in possession of an issued or approved duty, off-duty, or secondary
firearm that is intended for official use or being carried for official use which is altered
and does not have proper authorization is in violation of policy and may be subject to
discipline.
(j) Officers may attach illuminating lights to issued or authorized firearms, as long as the
attachment does not interfere with the safe and reliable functioning of that firearm.
These attachments will be inspected and approved by the Department Armorer. The
term illuminating light does not include any laser sighting device.
(k) Magna porting or any other type of recoil compensator will not be allowed or installed on
any issued or approved firearm intended for official use. Competition firearms will not
be carried as a duty, off-duty, or secondary weapon.
(l) All approved firearms shall be inspected and certified to be in a safe and operable
condition on a yearly basis. If the Department does not have a certified armorer for a
personally owned authorized firearm, it will be the responsibility of the officer owning the
firearm to furnish proof of an inspection and safe certification of the firearm to the
Department Armorer. This shall be noted in the officer's training file.
(m) The record of this inspection will be completed on the Firearm Inspection Form that is
maintained by the Training Unit.
(n) Each officer must be able to demonstrate his/her safe and proficient use of their duty,
off-duty, and secondary firearm during each scheduled firearm qualification training.
Each officer must pass each firearm qualification training with a minimum score of 80%
of the total score possible.
(o) Each firearm while being carried on or off duty shall be loaded to maximum capacity
with the appropriate caliber Department-approved ammunition.
of and instruction on those directives, policies, or procedures relating to the use of firearms
before being authorized to carry a firearm.
312.4.1 NON-QUALIFICATION
If any officer is unable to attend the regular qualification for any reason, including injury,
illness, duty status, or scheduling conflict, that officer shall notify his/her immediate supervisor
and a member of the Department training staff prior to the end of the required shooting period.
Officers who fail to qualify with his/her duty weapon will be reassigned or relieved from duty
until they are able to qualify. Appropriate disciplinary action may follow.
Officers who fail to qualify on their first two shooting attempts shall be provided remedial
training until proficiency is demonstrated. If proficiency is not demonstrated, the Training
Section will notify the officer’s supervisor. Disciplinary action will be the responsibility of that
officer’s chain of command.
Policy (Policy § 310). If a firearm was discharged as a use of force, the involved officer shall
adhere to the additional reporting requirements set forth in the Use of Force Policy (Policy §
300).
In all other cases, written reports shall be made as follows:
(a) If on-duty at the time of the incident, the officer shall file a written report or provide a
recorded statement to investigators prior to the end of shift, unless otherwise directed.
(b) If off-duty at the time of the incident, a written report shall be submitted or recorded
statement provided no later than the end of the next regularly scheduled shift, unless
otherwise directed by a supervisor.
drug, including prescription drugs, which would impair their ability to safely handle a
firearm.
(d) Officers must be aware that individual states may enact local regulations that permit
private persons or entities to prohibit or restrict the possession of concealed firearms on
their property; or, that prohibits or restricts the possession of firearms on any state or
local government property, installation, building, base or park. Federal authorities may
not shield an officer from arrest and prosecution in such locally restricted areas.
Full-time sworn and retired peace officers from other states who carry a concealed firearm in
Utah are required, pursuant to 18 USC § 926 B and 18 USC § 926 C, to meet the same
conditions as described above, with the exception of subsection (b).
314.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
Blocking or vehicle intercept - A slow-speed coordinated maneuver where two or more patrol
vehicles simultaneously intercept and block the movement of a suspect vehicle, the driver
of which may be unaware of the impending enforcement stop, with the goal of containment
and preventing a pursuit. Blocking is not a moving or stationary roadblock.
Boxing-in - A tactic designed to stop a violator's vehicle by surrounding it with law
enforcement vehicles and then slowing all vehicles to a stop.
Channelization - A technique similar to a roadblock, where objects are placed in the
anticipated (or actual) path of a pursued vehicle with the intent of altering the vehicle's
direction of travel.
Paralleling - Participating in the pursuit by proceeding in the same direction and maintaining
approximately the same speed while traveling on an alternate street or highway that
parallels the pursuit route.
Pursuit intervention - An attempt to terminate the ability of a suspect to continue to flee in a
motor vehicle through tactical application of technology, road spikes, blocking, boxing, PIT
(Pursuit Intervention Technique), ramming or roadblock procedures. In this context, ramming
shall be construed to mean maneuvering the police vehicle into contact with the pursued vehicle
to mechanically disable or forcibly position it such that further flight is not possible or practical.
• Curves in roadway.
• Hit and Run accident by pursued vehicle.
• Pedestrian traffic.
• Frequent intersections.
• Narrow roadways.
• Excessive speed.
• Inclement weather.
All other criminal acts. May pursue May pursue; DONOT PURSUE/
discontinue if risks DISCONTINUE
exceed seriousness
of offense.
All other traffic / civil DONOT PURSUE/ DONOT PURSUE/ DONOT PURSUE/
violations. DISCONTINUE DISCONTINUE DISCONTINUE
314.5 COMMUNICATIONS
If the pursuit is confined within the City limits, radio communications will be conducted on
the primary channel unless instructed otherwise by a supervisor. If the pursuit leaves the
jurisdiction of the Department or such is imminent, involved units shall, whenever available,
switch radio communications to an emergency channel that is most accessible by participating
agencies and units (Regional Channel).
determine whether or not to request the other agency to assume the pursuit. Unless entry
into another jurisdiction is expected to be brief, it is generally recommended that the primary
officer or supervisor ensure that notification is provided to each outside jurisdiction into which
the pursuit is reasonably expected to enter, regardless of whether or not such jurisdiction is
expected to assist.
If engaged in a pursuit either inside or outside of our agency’s jurisdiction or while assigned to a
task force, officers from this agency will comply with this pursuit policy.
In the event that a pursuit from another agency terminates within this jurisdiction, officers shall
provide appropriate assistance to officers from the allied agency including, but not limited to,
scene control, coordination and completion of supplemental reports and any other assistance
requested or needed.
314.9.1 DISCIPLINE
Violation of this policy, irrespective of damage or injury, will subject the offending officer(s) to
administrative discipline.
Officers shall render assistance to motorists as necessary. This may include answering
questions, assisting stranded motorist in obtaining mechanical or towing assistance, ensuring
the safety of stranded person and other appropriate emergency assistance.
Officers will take enforcement action upon detection of an illegal or potentially hazardous act
by persons operating vehicles, bicycles, other conveyances and pedestrians. Enforcement
action shall be taken at the discretion of the officer and many include a warning, citation or
physical arrest.
All traffic stops are considered unknown risk contacts. Officers conducting a traffic stop shall
evaluate the potential risk and develop a tactical plan for the traffic stop. There are typically
three types of traffic stops:
INVESTIGATIVE STOP
A stop made because the officer has probable cause to believe that one or more of the vehicle’s
occupants has engaged in, or is about to engage in, criminal activity.
All high risk stops should be considered hazardous. Planning by the officer initiating the stop
must be a priority.
The following considerations should be taken into account before the stop is made:
(a) Justifications for high risk stops:
1. Suspects are known to be, or the officer has probable cause to believe, the
suspects are armed and/or pose a dangerous threat; or
2. Suspects are wanted for the commission of a forcible felony; or
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015, 02/02/2016
2. Activate emergency overhead lights and spotlights in conjunction with any back
up vehicles on scene. The lights should provide optimum light toward the suspect
vehicle and provide the best concealment possible to the officers. Use of
emergency vehicle lighting should be used day and night.
3. Prior to the initiation of the stop, have a back-up unit respond to his location and take
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015, 02/02/2016
(c) Second officer vehicle position should be to the right of initial officer's vehicle.
1. The involved officers should communicate positioning and steps to be taken to
ensure safety.
2. The second officer should position their vehicle and self, as described above for the
initial officer, making sure that the best protection is available.
3. The second officer may take up a position behind the right door of the initial unit's
vehicle.
4. The second officer is responsible for coverage of passenger side of the suspect
vehicle.
2. Use the P.A. system in their emergency vehicle and order the suspect to:
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015, 02/02/2016
(c) Recommended steps that may be taken by initial and back up officers are:
1. Keeping the driver and any passenger hands visible to officers at all times.
2. Driver should slowly exit the vehicle with his hands in plain view and in the air.
3. Driver should slowly exit the vehicle and be commanded to walk backwards until they
are between the initial officer and backing officers’ vehicles.
4. A backing officer will handcuff and search the driver. The driver will then be
secured.
5. Visual attention and cover should be maintained at all times while driver and any
passengers are removed, searched and secured.
6. Make further commands for any passengers to exit the vehicle in the same
manner, even if suspects have not and cannot be seen.
7. Maintain cover on the vehicle and any additional occupants at all times.
8. Ensure that officers are positioned so that no crossfire exists.
Based upon the nature of the call, dispatchers may assign officers to respond in accordance
with procedures outlined in their policies.
Also based on the nature of the call, dispatchers may notify police supervisory personnel, other
public safety agencies including other law enforcement agencies, emergency medical services
and fire services, as well as the medical examiner, funeral homes, wrecker services, and
street/highway departments of the need for other services.
Officers on the scene of an incident are responsible for determining the need for assistance or
resources from other public safety agencies and will inform the dispatcher accordingly. Upon
receipt of such information, Dispatch Center personnel will notify the appropriate first responder
agency or organization of the request
Officers dispatched "Code-3" shall consider the call an emergency response and proceed
immediately. Officers responding Code-3 shall continuously operate emergency lighting
equipment and the siren.
Responding with emergency lights and siren does not relieve the officer operating an
authorized emergency vehicle of the duty to act as a reasonably prudent emergency
vehicle operator in like circumstances. The use of any other warning equipment without
emergency lights and siren does not provide any privilege under the law.
Officers should only respond Code-3 when so dispatched or when circumstances reasonably
indicate an emergency response is required. Officers not authorized to respond Code-3 shall
observe all traffic laws and proceed without the use of emergency lights and siren.
assistance is needed to prevent imminent serious harm to a citizen. In any event, where a
situation has stabilized and emergency response is not required, the requesting officer shall
immediately notify Valley Emergency Communications Center.
If circumstances permit, the requesting officer should give the following information:
The decision to continue a Code-3 response is at the discretion of the officer. If, in the
officer's judgment, the roadway conditions or traffic congestion does not permit such a
response without unreasonable risk, the officer may elect to respond to the call without the
use of emergency lights and siren at the legal speed limit. In such an event, the officer should
immediately notify Valley Emergency Communications Center. An officer shall also discontinue
the Code-3 response when directed by a supervisor.
the response.
(c) Affected outside jurisdictions are being notified as practical.
The field supervisor shall monitor the response until it has been stabilized or terminated and
assert control by directing units into or out of the response if necessary. If, in the supervisor's
judgment, the circumstances require additional units to be assigned a Code-3 response, the
supervisor may do so.
(i) Officers will observe and document all conditions, events and remarks made by victims,
witnesses and suspects and conduct initial interviews.
(j) Officers will protect, maintain, document and collect evidence from the crime scene or
arrange for a response from the Forensic Unit.
(k) Officers will document all activities in a police report which includes all necessary supporting
documents and forms.
(l) Upon completion of any assignment, officers shall immediately notify the dispatcher of
his/her availability.
Supervisors will ensure proper coverage and assignments based on the call load.
Supervisors will ensure officers are using the appropriate time needed to efficiently and
effectively complete a call.
In addition to these resources, at the beginning of each shift, the shift supervisor will ensure the
dispatcher is provided with the following information:
(a) The name and call sign number for the on-duty Watch Commander for that shift;
(b) The duty roster, including call signs, for all personnel on duty for that shift;
(c) An indication of the status of all personnel (available for calls, busy, court, etc.).
The Dispatch Center is responsible for tracking and recording officers’ activities. The
information tracked by the Dispatch Center includes, but is not limited to, officer(s) dispatched,
the time dispatched, the time arrived or the time the officer(s) called out on a self-initiated
activity, the status of the officer(s) while on a call for service or a self-initiated activities, the
time the officer(s) completes his/her activity and the time the officer(s) return to service.
At a minimum, the following information will be logged into the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD)
screen by the call taker and/or dispatcher:
On-duty officers and personnel will use their assigned call sign to identify themselves to the
dispatcher and other personnel over the radio. Off-duty officers who do not have a permanent
individual call sign will identify themselves on the radio by the identifier O - Oscar, followed by
their employee identification number.
When an incident involves officers from multiple agencies, the dispatcher may patch in the
other agencies communications channels or designate a channel that all the involved agencies
have the capability of receiving. When responding on a channel, such as the Salt Lake
Regional channel, officers should use the identifier I – India, which is the identifier for this
Department, followed by their employee identification number.
For the purposes of this policy the term “channel(s)” is being used to reference the radio
talkgroups on the Motorola 800 MHz Smartzone radio system.
The dispatcher should dispatch at least two officers on calls involving violence or potential
violence against other persons, including officers, and in-progress calls where a suspect is still
on scene. For calls where the suspect is no longer on scene and for property crimes, the
dispatcher may dispatch one officer. The on-duty supervisor will monitor the number of officers
responding on a call in order to ensure that the number is appropriate to the type of call.
All available officers will respond Code-3, as detailed in Policy § 316, Officer Response to Calls.
It will be the responsibility of the Watch Commander on-duty to limit the number of units
responding and direct their response based on the needs of the particular situation.
If an outside agency requests our Department respond to a request for emergency assistance.
The dispatcher will notify the Watch Commander of the request and the circumstances
surrounding the request, and the Watch Commander will determine how many units from this
Department will respond.
If CAD2CAD dispatching is in place, the call will be sent via CAD2CAD to the appropriate
Center.
Requests for immediate playback of any recording will be made to the on-duty Dispatch Center
supervisor by a Department supervisor.
The Dispatch Center requires that all other records requests must be approved by the primary
agency involved in the incident.
Department records request must be approved by a supervisor and should be submitted to the
Dispatch Center on the appropriate request form via fax, email or in-person. If extenuating
circumstances exist, a Dispatch Center supervisor may accept a request by telephone and
complete the form for the requesting supervisor.
Other types of records requests to the Dispatch Center, such as media requests, GRAMA
request and subpoenas will be handled per VECC’s Administrative Procedures, Records and
Information Requests.
(a) There is a reasonable belief that the individual poses an imminent threat of violence or
serious harm to the public, any officer or the handler.
(b) The individual is physically resisting or threatening to resist arrest and the use of a
canine reasonably appears to be necessary to overcome such resistance.
(c) The individual is believed to be concealed in an area where entry by other than the
canine would pose a threat to the safety of officers or the public.
It is recognized that situations may arise that do not fall within the provisions set forth in this
policy. In any such case, a standard of objective reasonableness shall be used to review the
decision to use a canine in view of the totality of the circumstances.
Absent reasonable belief that an individual has committed or threatened to commit a serious
offense, mere flight from pursuing officer(s) shall not serve as good cause for the use of a
canine to apprehend the individual.
Once the individual has been located and no longer reasonably appears to represent a threat
or risk of escape, the canine should be placed in a down-stay or otherwise secured as soon as
it becomes reasonably practical.
utilized.
As circumstances permit, the canine handler should make every reasonable effort to
communicate and coordinate with other involved personnel to minimize the risk of unintended
injury.
A canine handler shall have the ultimate authority not to deploy the dog. The handler will
evaluate each situation and determine if the use of a canine is technically feasible. Generally,
the decision to deploy the dog shall remain with the handler. However, a supervisor
sufficiently apprised of the situation may decide not to deploy the dog.
(a) Identification of police presence and the presence of a canine at the scene.
(b) A lawful order given to the subject to surrender, as well as the consequences that may result
by failing to obey the lawful order.
(c) A reasonable amount of time shall be given to allow the subject to comply with the lawful
order and surrender prior to giving a second warning or releasing the canine following
the second warning.
Warnings should be given unless there are circumstances that would jeopardize the safety of
the officers or the canine team. The canine handler, when practical, shall first advise the
supervisor of his/her decision if a verbal warning is not given prior to releasing the canine. In
the event of an apprehension, the handler shall document in any related report whether a verbal
warning was given and, if none was given, the reasons why.
(a) To assist in the search for narcotics during a search warrant service.
(b) To obtain a search warrant by using the detection canine in support of probable cause or in
narcotics screening situations.
(c) To search vehicles, buildings, bags, and any other articles deemed necessary.
(d) A narcotic-detection canine will not be used to search a person for narcotics.
If an incident requires the use of a bomb/explosive detection dog and one is not on-duty, the
Watch Commander or Supervisor may elect to call out the Department bomb/explosives dog
or request assistance from an allied agency that has a bomb/explosives detection dog. The
allied agencies policy and procedure for the use of the dog shall determine the extent and
parameters of assistance rendered. Generally, the following guidelines should apply:
(a) To assist in the search of a building, structure, area, vehicle or article where an actual or
suspected explosive device has been reported or located.
(b) To conduct preventative searches at locations such as special events, VIP visits,
official buildings and other restricted areas. Because a dog sniff may be considered a
search, such searches of individuals should remain minimally intrusive and shall be strictly
limited to the purpose of detecting explosives.
(c) To assist with searches at transportation facilities and vehicles (e.g., buses, airplanes and
trains).
(d) To assist in the search of scenes where an explosion has occurred and an explosive
device or secondary explosive device is suspected.
(e) At no time will a detection dog be used to render a suspected device safe or clear.
Whenever the use of the canine results in a bite or any injury, a Use of Force Form shall be
completed and included with any related incident report.
Photographs shall be taken of the bite or injury as soon as practicable after tending to the
immediate needs of the injured party. Photographs shall be retained as evidence in
accordance with current Department evidence procedures. The injured party shall be
examined by a medical doctor prior to booking or release. If the injured party is in custody an
officer shall remain with the suspect until treatment has been rendered.
If a subject alleges an injury that is not visible, a supervisor shall be notified and the location of
the alleged injury should be photographed as described above.
Medical care for any injured canine shall follow the protocol established in the Medical Care of
the Canine section of this policy, section § 318.6 et seq.
The injury will be documented in an IDC to the Deputy Chief over the Patrol Bureau.
Canine teams should function primarily as cover units; however, they may be assigned by the
Watch Commander to other functions based on the needs of the watch at the time.
Canine teams should not be assigned to handle matters that will take them out of service for
extended periods of time unless absolutely necessary and only with the approval of the Watch
Commander.
318.5.1 AVAILABILITY
The handler shall be available for call-out under conditions specified by a Canine
Supervisor.
(a) Unless required by a particular application, the handler shall not expose the canine to
any foreseeable and unreasonable risk of harm.
(b) The handler shall maintain all Department equipment under his/her control in clean and
serviceable condition.
(c) Handlers shall permit the Canine Supervisor to conduct spontaneous on-site inspections
of affected areas of their residence as well as the canine vehicle to verify that conditions
and equipment conform to this policy.
(d) Any changes in the living status of the handler which may affect the lodging or
environment of the canine shall be reported to the Canine Supervisor as soon as
possible.
(e) When off-duty, canines shall be maintained in kennels, provided by the City, at the
homes of their handlers. When a canine is kenneled at the handler's home, the gate shall
be secured with a lock. When off-duty, canines may be let out of their kennels while
under the direct control of their handlers.
(f) The canine should be permitted to socialize in the home with the handler's family for short
periods of time and under the direct supervision of the handler.
(g) Under no circumstances will the canine be lodged at another location unless approved by a
Canine Supervisor.
(h) When off-duty, handlers shall not involve their canines in any activity or conduct unless
approved in advance by a Canine Supervisor.
(i) Whenever a canine handler anticipates taking a vacation or an extended number of days
off, it may be necessary to temporarily relocate the canine. In those situations, the handler
shall give reasonable notice to the Canine Supervisor so that appropriate arrangements
can be made.
(j) Canine handlers shall be issued the following equipment in order to safely handle and
effectively train and deploy their Canine partners:
• 6’ x 12’ or similar kennel with roof
• Large Dogloo or similar dog house
• Portable crate or airline crate
• Bite sleeve (patrol dogs)
• Electronic collar
• Lockable storage box (narcotics dogs)
• Tracking harness
• 15’ or 20’ tracking lead
• 3’ to 5’ waist lead
• Muzzle for training and safety (patrol dogs)
• K-9 trauma pack or first-aid kit
(a) Canines shall not be left unattended in any area to which the public may have access.
(b) When the canine vehicle is left unattended all windows and doors shall be secured in such
a manner as to prevent unauthorized access to the dog. The handler shall also ensure
that the unattended vehicle remains inhabitable for the canine.
Any indication that a canine is not in good physical condition shall be reported to a Canine
Supervisor as soon as practical.
All records of medical treatment shall be maintained in the canine handler's personnel file. A
copy will be forwarded to, and maintained by, the Canine Supervisor.
Depending on the severity of the illness or injury, the canine should either be treated by the
designated veterinarian or transported to a designated emergency medical facility for
treatment. If the handler and dog are out of the area, the handler may use the nearest
available veterinarian.
318.7 TRAINING
Before assignment in the field, each canine team shall be trained and certified to meet
current Utah POST standards in the Service Dog Program. Cross-trained dog teams or those
dog teams trained exclusively for the detection of narcotics and/or explosives shall be trained
and certified to meet the standards established for such detection dogs by Utah POST or other
recognized and approved certification standards.
The Canine Supervisor shall be responsible for scheduling periodic training for all Department
personnel in order to familiarize them with how to conduct themselves in the presence of
Department canines.
The Canine Unit shall share necessary training equipment consisting of:
• Bite suits
• Puppy sleeves
• Hidden sleeves
• Tugs or other toys
• Sleeve covers (issued as needed for replacement)
• Pinch collars
(a) Canine handlers are encouraged to engage in additional training with approval of a
Canine Supervisor.
(b) To ensure that all training is consistent, no handler, trainer or outside vendor is
authorized to train to a standard that is contrary to the policies of the West Valley City
Police Department.
(c) All canine training shall be conducted while on-duty unless otherwise approved by a
Canine Supervisor.
Any dog team failing to certify or recertify annually under Utah POST standards will be given a
second opportunity to attain Utah POST certification. Any dog team not able to attain Utah POST
certification after receiving a second opportunity within a reasonable amount of time will be
evaluated for removal from the unit. The handler and dog will be evaluated by a Utah POST
certified canine judge. Following the evaluation a decision will be made if either the handler, the
dog or both need to be removed from service permanently.
(a) Review Use of Force Reports involving the use of a canine to ensure compliance with
policy and to identify training issues and other needs of the program.
(b) Maintain liaison with administrative staff and functional supervisors.
(c) Maintain liaison with other agency canine coordinators.
(d) Ensure accurate records are maintained to document canine activities.
(e) Recommend and oversee the procurement of needed equipment and services for the unit.
(f) Be responsible for scheduling all canine-related activities.
(g) Ensure the canine teams are scheduled for continuous training to maximize the
capabilities of the teams.
318.9.1 PROCEDURES
Due to the responsibilities and liabilities involved with possessing readily usable amounts of
controlled substances and the ever-present danger of accidental ingestion of these
controlled substances by the canine, the following procedure shall be strictly followed:
(a) All necessary controlled substance training samples shall be acquired from the West
Valley City Police Department's evidence personnel or from allied agencies authorized by
an appropriate court order to provide controlled substance training samples. All
controlled substance training samples shall be weighed and tested prior to dispensing to
the individual canine handler.
(b) The weight and test results shall be recorded and maintained by this department.
(c) Any person receiving controlled substance training samples shall maintain custody and
control of the controlled substances and shall keep records regarding any loss of, or
damage to, those controlled substances. Any loss or damage to, any controlled substance
training sample shall be reported immediately to the Canine Supervisor.
(d) All controlled substance training samples will be inspected, weighed and tested bi-
annually. The results of the bi-annual testing shall be recorded in a supplemental report
to the original case and maintained by the Canine Supervisor with a copy forwarded
to the dispensing agency if applicable.
(e) All controlled substance training samples will be stored in locked boxes at all times,
except during training. The locked boxes shall be secured in the canine handler's
assigned patrol vehicle, or stored in a locked evidence locker. There are no exceptions
to this procedure.
(f) The Canine Supervisor shall periodically inspect every controlled substance training
sample for damage or tampering and take any appropriate action if discrepancies are
noted.
(g) Any unusable controlled substance training samples shall be returned to the Forensics
Section or to the dispensing agency.
(h) All controlled substance training samples shall be returned to the dispensing agency upon
the conclusion of the training or upon demand by the dispensing agency.
318.9.2 IMMUNITY
All duly authorized peace officers, while providing substance abuse training to law enforcement
or the community or while providing canine drug detection training in performance of their
official duties, and any person working under their immediate direction, supervision, or
instruction are immune from prosecution for narcotics possession.
320.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
(a) Abuse – intentionally or knowingly 1) causing or attempting to cause physical harm to a
dating partner, or 2) placing a dating partner in reasonable fear of imminent physical harm.
(b) Cohabitants (Utah State Code § 78B-7-102) – cohabitants are defined as set forth in Utah
State Code § 78B-7-102 of the Cohabitant Abuse Act.
(c) Court order - all forms of orders related to domestic violence that have been issued by a
court of this state or another, whether civil or criminal, regardless of whether service has
been made.
(d) Dating partner – a person who is legally emancipated or is 18 years of age or older, and
is, or has been in a dating relationship with the other party.
(e) Dating relationship – a social relationship of a romantic or intimate nature, or a
relationship which has romance or intimacy as a goal by one or both parties, regardless
of whether the relationship involves sexual intimacy. A dating relationship does not mean
casual fraternization in a business, educational or social context.
(f) Dating violence – any criminal offense involving violence or physical harm, or threat of
violence or physical harm, when committed by a person against a dating partner of the
person.
(g) Dating Violence Protective Order – a person may seek a protective order if the person
is subjected to, or there is a substantial likelihood the person will be subjected to abuse or
dating violence by a dating partner. A person may seek a protective order whether or not
the person has taken other action to end the relationship.
(h) Domestic violence – includes any crime involving the actual, threatened or attempted
violence or physical harm of a cohabitant. Domestic violence includes violating a dating
violence protective order as defined by Utah Code 78B-7-402(7). Domestic violence also
includes committing or attempting to commit any crime listed in Utah Code 77-36-1(4).
(i) High Danger - a term used for a victim who has been assessed through use of the LAP
and the Lethality Screen as being at the greatest risk of being killed. The victim is said to
be at “High Danger.”
(j) Intimate Partners (IP) – intimate partners are person who are, or have been involved in
an intimate relationship who:
1. are married, separated, or divorced;
2. live or have lived together;
3. have children in common; or
4. date, or have dated, but do not live, or never have lived together.
(k) Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) – violence between Intimate Partners.
(l) Intimate Relationship – a relationship in which heterosexual or homosexual partners
have, or have had, a sexually or emotionally intimate relationship.
(m) Jail Release Agreement – a written agreement that is entered into by an arrested
individual, regardless of whether the individual is booked into jail, under which an arrested
individual agrees not to engage in any of the following:
• have personal contact with the alleged victim;
• threaten or harass the alleged victim; or
• knowingly enter the premises of the alleged victim’s residence, or premises
temporarily occupied by the alleged victim; and
• specifies other conditions of release from jail or arrest.
(n) Lethality Screen - the evidence-based field instrument used by trained Officers to assess
a person who is a victim of Intimate Partner violence for her/his risk of being killed by an
Intimate Partner. The screen can also be used for Cohabitants which are not always
Intimate Partners.
320.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department's response to incidents of domestic violence and
violations of related court orders shall stress enforcement of the law to protect the victim and
shall communicate the philosophy that domestic violence is criminal behavior. It is also the policy
of this department to facilitate victims' and offenders' access to appropriate civil remedies and
community resources whenever feasible.
320.4 INVESTIGATIONS
The following guidelines should be followed by officers when investigating domestic violence
cases:
(a) Calls of reported, threatened, imminent or ongoing domestic violence, and the violation of
any court order are of extreme importance and should be considered among the highest
response priorities. This includes incomplete 9-1-1 calls.
(b) When practicable, officers should obtain and document statements from the victim, the
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014,
07/15/2016, 03/01/2019, 08/31/2020 2 Policy 320 contains 8 page(s)
suspect and any witnesses, including children, in or around the household or location of
occurrence.
(c) Officers should list the full name and date of birth (and school if available) of each child
who was present in the household at the time of the offense. The names of other children
who may not have been in the house at that particular time should also be obtained for
follow-up.
(d) When practicable and legally permitted, video or audio record all significant statements
and observations.
(e) All injuries should be photographed, regardless of severity, taking care to preserve the
victim's personal privacy. Where practicable, photographs should be taken by a person of
the same sex. Victims whose injuries are not visible at the time of the incident should be
asked to contact the Investigation Section in the event that the injuries later become
visible.
(f) Officers should request that the victim complete and sign an authorization for release of
medical records related to the incident when applicable.
(g) If the suspect is no longer at the scene, officers should make reasonable efforts to locate
the suspect to further the investigation, provide the suspect with an opportunity to make a
statement and make an arrest or seek an arrest warrant if appropriate.
(h) Seize any firearms or other dangerous weapons in the home, if appropriate and legally
permitted, for safekeeping or as evidence.
(i) When completing an incident or arrest report for violation of a court order, officers should
include specific information that establishes that the offender has been served, including
the date the offender was served, the name of the agency that served the order and the
provision of the order that the subject is alleged to have violated. When reasonably
available, the arresting officer should attach a copy of the order to the incident or arrest
report.
(j) Officers should take appropriate enforcement action when there is probable cause to
believe an offense has occurred. Factors that should not be used as sole justification for
declining to take enforcement action include:
1. Marital status of suspect and victim.
2. Whether the suspect lives on the premises with the victim.
3. Claims by the suspect that the victim provoked or perpetuated the violence.
4. The potential financial or child custody consequences of arrest.
5. The physical or emotional state of either party.
6. Use of drugs or alcohol by either party.
7. Denial that the abuse occurred where evidence indicates otherwise.
8. A request by the victim not to arrest the suspect.
9. Location of the incident (public/private).
10. Speculation that the complainant may not follow through with the prosecution.
11. The racial, cultural, social, professional position or sexual orientation of the victim or
suspect.
ordered by the court or agrees in writing that until the expiration of that time he/she will:
1. Have no personal contact with the alleged victim.
2. Not threaten or harass the alleged victim.
3. Not knowingly enter onto the premises of the alleged victim’s residence or any
premises temporarily occupied by the alleged victim.
If a non-physical arrest is made, where the arrestee is release with a citation, the arresting officer
shall ensure that the arrestee is served with written notice containing the following information:
(a) The arrestee may not be released on citation unless, as a condition of that release, the
arrestee agrees in writing that he/she will:
1. Have no personal contact with the alleged victim.
2. Not threaten or harass the alleged victim.
3. Not knowingly enter onto the premises of the alleged victim’s residence or any
premises temporarily occupied by the alleged victim.
It will be the duty of the arresting officer to ensure that the jail release agreement is entered into
UCJIS as soon as possible after the citation is issued.
In the event that a jail release agreement needs to be modified or cancelled, any officer or
supervisor can complete the transaction in UCJIS. Documentation supporting the modification or
cancellation shall be included in a supplemental report.
(k) Notification of the penalties for violation of the court order or any agreement executed.
(l) The date and time, absent modification by a court or magistrate, that the requirements
expire.
322.2 POLICY
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to respect the fundamental privacy rights
of individuals. Members of this department will conduct searches in strict observance of the
constitutional rights of persons being searched. All seizures by this department will comply with
relevant federal and state law governing the seizure of persons and property.
In accordance with the Training Policy, the Department will provide relevant and current
training to officers as guidance for the application of current law, local community standards and
prosecutorial considerations regarding specific search and seizure situations, as
appropriate.
322.3 SEARCHES
The U.S. Constitution generally provides that a valid warrant is required in order for a search to
be valid. There are, however, several exceptions that permit a warrantless search.
Examples of law enforcement activities that are exceptions to the general warrant requirement
include, but are not limited to, searches pursuant to the following:
• Valid consent
• Incident to lawful arrest
• Legitimate community caretaking interests
• Vehicle searches under certain circumstances
• Exigent circumstances
Certain other activities are recognized by federal and state courts and by certain statutes as
legitimate law enforcement activities that also do not require a warrant. Such activities may
include seizure and examination of abandoned property, and observations of activities and
property located on open public areas.
Because case law regarding search and seizure is constantly changing and subject to
interpretation by the courts, each member of this department is expected to act in each
situation according to current training and his/her familiarity with clearly established rights as
determined by case law.
Whenever practicable, officers are encouraged to contact a supervisor to resolve questions
regarding search and seizure issues prior to electing a course of action.
Consent searches may only be performed when the officer has a reasonable belief that the
search may yield information or evidence related to some type of criminal activity.
When asking for consent the scope of the search and the items or areas to be searched should
be clearly articulated to the consenting party by the officer. Consent to search may be given
verbally or in writing. Written consent should be documented in writing on a Consent to Search
form. Consents given verbally should be recorded on an audio and or video recording device.
Pat down searches should be conducted as described in Policy § 902.3, Pat Down Searches.
(a) Evidence may be lost if the search is not conducted immediately; or,
(b) Not conducting a search places the safety of the officer or others at risk.
Officers may not forcibly enter a private building or, without consent, enter individual rooms or
parts of a private residence to conduct an exigent circumstance search.
Officers may forcibly enter and forcibly remove all persons present inside a private residence
for the purposes of obtaining a warrant, when the officer has, prior to entering the residence,
probable cause that evidence of a crime and an exigent circumstances exist and the officer
intends to pursue a search warrant.
Officers may never make forcible entry into a private residence solely for the alleged possession
or use of a controlled substance or the possession or use of drug paraphernalia. (Utah State
Code 77-7-8(3)).
Factors that may, given the totality of the circumstances, aid in determining if exigency exists
include, but are not limited to:
(a) The gravity of the offense.
(b) Whether the person is reasonably believed to armed and a threat to the safety of the
officer or others.
(c) Probable cause exists to believe the person committed an arrestable offense.
(d) Probable cause exists to believe that a suspect who has committed an offense is on the
premises to be searched.
(e) There is a likelihood that the suspect will escape if not immediately apprehended.
(f) Entering a private premises solely to determine the health and welfare of the residents.
(g) Entering a business where the business is found unsecured or the officer suspects
unauthorized entry and possible criminal activity. In this instance the officer’s search
should be limited to determining if unauthorized persons are in the business and/or to
locate owner information so that the business may be properly secured.
Officers shall not request or conduct a parole search for the purpose of harassment (Utah
Code 77-23-301(4)).
(a) Members of this department will strive to conduct searches with dignity and courtesy.
(b) Officers should explain to the person being searched the reason for the search and how
the search will be conducted.
(c) Searches should be carried out with due regard and respect for private property
interests and in a manner that minimizes damage.
(d) In order to minimize the need for forcible entry, an attempt should be made to obtain
keys, combinations or access codes when a search of locked property is anticipated.
(e) When the person to be searched is of the opposite gender as the searching officer, a
reasonable effort should be made to summon an officer of the same gender as the subject,
or of the gender with which the subject identifies, if practical, to conduct the search.
When it is not practicable to summon an officer of the same sex or gender identity as the
subject, the following guidelines should be followed:
322.5 DOCUMENTATION
Officers are responsible to document any search and to ensure that any required reports
are sufficient including, at minimum, documentation of the following:
322.6.1 DEFINITIONS
Search Warrant - An order issued by a magistrate in the name of the state and directed to a
peace officer, describing with particularity the thing, place or person to be searched and the
property or evidence to be seized by him and brought before the magistrate. (Utah Constitution,
Article I section 14.) (Utah Code 77-23-210 (2)).
"No Knock" Search Warrant - An order issued by a magistrate in the name of the state and
authorizing a peace officer to make an entry without notice of his/her authority and purpose. This
order can only be issued upon direct proof, under oath, that the object of the search may be
quickly destroyed, or that physical harm may result to any person if notice were given. A warrant
authorizing forcible entry without prior announcement may not be issued solely for the alleged
possession or use of a controlled substance or the alleged possession of drug paraphernalia.
(Utah Code 77-23-210 (3)).
Search Personnel - Law enforcement officers and supporting personnel taking part in the
execution of a search warrant.
Primary Officer - Search team member most knowledgeable about the case and/or
responsible for the investigation. The primary officer on a "no knock" search warrant will
normally be the investigating officer who obtained the warrant.
Reportable Incident – The deployment of a tactical group, or law enforcement officers who
serve a search warrant after using forcible entry.
Tactical Group – a special unit, within a law enforcement agency, specifically trained and
equipped to respond to critical, high-risk situations.
322.6.2 PROCEDURES
(a) Risk Assessment and Approval by the Section Commander
1. The investigating officer will complete a risk assessment prior to seeking approval
for any search warrant.
2. All department "no knock" search warrants must have prior approval from one of the
following: Chief of Police, Deputy Chief of Police, the appropriate Section
Commander, or one of his/her designated supervisors. The investigating officer will
provide the approving supervisor with the completed risk assessment and a copy
of the warrant and affidavit.
3. All other search warrants must be approved by supervisory personnel of the
investigating officer. The investigating officer will provide the approving supervisor
with the completed risk assessment and a copy of the warrant and affidavit. The
approving supervisor will assume or appoint the position of "supervisory officer", and
this person will be at the scene or readily available during the service of the
warrant. (Under certain circumstances, i.e. package/parcel interdiction, the
approval authority may be delegated by the supervisory officer.)
4. The Section Commanding Officer shall be notified of the results of the search
warrant as soon as practical after execution.
5. If our agency is requested to assist another agency in the execution of a "no
knock" search warrant, the Chief of Police or appropriate Deputy Chief of Police
must approve of the assist, and the appropriate Section Commander must assign
an investigative liaison officer.
(b) Uniform and Equipment Requirements
1. The West Valley City Police Department "SWAT" Team may be a resource to
use on all "no knock" search warrants. The request for the use of the "SWAT"
Team shall be made to one of the following: Chief of Police, Deputy Chief of Police,
the appropriate Section Commander, or one of their designated supervisors. The
approved request shall be made to the "SWAT" team commander or one of his/her
designated team supervisors.
2. The search team shall include at least one uniformed officer. All non-uniformed
officers shall wear clearly identifiable markings including a badge and vest or
clothing with a distinguishing label or other writing which indicates he or she is a
law enforcement officer.
3. All members of the search team shall be equipped with body armor, firearm, and
a safety holster.
8. Notification
(a) The officers shall notify persons inside the search site, in a voice loud
enough to be heard inside the premises, that he/she is a police officer and
has a warrant to search the premises, and that he/she demands entry to the
premises at once. If the officers are serving a no knock warrant, notification
and identification shall be made immediately upon entry.
(b) On a no knock search warrant, an officer should announce immediately after
entry has been made with a public address or handheld bullhorn system,
the officers presence, location and intent. The announcement should also
direct occupants of the search site to comply with officers. In addition, the
officer should also announce and advise neighboring residents, if any, to
stay inside their residence during the execution of the search warrant. The
announcements and directions should be repeated until the search site is
secured
322.6.3 DE-CONFLICTION
Deconfliction is the process of determining when law enforcement personnel are conducting an
event in close proximity to one another to avoid conflicts between agencies or officers, increase
officer safety, and promote the exchange of information crucial to multijurisdictional
investigations.
At the beginning of an investigation into suspected criminal activity, the lead investigator or
supervisor shall contact RISSafe to deconflict the address of the suspected criminal activity.
If the investigation extends beyond thirty days, the investigator or supervisor should contact
RISSafe to extend the deconfliction.
If the suspected criminal activity takes place outside of West Valley City, the lead investigator
or supervisor shall, in addition to contacting RISSafe, contact the agency over that jurisdiction
to ensure that there are no conflicting investigations occurring at the suspect location.
RISSafe procedures:
(a) The Regional Information Sharing System (RISS) program maintains the regional
deconfliction program, RISSafe.
(b) The lead investigator, supervisor, or assisting analyst may access RISSafe by login at
www.riss.net, by phone at 855-261-0011 during business hours, or by phone at 800-821-
0640 after business hours. Members of the department who wish to become users of the
system must follow RISSNET application and training procedures and will abide by their
policies.
(c) At a minimum, the required information will be provided:
1. Date, and time frame of the operation
2. Location
3. Type of operation
4. Supervisor or case agent name and contact information
Notification from RISS regarding potential conflicts shall be documented by the case agent
and/or supervisor. When a case agent or supervisor receives notification of a potential conflict,
they shall make reasonable efforts to mitigate the conflict by communicating with the other party
identified by RISS prior to proceeding with the operation or investigation.
At least one hour prior to making entry on a search warrant, the lead investigator, supervisor,
or entry team leader will notify the Watch Commander for West Valley City and/or the outside
agency’s Watch Commander to make them aware of the address and the time at which the
warrant is expected to be served.
323.1.1 POLICY
It is the policy of the West Valley Police Department to investigate crimes committed by
juveniles and handle the resolution with the least coercive among reasonable alternatives,
consistent with preserving public safety, order, and individual liberty. Generally speaking
officers may release the offender and take no further action; they may divert the offender to
any of a number of services agencies; they may dispose of the case themselves; or they may
refer the youth to Juvenile Court.
Members of the West Valley Police Department should remember that juvenile law
enforcement should always go in the direction of rehabilitation and not punishment.
It is the policy of the West Valley Police Department to develop and/or participate in programs
that provide for a positive interaction between members of the Police Department and juveniles
in the community. We must recognize that a positive experience with law enforcement may
deter, or reduce, criminal conduct committed by juveniles. It is also possible that positive
interaction with officers can reduce the likelihood of juveniles becoming adult offenders. The
Department will review and evaluate its enforcement and prevention programs related to
juveniles annually.
Juveniles should only be taken into custody when no other alternative exists or for the safety
of the juvenile.
(a) Follow up and investigation of all juvenile felony arrests. This would include putting together
the screening information to be forwarded to the prosecuting authority for the consideration
of criminal charges.
(b) Follow up of juvenile cases involving misdemeanor crimes when additional information is
necessary for the prosecuting authority to proceed.
(c) Prepare accurate documentation of what charges are filed by the prosecuting authority.
Investigation Section detectives should work with all other units within the Department to achieve
the least coercive results.
Willful failure to comply with provisions of juvenile detention laws is a class B misdemeanor (Utah
Code 62A-7-201(5)).
Juveniles 14-years of age or older are presumed capable of intelligently comprehending and
waiving their right to counsel and may knowingly and voluntarily waive their constitutional right
to counsel and be interrogated or interviewed without receiving permission from the juvenile's
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
1 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 163 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
For juveniles under 14-years of age, he/she may not waive his/her constitutional right to
counsel outside the presence of his/her parent(s), guardian, or custodian. Any interview or
interrogation shall take place in the presence of the juvenile's parent(s), legal guardian or
attorney. (Utah Rule of Juvenile Procedure 26(e)).
It is most important to remember that the officers are to act as an advocate for the juvenile.
Constant supervision is defined as one or more officers or qualified staff members whose work
station allows them to either physically see and hear or who can see and communicate through
an audio visual device (T. V. monitoring) with the juvenile in temporary custody. A replacement
shall be arranged for and in place, if the monitoring person is called away for any reason to
ensure constant supervision.
A police officer or qualified staff member must be available to intervene within 60 seconds
should a problem or medical emergency arise with a juvenile.
No juvenile under 10 years of age will be held by officers for any unreasonable length of time,
but are to be immediately transferred to non-judicial authorities.
Despite the authorization to hold a juvenile in a certified holding room for up to two hours, no
juvenile shall be held in such a room unless there is no other alternative which will protect the
juvenile and the community.
When a juvenile is taken into temporary custody, the following steps shall be taken by the
arresting officer or the detective assigned to the case.
(a) The officer shall without unnecessary delay notify the parents, guardian, or custodian of
the juvenile in custody and provide the location where the juvenile is being held, make
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
2 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 164 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
arrangements for the juveniles release, and/or the intended disposition (Utah Code 78A-
6-112(3)(a)(i)).
(b) Once the detained juvenile has been placed in custody, complete the Juvenile
Detention Log located in the holding area.
(c) Submit a completed report to the field supervisor for approval.
Status offenders and abused or neglected children may not be detained in police jails or
lockups. They may be taken to welfare workers but may not be held in a secured
environment or come into contact with adults in custody at the station.
Examples of status offenses are as follows: ungovernable, truant, runaway, curfew violation,
and illegal consumption and or possession of alcohol or tobacco.
Minors charged by information or indictment with crimes as a serious youth offender under
Utah Code 78A-6-702 or certified to stand trial as an adult pursuant to Utah Code 78A-6-703
may be detained in a jail or other place of detention used for adults (Utah Code 62A-7-
201(2)(a)).
Contact between juveniles in temporary custody, both secure and non-secure, and adult
prisoners shall be restricted as follows:
(a) There will be no communication between the juvenile and adult prisoners.
(b) If an adult prisoner, including an inmate worker, is present with the juvenile in the same
room or area, a West Valley City Police Department employee trained in the supervision
of inmates shall maintain a constant side-by-side presence with either the juvenile or adult
prisoner to assure there is no communication between the juvenile and adult prisoner.
(c) Situations in which a juvenile and adult prisoner may be in the same room or corridor
shall be limited to:
1. Booking.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
3 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 165 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
2. Medical screening.
3. Inmate worker presence while performing work necessary for the operation of the
West Valley City Police Department such as meal service and janitorial service.
4. Movement of persons in custody within the West Valley City Police Department.
(a) In making the determination whether the juvenile presents a serious security risk of
harm to self or others, the officer may take into account the following factors:
1. Age, maturity and delinquent history of the juvenile.
2. Severity of the offense(s) for which the juvenile was taken into custody.
3. Juvenile's behavior, including the degree to which the minor appears to be
cooperative or non-cooperative.
4. The availability of staff to provide adequate supervision or protection of the
juvenile.
5. The age, type and number of other individuals who are detained in the facility.
(b) A juvenile may be locked in a room or secured in a detention room subject to the
following conditions:
1. Juvenile is 14-years of age or older.
2. Juvenile is taken into custody on the basis of having committed an act which would
be a criminal offense if committed by an adult.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
4 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 166 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
3. Detention at this facility does not exceed two-hours from the time of arrival at the
police station, when both secure and non-secure time is combined.
4. Detention is for the purpose of giving the officer time to investigate the case,
facilitate the release of the juvenile to parents or arrange transfer to a juvenile
detention facility.
5. The officer apprehending the juvenile has reasonable belief that the juvenile
presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others. Factors to consider
include:
(a) Age, maturity and delinquent history of juvenile.
(b) Severity of offense for which the juvenile was taken into custody.
(c) Juvenile's behavior.
(d) Availability of staff to provide adequate supervision or protection of the
juvenile.
(e) Age, type and number of other individuals detained at the facility.
(a) Minors held in secure detention outside of a locked enclosure shall not be secured to a
stationary object for more than 30 minutes unless no other locked enclosure is available.
If a juvenile is secured, the following conditions must be met:
1. A Department employee must be present at all times to ensure the juvenile's safety
while secured to a stationary object.
2. Juveniles who are secured to a stationary object are moved to a detention room as
soon as one becomes available.
3. Juveniles secured to a stationary object for longer than 30 minutes, and every 30
minutes thereafter, shall be approved by the Sergeant or the designated
supervisor and the reason for continued secure detention shall be documented.
(b) In the event a juvenile is held inside a locked enclosure, the juvenile shall receive
adequate supervision which, at a minimum, includes:
1. Constant auditory access to staff by the juvenile.
2. Unscheduled personal visual supervision of the juvenile by Department staff, no less
than every 30 minutes. These jail checks shall be documented.
(c) Males and females shall not be placed in the same locked room.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
5 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 167 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
(a) It is the officer's responsibility to notify the Watch Commander, desk personnel, and/or
detective personnel that a detention has begun. The juvenile must be told the reason for
incarceration, the length of time secure detention will last and that it may not exceed a total
of two-hours.
(b) Any juvenile placed in a locked detention room shall be separated according to
gender and the severity of the crime (felony or misdemeanor) unless emergency
circumstances will not allow for this type of segregation. When such separation is not
possible, the Watch Commander shall be consulted for directions on how to proceed
with the detention of the multiple juveniles involved.
(c) A written record will be maintained on a detention log located in the holding area. This log
will include the charges for which the juvenile is being detained, the circumstances that
warrant a secured detention, the time the detention began, and the time it ended. There
will also be a place for the Watch Commander to initial the log approving the detention
and the time it begins, and to initial the log when the juvenile is released.
(d) It is the responsibility of the arresting officer or a detective (when available) to monitor the
custody of the juvenile and to prepare the necessary paperwork to process the juvenile
for release to a parent, guardian or the appropriate juvenile custody facility. When a
detective is not available, the Watch Commander, or his/her designee, shall be responsible
for monitoring the detention of the juvenile and ensuring that appropriate paperwork is
prepared to process the juvenile out of the custody of the Department.
The Watch Commander shall be notified in all cases when a juvenile is detained at this
department, and when applicable, shall be provided the name of the officer or detective
taking responsibility for the detention and processing of the juvenile.
(e) A thorough inspection of the detention room shall be conducted before placing a
juvenile into the room. A second inspection shall be conducted after removing the
juvenile. Any damage noted to the room shall be photographed and documented in the
crime report. Any property recovered from the second inspection shall be noted in the
officer's report and if legal to possess be returned to the juvenile or his/her parent(s),
guardian, or custodian. If the property recovered is not legal to possess, it shall be
noted in the officer's report and booked into evidence. Further court proceedings shall
be considered.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
6 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 168 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
juvenile is released. This inspection shall not be replaced by video monitoring. This inspection
shall be conducted by a designee of the Watch Commander and the visual inspection shall be
logged on the Inspection Log in the holding area.
More frequent visual inspections should be made as circumstances dictate as in the case of
an injured or ill juvenile being detained, or if specific circumstances exist such as a
disciplinary problem or suicide risk. In such instances the Watch Commander shall be fully
informed about the special circumstances in order to evaluate continued detention of such a
juvenile. Juvenile Security Report Logs and Confinements of Juvenile Logs shall be turned into
the Records Supervisor or his/her designee at the end of each month.
(a) Reasonable access to toilets and washing facilities. A police officer or staff member of the
same sex shall supervise the personal hygiene activities of the detained juvenile.
(b) Food, if the juvenile has not eaten within the past four hours, or is otherwise in need of
nourishment, including any special diet required for the health of the juvenile. All food
given to a juvenile in custody shall be provided at the direction of the supervisor or Watch
Commander.
(c) Reasonable access to drinking water.
(d) Privacy during family, guardian and/or lawyer visits.
(e) Blankets and clothing necessary to ensure the comfort of the juvenile (clothing shall be
provided by the department if the juvenile's clothing is taken as evidence or is otherwise
unsuitable or inadequate for the continued wear while in custody).
324.4.9 DISPOSITIONS
(a) Any juvenile not transferred to a juvenile facility shall be released to one of the
following:
1. Parent or legal guardian.
2. An adult member of his/her immediate family.
3. An adult person specified by the parent/guardian.
4. An adult person willing to accept responsibility, when the juvenile's parents are
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
7 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 169 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
(b) Before the minor is released, the parent or other person taking custody of the minor shall
be required to sign a written promise to bring the minor to the court at the specified
date and time (Utah Code 78A-6-112(30(d)).
1. Minors who are alleged to have committed an act which would be a criminal
offense if committed by an adult, may be detained in holding rooms in local law
enforcement facilities for a maximum of two-hours, for identification or
interrogation or while awaiting release to a parent or other responsible adult (Utah
Code 62A-7-201(4)).
(c) If the minor is not released with a written citation and promise to appear, the minor shall
be taken to a place of detention or shelter without unnecessary delay (Utah Code 78A-6-
112(4)(b)).
1. The officer who takes a minor to a detention or shelter facility shall promptly file with
the detention or shelter facility a written report on a form provided by the state
stating the details of the presently alleged offense, the facts which bring the minor
within the jurisdiction of the juvenile court and the reason the minor was not
released by the Department (Utah Code 78A-6-112(5)(a)).
(d) After an officer has taken a juvenile into temporary custody for a violation of law, the
following dispositions are authorized:
1. The arresting officer may counsel or admonish the juvenile and recommend no
further action be taken.
2. If the arresting officer or the Watch Commander believes that further action is
needed, the juvenile will be released to a responsible person as listed above, and
such juvenile will be advised that follow-up action will be taken. If the juvenile
is being charged with a class B misdemeanor or less, the officer will issue the
juvenile a juvenile citation or the officer will refer the juvenile to Juvenile Court. If the
juvenile is being charged with a class A misdemeanor or a felony, the case will be
assigned to a detective for screening. The detective will contact the parents and
advise them of the course of action.
3. The juvenile may be transferred to a juvenile detention facility with authorization of
the appropriate supervisor or the Watch Commander and approval from the facility
intake officer.
(e) If a juvenile is to be transported to a juvenile detention facility, the following forms shall
accompany the juvenile:
1. Application for Petition.
2. Three copies of the applicable reports for each juvenile transported. In certain
cases a juvenile detention facility may accept custody of the juvenile based on the
petition and the agreement that facsimile copies will be forwarded as soon as
completed.
3. Any personal property taken from the juvenile at the time of detention.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
8 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 170 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
(f) The juvenile detention facility will immediately review the forms provided by the officer
and determine, based on the guidelines for detention admissions established by the
Division of Juvenile Justice Services under Utah Code 62A-7-202, whether to admit the
minor to secure detention, admit the minor to home detention, place the minor in a
placement other than detention, or return the minor home upon written promise to bring
the minor to the court at a time set, or without restriction (Utah Code 78A-6-112(5)(b)(i)).
In general, Granite School District officials will allow properly identified officers working a
case related to the school, school district or child abuse cases immediate access to students
for an interview either on site or at another appropriate location as determined by the
investigator. Officers working cases not related to the school, school district or child abuse will
generally not be allowed to interview the child at the school during school hours. Exceptions may
be granted by contacting the Granite School District Police Department.
(a) Reasonable efforts should be taken to coordinate with school officials to minimize
disruption of school functions and maintain a low-profile police presence when
contacting a student.
(b) Whenever circumstances warrant the temporary detention or formal interview of a
juvenile student on campus, the officer should:
1. When practical and when it would not unreasonably interfere with the
investigation, take reasonable steps to notify a parent, guardian or responsible
adult, including those phone numbers listed on any contact card on file with the
school or provided by the student. All efforts to make contact with parents and/or
reasons contact was not attempted should be documented.
2. If efforts to contact a parent, guardian or responsible adult are unsuccessful or not
attempted, a formal interview with the juvenile may proceed without them. Upon
the request of the juvenile, a school official or lawyer may be present during the
interview in lieu of a parent.
3. If contacted, the selected parent, other responsible adult or school official may be
permitted to be present during any interview.
(a) An adult suspected of child abuse or other criminal activity involving the
juvenile, or an adult, who in the opinion of the officer appears to be under the
influence or otherwise unable or incompetent to exercise parental rights on
behalf of the juvenile, will not be permitted to be present.
(b) If the officer reasonably believes that exigent circumstances exist which
would materially interfere with the officer's ability to immediately interview the
juvenile, the interview may proceed without the parent or other
responsible adult. In such circumstances, the exigent circumstances should
be set forth in a related report.
(c) Any juvenile student who is a suspected victim of child abuse shall be afforded the
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
9 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 171 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
option of being interviewed in private or selecting any qualified available adult member of
school staff to be present. The purpose of the staff member's presence is to provide comfort
and support and such staff member shall not participate in the interview. The selection of
a staff member should be such that it does not burden the school with costs or hardship.
If the minor is taken into custody or detention for a violent felony, as defined in Utah Code 76-
3-203.5, or an offense in violation of Utah Code, Title 76, Chapter 10, Part 5, Weapons, the
officer taking the minor into custody shall, as soon as practicable or as established under
Utah Code 53A-11-1101(1), notify the school superintendent of the district in which the minor
resides or attends school for the purposes of the minor's supervision and student safety (Utah
Code 78A-6-112(3)(b)).
(a) The notice shall disclose only:
1. The name of the minor.
2. The offense for which the minor was taken into custody or detention.
3. If available, the name of the victim, if the victim:
(a) Resides in the same school district as the minor.
(b) Attends the same school as the minor.
(b) The notice shall be classified as a protected record under Utah Code 63G-2-305.
Officers shall not divulge any information regarding juveniles in situations where they are
uncertain of the legal authority to do so.
(b) Electronic Records. Juvenile records stored electronically in the records management
system and associated electronic filing cabinets will be designated by a mandatory field.
Before an incident can be closed an entry will be made indicating that a juvenile was
involved in the incident.
The records for juveniles who reach the age of eighteen (18) are maintained in the same
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
10 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 172 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
In cases where injury or illness is life threatening and where lost minutes may be the
deciding factor, the arresting officer or the discovering officer should administer first-aid care
prior to the arrival of the paramedics. The juvenile will then be transported to a medical
facility.
In the event of a serious illness, suicide attempt, injury or death of a juvenile, the following
persons shall be notified as soon as possible:
The detaining or transporting officer is responsible to notify the Watch Commander if he/she
believes the juvenile may be a suicide risk. The Watch Commander will then arrange to
contact a mental health team for evaluation, or to contact a juvenile detention facility and
arrange for the transfer of the juvenile, providing the juvenile meets the intake criteria. The
juvenile shall be under constant personal supervision until the transfer is completed.
(a) Displays bizarre behavior that results in the destruction of property or shows intent to
cause physical harm to self or others.
(b) Is a serious and immediate danger to him/her self or others.
Restraint devices include devices which immobilize a juvenile's extremities and/or prevent the
juvenile from being ambulatory. Restraints shall only be used after less restrictive measures
have failed and with the approval of the Watch Commander.
Restraints shall only be used so long as it reasonably appears necessary for the juvenile's
protection or the protection of others.
Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure that the
restraints are properly employed, and to ensure the safety and well-being of the juvenile.
The Watch Commander shall arrange to have the juvenile evaluated by a mental health
team as soon as possible if there is evidence of mental impairment. When mental impairment
is suspected, constant personal visual supervision shall be maintained in order to ensure that
restraints are properly employed and to ensure the safety and wellbeing of the juvenile. Such
supervision shall be documented in the police report.
Juveniles who have been placed in restraint devices shall be isolated to protect them from
abuse. Restraints shall not be used as a punishment, or as a substitute for treatment.
In any case in which a juvenile dies while detained at the West Valley City Police
Department, the following shall apply:
(a) Upon receipt of a report of death of a juvenile from the Chief of Police or his/her
designee the Juvenile Justice Services Board (JJS) may inspect and evaluate the
juvenile facility, jail, lockup or court holding facility.
(b) An operational review of every in-custody death of a juvenile shall be conducted.
A medical clearance shall be obtained prior to detention of juveniles at the West Valley City
Police Department when the juvenile displays outward signs of intoxication or is known or
suspected to have ingested any substance that could result in a medical emergency. In
addition to displaying outward signs of intoxication, the following circumstances require a
medical evaluation:
Juveniles with lower levels of alcohol in their system may not need to be evaluated. For
example, a juvenile who has ingested one or two beers would not normally meet this
criterion.
(a) A juvenile detained and brought to the West Valley City Police Department who
displays symptoms of intoxication as a result of alcohol or drugs shall be handled as
follows:
1. Observation of juvenile's breathing to determine that breathing is regular.
Breathing should not be erratic or indicate that the juvenile is having difficulty
breathing.
2. Observation of the juvenile to ensure that there has not been any vomiting while
sleeping and ensuring that intoxicated juveniles remain on their sides rather than their
backs to prevent the aspiration of stomach contents.
3. An arousal attempt to ensure that the juvenile will respond to verbal or pressure
stimulation (shaking to awaken). This is the most important monitoring procedure.
(b) Personal observation shall be conducted on a frequent basis while the juvenile is in the
custody of the West Valley City Police Department, and no less than once every 15
minutes until such time as the symptoms are no longer present. For juveniles held in
secure detention inside a locked enclosure, officers will ensure constant audio monitoring
is maintained in addition to conducting the in-person visual checks. All other forms of
detention require the officer to maintain constant visual supervision of the juvenile.
1. The 15-minute checks of the juvenile shall be documented on the Juvenile
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
13 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 175 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
(c) Any juvenile who displays symptoms suggestive of a deepening comatose state
(increasing difficulty or inability to arouse, irregular breathing patterns, or convulsions),
shall be considered an emergency. Paramedics should be called and the juvenile taken
to a medical treatment facility.
(d) Juveniles undergoing acute withdrawal reactions shall immediately be transported to a
medical facility for examination by a physician.
(e) A medical clearance is required before the juvenile is transported to juvenile detention
facility if it is known that the juvenile ingested any intoxicating substances or appears to
be under the severe influence of alcohol.
Once the juvenile no longer displays symptoms of intoxication, the requirements in section
(a) above will no longer be required. The juvenile will still be monitored on a 30-minute basis
as outlined in this policy. The juvenile will continue to be monitored as required for secure or
non-secure detentions.
(c) Fingerprints shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Criminal Identification and may be
stored by electronic means. (Utah Code 78A-6-1104)
(d) Any Juvenile under the age of 14 who is taken into custody for an alleged offense that
would be a felony if committed by an adult, may be photographed and/or fingerprinted upon
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
14 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 176 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 44.2.2, 44.2.3,
Temporary Custody of Juveniles 82.1.2
such terms as the court shall order. (Utah Rules of Juvenile Procedure. Rule # 27.)
No person other than a probation officer or a staff member of a detention facility is permitted to
interview a minor under the age of 14 years of age held in the facility without the minors parent,
guardian, or custodian present, unless the parent, guardian, or custodian of the minor has
signed a written waiver after being advised of the minors rights.
No person other than a probation officer or a staff member of a detention facility shall be
permitted to interview a minor 14 years of age or older in a detention facility without the
consent of the minor and the minor's parent, guardian, or custodian after first advising said minor
of his/her constitutional rights and such rights having been intelligently waived by the minor.
If the parent, guardian, or custodian of the minor is not available, consent of the court shall be
obtained before interviewing the minor in a detention facility.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015
West Valley City Police Department
15 Policy Manual - 11/1/2020 Policy 324 contains 15 page(s)
Page 177 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 71.1.1, 71.2.1, 71.3.1,
Temporary Detention 71.3.2, 71.3.3, 71.4.1, 71.4.2, 71.4.3
325.2 DEFINITIONS
(a) A “Visual Check” is a visual inspection which can be accomplished by video camera, or
an officer looking through the window of the holding cell.
(b) A “Physical Check” is a physical check requires that an officer go to the holding cell and
check on the status of the detainee(s). Video monitoring of a detainee does not satisfy the
requirements of a physical check.
325.3 PROCEDURES
(a) All officers will follow the following policy and procedures:
1. The temporary detention area is located in the northeast corner of the West Valley
City Police Station, adjacent to the detainee processing area and the north sally
port. Entrance/Exit doors will remain closed and locked when not in use. The sally
port entrance and processing/detention entrance utilize key card access security
doors, requiring authorization to enter and exit the facility. Testing and processing
also occurs in this area where an Intoxilyzer Alcohol-Analyzer is located.
2. Officers utilizing the temporary detention area, including processing and testing,
must secure their firearms prior to entering the area. The only exception is officers
responding to an emergency call for assistance from that area. Officers shall
remain cognizant and use caution at all time when detainees are being processed
and/or temporarily detained.
4. Detainees will be separated from each other unless an emergency or mass arrest
situation exists. Gender identity and any significant affiliations (gangs,
relationship, etc.) should be considered if the need exists to place individuals
together in a holding cell. Sight and sound separation shall be maintained between
all juvenile detainees and adult detainees while in custody at the West Valley City
Police Department. If detaining a juvenile in a temporary holding cell and an adult
is also being detained, the juvenile is to be placed in holding cell number 4 and the
magnetic sight and sound barriers are to be placed over the glass areas. In
situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, Department personnel shall
maintain a constant presence with the juvenile or the adult to minimize any contact.
If inadvertent or accidental contact does occur, reasonable efforts shall be taken
to end the contact.
5. The arresting officer is responsible for the welfare and safety of the detainee.
Detainees who pose a threat to themselves or others may be secured to a fixed or
immovable object within the detention facility that is designed and intended for that
specific purpose. Detainees will be provided access to water, restrooms and other
needs that may arise during the course of their detention. Any detainee who is not
contained in a secure temporary detention area shall be maintained under constant
supervision.
6. A logbook of detainees will be completed and kept inside the temporary detention
area which documents:
i. Case number of the incident.
ii. Name of the detainee.
iii. Age of the detainee.
iv. Sex of the detainee.
v. Time of the detainee in and out of the temporary detention area.
vi. Personal items removed from the detainee.
vii. Reason for detention.
10. Without extenuating circumstances, adult detainees shall not be held for longer
than six (6) hours. Juvenile detention shall be limited to two (2) hours. In the
Adopted: 03/12/2020 Updated: 2 Policy 325 contains 4 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 179 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s): 71.1.1, 71.2.1, 71.3.1,
Temporary Detention 71.3.2, 71.3.3, 71.4.1, 71.4.2, 71.4.3
If an evacuation becomes necessary, due to a fire alarm or actual fire, an officer will remove the
detainee by the quickest and safest route, which is noted in the evacuation route signage. Fire
extinguishers are located in the detention area. In the event of an actual fire, an employee will
pull the fire alarm.
1. Each detainee held in the detention area shall be logged into the detention
logbook. The detainee shall be logged out of the detention logbook upon transfer
or release. The logbook shall be maintained in the detention area.
2. Prior to placing a detainee in a holding cell, an officer will visually inspect the cell
for weapons, contraband, or any other property. The holding cell will also be
inspected upon removing the detainee. This will be noted in the detention logbook.
3. All detainees must be thoroughly searched for weapons, contraband and/or any
dangerous weapons or materials prior to being held in the detention area.
Department Policy 902, Custody Searches, shall be followed for adults and
Department Policy, 324, Temporary Custody of Juveniles, shall be followed for
juveniles. Detainees shall be searched by officers of like gender or gender
identification, if possible, unless officer/detainee safety dictates otherwise. All
Department policies and procedures shall be followed in order to prevent the
escape of any detainee.
4. When special circumstances exist which indicate the detainee may hurt
themselves or others, the detainee’s property, to include: wallet, purse, keys,
jewelry, belt, suspenders, shoes, hats or headgear, etc. shall be removed,
inventoried, and logged on a property receipt and secured in the control room,
located in the temporary detention area. The detainee shall sign the property
receipt upon return of their property.
6. Panic or duress buttons are located on each officer’s portable radio. Officers
conducting business in the detention area shall be equipped with his/her assigned
portable radio should the need for assistance arise. These alarms are monitored
twenty-four (24) hours a day by communications.
7. Only authorized personnel may have access to the detention area and to detainees
during detention. No visitors will be permitted at any time.
8. Officers should consider the totality of the circumstances when deciding whether
or not to have the detainee remain in handcuffs while being held in the temporary
detention area. The detainee should remain handcuffed and a second officer
should be present when security concerns arise.
10. The holding cells shall be inspected for cleanliness after each use. Bodily fluids,
blood, saliva, urine, etc. are to be cleaned with an acid free cleaner. Protective
gloves shall be worn when cleaning the area. The chain of command will be used
should significant cleaning needs arise.
1. The inspection will include the room security; sanitation and cleanliness; safety
and fire suppression; locker inspection (guns/property); and inspection of logbook.
2. At the completion of the inspection, the form will be routed to the Administrative
Services Bureau Deputy Chief for review and recommendations when necessary.
Adopted: 03/12/2020 Updated: 4 Policy 325 contains 4 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 181 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s):
Elder/Vulnerable Adult Abuse
326.2 DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this policy, the following definitions are provided (Utah Code 76-5-111).
Caretaker - Any person, entity, corporation or public institution that assumes the
responsibility of providing a vulnerable adult with care, food, shelter, clothing, supervision,
medical or other health care or other necessities. Caretaker includes a relative by blood or
marriage, a household member, a person who is employed or who provides volunteer work,
or a person who contracts or is under court order to provide care (Utah Code 76-5-
111(1)(d)).
Elder abuse - Abuse, neglect or exploitation of an elder adult (Utah Code 76-5-111(1)(b)). An
adult is not considered abused, neglected or a vulnerable adult for the reason that the adult
has chosen to rely solely upon religious, non-medical forms of healing in lieu of medical care.
Elder adult - Any person 65-years of age or older (Utah Code 76-5-111(1)(f)).
Exploitation - A person commits the offense of exploitation of a vulnerable adult when the
person:
Harm - Pain, mental anguish, emotional distress, hurt, physical or psychological damage,
physical injury, serious physical injury, suffering or distress inflicted knowingly or intentionally
(Utah Code 76-5-111(1)(i)).
Vulnerable adult - An elder adult, or an adult who has a mental or physical impairment
which substantially affects that person's ability to:
(a) Providing a copy of the investigative report to Adult Protective Services, if requested. This
requirement is applicable even if the initial call was received from Adult Protective Services.
(b) Retaining the original vulnerable adult abuse report with the initial case file.
(a) Attempt to identify the victim, suspect and witnesses as well as the roles and
relationships of all parties. Parties should be interviewed separately when possible.
Frequently it is wrongfully assumed that elderly persons are incapable of accurately
• Patrol Supervisor
• Detective personnel
• Evidence collection personnel
• Adult Protective Services personnel
(a) The vulnerable adult will suffer serious physical injury or death if not immediately
placed in a safe environment.
(b) The vulnerable adult refuses to consent or lacks capacity to consent.
(c) There is not time to notify interested parties or to apply for a warrant or other court
order.
Reporting cases of vulnerable adult abuse is confidential and will only be released in
accordance with the Release of Records and Information Policy.
Officers investigating the abuse of a vulnerable adult shall complete all appropriate
Department and state forms.
328.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department is an equal opportunity employer and is committed to
creating and maintaining a work environment that is free of all forms of discriminatory
harassment, including sexual harassment and retaliation. The Department will not tolerate
discrimination against employees in hiring, promotion, discharge, compensation, fringe
benefits and other privileges of employment. The Department will take preventive and
corrective action to address any behavior that violates this policy or the rights it is designed to
protect (Utah Anti-Discrimination Act, Utah Code, Title 34A, Chapter 5).
The non-discrimination policies of the Department may be more comprehensive than state or
federal law. Conduct that violates this policy may not violate state or federal law but still could
subject an employee to discipline.
328.3.1 DISCRIMINATION
The Department prohibits all forms of discrimination, including any employment-related
action by an employee that adversely affects an applicant or employee and is based on race,
color, religion, sex, age, national origin or ancestry, genetic information, disability, military
service, sexual orientation and other classifications protected by law.
Conduct that may, under certain circumstances, constitute discriminatory harassment, can
include making derogatory comments, crude and offensive statements or remarks, making
slurs or off-color jokes, stereotyping, engaging in threatening acts, making indecent gestures,
pictures, cartoons, posters or material, making inappropriate physical contact, or using written
material or department equipment and/or systems to transmit or receive offensive material,
statements or pictures. Such conduct is contrary to department policy and to the department's
commitment to a discrimination free work environment.
Sexual harassment includes, but is not limited to, unwelcome sexual advances, requests for
sexual favors or other verbal, visual or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:
(a) Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of
employment, position or compensation.
(b) Submission to, or rejection of, such conduct is used as the basis for any employment
decisions affecting the member.
(c) Such conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with a member's work
performance or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive work environment.
328.4 RESPONSIBILITIES
This policy applies to all department personnel. All members shall follow the intent of these
guidelines in a manner that reflects department policy, professional law enforcement standards
and the best interest of the department and its mission.
Any member who believes, in good faith, that he/she has been discriminated against,
harassed, subjected to retaliation, or who has observed harassment or discrimination, is
encouraged to promptly report such conduct in accordance with the procedures set forth in
this policy.
Supervisors and managers receiving information regarding alleged violations of this policy shall
determine if there is any basis for the allegation and shall proceed with resolution as stated
below.
(a) Continually monitor the work environment and strive to ensure that it is free from all types
of unlawful discrimination, including sexual harassment or retaliation.
(b) Take prompt, appropriate action within their work units to avoid and minimize the
incidence of any form of discrimination, harassment or retaliation.
(c) Ensure their subordinates understand their responsibilities under this policy.
(d) Ensure that members who make complaints or who oppose any unlawful employment
practices are protected from retaliation and that such matters are kept confidential to the
extent possible.
(e) Notify the Chief of Police in writing of the circumstances surrounding any reported
allegations or observed acts of discrimination, harassment or retaliation no later than the
next business day.
(a) Behavior of supervisors and managers should represent the values of the Department and
professional law enforcement standards.
(b) False or mistaken accusations of discrimination, harassment or retaliation have
negative effects on the careers of innocent members.
(c) Supervisors and managers must act promptly and responsibly in the resolution of such
situations.
(d) Supervisors and managers shall make a timely determination regarding the substance of
any allegations based upon all available facts.
The employee assigned to investigate the complaint will have full authority to investigate all
aspects of the complaint. Investigative authority includes access to records and the
cooperation of any members involved. No influence will be used to suppress any complaint and
no member will be subject to retaliation or reprisal for filing a complaint, encouraging others to
file a complaint or for offering testimony or evidence in any investigation.
Formal investigation of the complaint will be confidential to the extent possible and will
include, but not be limited to, details of the specific incident, frequency and dates of
occurrences and names of any witnesses. Witnesses will be advised regarding the
prohibition against retaliation, and that a disciplinary process, up to and including
termination, may result if retaliation occurs.
Members who believe they have been discriminated against, harassed or retaliated against
because of their protected status are encouraged to follow the chain of command but may also
file a complaint directly with the Chief of Police, Director of Human Resources, or the City
Manager.
• Approved by the Chief of Police, City Manager or the Director of Human Resources if
more appropriate.
328.8 TRAINING
All new employees shall be provided with a copy of this policy as part of their orientation. The
policy shall be reviewed with each new employee. The employee shall certify by signing the
prescribed form that he/she has been advised of this policy, is aware of and understands its
contents and agrees to abide by its provisions during his/her term of employment.
All employees shall receive annual training on the requirements of this policy and shall certify
by signing the prescribed form that they have reviewed the policy, understand its contents
and agree that they will continue to abide by its provisions.
CALEA Standard(s):
Child Abuse
330.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
Child - Unless otherwise specified by a cited statute, a child is any person under the age of
18 years
Child abuse - Any offense or attempted offense involving violence or neglect with a child victim
when committed by a person responsible for the child's care or any other act that would
mandate notification to a social service agency (Utah Code 62A-4a-403).
330.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department will investigate all reported incidents of alleged
criminal child abuse and ensure DCFS is notified as required by law.
For purposes of notification, abuse includes, but is not limited to, non-accidental harm or
threatened harm of a child (e.g., physical, emotional or developmental injury or damage),
sexual abuse (e.g., bigamy, incest, lewdness), or sexual exploitation. Abuse does not
include reasonable discipline, restraint, weapon removal or management of a child or other
legally justifiable acts (Utah Code 62A-4a-101; Utah Code 78A-6-105).
CALEA Standard(s):
Child Abuse
(c) Present all cases of alleged child abuse to the prosecutor for review.
(d) Coordinate with other enforcement agencies, social service agencies and school
administrators as needed.
(e) Provide referrals to therapy services, victim advocates, guardians and support for the child
and family as appropriate.
(f) Participate in or coordinate with multidisciplinary investigative teams as applicable.
Investigations and reports related to suspected cases of child abuse should address, as
applicable:
(a) The overall basis for the contact. This should be done by the investigating officer in all
circumstances where a suspected child abuse victim was contacted.
(b) The exigent circumstances that existed if officers interviewed the child victim without the
presence of a parent or guardian.
(c) Any relevant statements the child may have made and to whom he/she made the
statements.
(d) If a child was taken into protective custody, the reasons, the name and title of the
person making the decision, and why other alternatives were not appropriate.
(e) Documentation of any visible injuries or any injuries identified by the child. This should
include photographs of such injuries, if practicable.
(f) Whether the child victim was transported for medical treatment or a medical
examination.
(g) Whether the victim identified a household member as the alleged perpetrator, and a list
of the names of any other children who may reside in the residence.
(h) Identification of any prior related reports or allegations of child abuse, including other
jurisdictions, as reasonably known.
(i) Previous addresses of the victim and suspect.
(j) Other potential witnesses who have not yet been interviewed, such as relatives or
others close to the victim's environment.
All cases of the unexplained death of a child should be investigated as thoroughly as if it had been
a case of suspected child abuse (e.g., a sudden or unexplained death of an infant).
Generally, members of this department should remove a child from his/her parent or
CALEA Standard(s):
Child Abuse
guardian without a court order only when no other effective alternative is reasonably
available and immediate action reasonably appears necessary to protect the child. Prior to
taking a child into protective custody, the officer should take reasonable steps to deliver the
child to another qualified parent or legal guardian, unless it reasonably appears that the
release would endanger the child or result in abduction. If this is not a reasonable option,
the officer shall ensure that the child is delivered to DCFS.
Whenever practicable, the officer should inform a supervisor of the circumstances prior to
taking a child into protective custody. If prior notification is not practicable, officers should
contact a supervisor promptly after taking a child into protective custody.
Children may only be removed from a parent or guardian in the following situations (Utah Code
62A-4a-202.1; Utah Code 78A-6-106):
(a) When a court order has been issued authorizing the removal of the child.
(b) Without a court order, when there exist exigent circumstances sufficient to relieve an
officer of the requirement to obtain a warrant.
(c) Without a warrant when an officer obtains the consent of the child's parent or guardian.
The above apply to removing a child from a home or school as well as from a parent or
guardian.
330.7 INTERVIEWS
CALEA Standard(s):
Child Abuse
In cases where the alleged offender is the custodial parent or guardian and is refusing
consent for the medical examination, officers should notify a supervisor before proceeding. If
exigent circumstances do not exist or if state law does not provide for officers to take the child
for a medical examination, the notified supervisor should consider obtaining a court order for
such an examination.
(a) Work with professionals from the appropriate agencies to develop procedures for
responding to situations where there are children endangered by exposure to
methamphetamine labs or the manufacture and trafficking of other drugs.
(b) Activate any available interagency response when an officer notifies the Narcotics
Section Supervisor that the officer has responded to a drug lab or other narcotics crime
CALEA Standard(s):
Child Abuse
scene where a child is present or where evidence indicates that a child lives there.
(a) Document the environmental, medical, social and other conditions of the child using
photography as appropriate.
(b) Notify the Division of Child and Family Services (DCFS) Supervisor so an interagency
response can begin.
330.11 TRAINING
The Department should provide training on best practices in child abuse investigations to
members tasked with investigating these cases. The training should include:
(a) Participating in multidisciplinary investigations, as appropriate.
(b) Conducting forensic interviews.
(c) Availability of therapy services for children and families.
(d) Availability of specialized forensic medical exams.
(e) Cultural competence (including interpretive services) related to child abuse
investigations.
(f) Availability of victim advocate or guardian ad litem support.
The Department will institute or assist with appropriate search and investigative procedures and
maintain close liaison with Bureau of Criminal Identification (BCI) and or the National Center
for Missing and Exploited Children for the exchange of information and technical assistance
in missing children cases (42 USC 5780(1)).
332.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Endangered person - A person missing under unexplained or suspicious circumstances
believed to be in danger because of age, health, mental or physical disability, environment or
weather conditions, or who may be in the company of a potentially dangerous person, or any
other factor that may put the person in danger.
Missing child - Any person under the age of 18 years who is missing from his/her home
environment or a temporary placement facility for any reason, and whose location cannot be
determined by the person responsible for the child's care (Utah Code 53-10-102(15)).
Missing person - A person who is missing from his/her home environment and is
physically or mentally disabled; missing under circumstances that indicate that the person is
endangered, missing involuntarily or a victim of a catastrophe (Utah Code 26-2-27(1)(c)).
There is no required waiting period for reporting a missing person. A person may be
reported as missing when his/her whereabouts are unknown and unexplainable for a
period of time that is regarded by knowledgeable persons as unusual or suspicious in
consideration of the subject's behavior patterns, plans or routines.
Jurisdictional conflicts are to be avoided when a missing person case is being reported. If the
missing person either resides in or was last seen in this city, this agency will initiate the required
investigation process. If a missing person resides in this city and was last seen in another
jurisdiction, but the law enforcement agency covering that jurisdiction chooses not to take a
missing person report, this agency will assume the investigative responsibility.
Questions concerning legal custody of a child will occasionally arise in relation to missing
children cases and custodial disputes. Since safety of the missing child (children) is
paramount, it will be the policy of this agency to immediately initiate an investigation of a
missing child when the child has been reported as removed or is missing without explanation
from his/her usual residence, day care facility or school regardless if custody has not been
formally established.
In all cases involving suspicious circumstances or a child under 16-years of age, the
handling employee shall ensure that the Watch Commander and appropriate Investigations
Section supervisor shall be notified.
This agency and its' members will comply with U.S Code Title 42 Chapter 72 Sub Chapter IV §
5780 July 24, 2003, which requires that all reported missing person(s) under the age of twenty
one (21) will be entered on NCIC within two (2) hours of receiving the report.
The Major Case Response Team is responsible for the investigation and follow-up of all missing
person cases regardless of age. The assigned detective shall make follow-up contact with the
reporting person(s).
The Juvenile Unit is responsible for the investigation and follow-up of all juvenile runaway
cases.
(d) Identify the date, time and location of when last seen and by whom.
(e) Determine if the missing person has access to vehicle and obtain vehicle description
including year, make, model, color, and vehicle owner.
(f) Determine place of employment of missing person.
(g) Identify if the missing person has cash or financial transaction cards available and what
financial institution the missing person uses.
(h) Identify known medical and or mental health conditions including prescriptions.
(i) Attempt to identify or establish a possible reason for the disappearance, i.e. suicidal,
money problems, marital problems, employment issues etc. and whether or not the
missing person has done this before.
(j) Identify immediate family, relatives and friends including names, addresses, and
phone numbers.
(k) Identify cell phones, alternate phone numbers, email accounts and social media sites
used by missing person including account information.
(l) Have the reporting party complete and sign a written statement regarding this incident.
(m) Check the location the missing person was last seen. If this location is not the missing
If the person is not located by the initial officer, the case will remain active and will be assigned
to a detective. The detective will continue the investigation, attempting to develop new leads
and following up on all existing leads. He/she will keep the complainant(s) and/or family
informed of the progress of the investigation. The case will remain active until the missing adult
is located.
332.3.3 NOTIFICATIONS
When a missing person is under the age of 21 years, Records Section personnel shall send a
notification to the Department of Justice and the National Crime Information Center within two
hours after accepting the report (42 U.S.C. § 5779(a) and 42 U.S.C. § 5780(3)).
When the missing person is under the age of 18 years, Records Section personnel shall send
a notification to Utah Bureau of Criminal Identification (BCI) and the National Crime Information
Center within two hours after receiving the report (42 U.S.C. § 5780).
The assigned detective must also make reasonable efforts to locate the missing person and
document these efforts with a supplemental report at least every 45 days. These reasonable
efforts will include maintaining a close liaison with the National Center for Missing and
Exploited Children if the missing person is under the age of 21.
(a) Unless acting in direct response to the child's safety, respond directly and promptly to the
individual who made the initial report.
(b) If the reported missing child is ten (10) years of age or younger a second patrol unit
should be dispatched when available.
(c) Regardless of any search that may have been conducted by parents or others, the
assigned officer(s) will conduct a consensual search of the house, building, vehicles and
or grounds where the child was last reported observed, to include areas where the child
could be hiding, trapped or asleep. A written consent form should be presented to and
completed by the property owner. If the search is based on consent, the officer(s)
conducting the search must allow parents, family, friends or others to search without an
officer being present.
(d) Conduct initial interview(s) with parent(s) or with other person(s) making the initial report
(record if possible) and obtain information surrounding the circumstances of the
disappearance and gather information needed to conduct an initial assessment of the
case.
(e) Obtain a detailed physical description of the missing child including:
1. Age
2. Race
3. Height/Weight
4. Hair Color/Style/Length
(a) Determine if the circumstances of the report meet the definition of a missing child in §
332.1.1.
(b) Prioritized the call based on the factors determining unusual circumstances and dispatch
officers accordingly.
(c) Collect essential information from the caller to transmit appropriate radio alerts providing
descriptive information about the child, where the child was last seen, and any information
concerning potential abductors and their means and direction of travel.
(d) Inform the parent or guardian that they should not disturb or tamper with the home, school,
or location where the child might have been or any of the child’s belongings.
(e) Where possible and appropriate, search agency records for information that may facilitate
the search and investigation. This may include records of incidents reported in the vicinity
that may have some bearing on the case including but not limited to:
1. Complaints of attempted abductions, prowlers, public lewdness and suspicious
persons.
2. Residents in the vicinity of the missing child’s home or place last seen who are
designated as sexual predators or convicted sex offenders.
3. History of household abuse or domestic violence calls.
4. Criminal histories of family members or others at the child’s home address.
5. Runaway reports on the child or other siblings.
6. Juvenile delinquency reports on the child or siblings.
(f) Safeguard all pertinent records for future investigative reference, to include
communications related to the incident, written notes, radio broadcasts, and all subsequent
notifications.
(g) Where unusual circumstances exist, issue a radio alert to all agency personnel and enter
an alert on the statewide telecommunications system.
(h) Ask the parents to stay in place until personnel arrive.
(a) Respond to the scene, obtain a briefing from initial reporting officer and determine the
scope and complexity of case.
(b) Ensure the initial reporting officer responsibilities, as outlined in the foregoing section, have
been properly and completely accomplished.
(c) If the child has not been located within (30) thirty minutes of the initial reporting officer's
arrival the on-duty or on-call detective should be notified.
(d) Determine what additional patrol personnel or other resources are needed to assist in
the investigation.
SCHOOL NOTIFICATION
Utah Code 53-10-203(3) requires the Utah Bureau of Criminal Identification (BCI) to notify the
last-known school of the missing person. The school will "flag" a missing child's record and
immediately notify law enforcement of an inquiry or request for the missing child's records
(Utah Code 53A-11-502). The field supervisor will also notify the Granite School
District Police and, if applicable, the school resource officer assigned to the missing child's
school.
4. Identify the date, time and location of when last seen and by whom.
5. Determine if the runaway has access to vehicle and obtain vehicle description
including year, make, model, color, and vehicle owner.
6. Determine the place of employment of the runaway if applicable.
7. Identify if the runaway has cash or financial transaction cards available and what
financial institution the missing person uses.
8. Identify known medical and or mental health conditions including prescriptions.
9. Attempt to identify or establish a possible reason for the disappearance, i.e.
suicidal, money problems, school problems, employment issues etc. and
whether or not the runaway has done this before.
10. Identify immediate family, relatives and friends including names, addresses, and
phone numbers.
11. Identify cell phones, alternate phone numbers, email accounts and social media
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 09/15/2014,
04/16/2015, 10/20/2015, 07/15/2016 10 Policy 332 contains 13 page(s)
4. If the detective determines the reason for the runaway was because of victimization
or other criminal activity against the child the detective will initiate a new criminal
investigation regarding these allegations.
4. The initial reporting officer will provide the A.C.I.M. technician all requested
information which will include
(a) Identifying the reporting agency.
(b) Officer's name and contact number.
(c) WVCPD case number.
(d) Name and description of missing person(s).
(e) Location last seen, zip code, County and search area.
(f) Time and date last seen.
(g) Police Dept. number for citizens to report sightings.
(h) Any other requested information.
5. Once the alert has been broadcast, the department PIO should be notified for
media calls.
Investigation of Sightings/Leads
The supervisor on scene should have adequate personnel assigned to respond to and
investigate sightings and or lead calls received by dispatch. If a sighting is confirmed but the
missing person is not located the initial officer and or supervisor should consider using
A.C.I.M. again using the most recent location in the notification.
Follow-Up
If the missing person is located the initial reporting officer will complete and fax the A.C.I.M. case
follow up form as requested.
If the missing person is not found within twenty four (24) hours, the initial reporting officer will
complete and fax the A.C.I.M. follow up form noting in the area title, "Any Other Comments" that
the missing person has not been located.
The Department will consider a CART activation anytime an incident rises to the level indicated
within this policy. The Department will work with the Utah State CART when additional resources
are required.
Additional team members will be selected and assigned to the above supervisors depending on
current assignment, experience, and/or specialized training/skills.
All detectives assigned to the Special Operations Bureau will be assigned to the West Valley
City CART team unless otherwise directed by the CART Commander or the Chief of Police.
(c) The Assistant CART Commander will contact the following CART personnel informing
them of the activation and staging area location:
1. Investigations supervisor.
2. Search supervisor.
3. Logistics supervisor.
4. Traffic supervisor.
The team supervisors are responsible for notifying the team members assigned to them and
informing them of the activation.
The investigations supervisor will notify the Leads Intake supervisor and Sex Offender Team
supervisor of the activation.
(c) Immediately, upon arrival, address video surveillance of the incident area with
the investigations supervisor.
(d) Coordinate efforts with the Leads Intake Team and ensure that all leads
received will be assigned as quickly as possible based on priority.
(e) Provide the Assistant CART Commander with a personnel roster, schedule
and requests for additional personnel.
The CART Commander will consider all scheduling and additional personnel requests from
Team supervisors and coordinate scheduling efforts with the Utah State CART. The CART
Commander or designee should contact the traffic supervisor informing him of the CART
activation and request assistance in controlling/securing the area in and around the scene
including:
• Command Post
• Law enforcement rest area.
• Volunteer rest area.
• Volunteer staging area.
• Media area.
• Any other area requiring controlled access.
Any additional resources from outside agencies will require approval from the Chief of
Police.
If the missing person is not found within twenty-four (24) hours, the initial reporting officer will
complete and fax the A.C.I.M. follow up form noting in the area title, "Any Other Comments" that
the missing person has not been located (See Policy § 332.6).
334.2 POLICY
Public alerts may be employed using the Emergency Alert System (EAS), local radio,
television and press organizations and other groups to notify the public of incidents, or enlist
the aid of the public when the exchange of information may enhance the safety of the
community. Various types of alerts may be available based upon each situation and the alert
system's individual criteria.
334.3 RESPONSIBILITIES
The supervisor leading the investigation team of the abduction will make the determination when
to cancel an AMBER Alert.
Once the determination is made to cancel the AMBER Alert, the supervisor will notify the
dispatch supervisor to make the request to cancel the AMBER Alert and dispatch will cancel the
alert by using the UCJIS UAA transaction.
The investigation supervisor will request dispatch to send out an NLETS message to
surrounding states informing them of the AMBER Alert cancellation.
Cancellation Notifications
The investigation supervisor will personally notify the following of the cancellation:
The supervisor in charge of the investigation to which the alert relates is responsible for the
following:
The AMBER Alert does not preclude any law enforcement agency from utilizing or
implementing in-house procedures, policies or practices.
334.4.1 CRITERIA
AMBER Alerts are not to be used for cases involving custodial disputes or runaways that do
not meet the criteria. The Department may consider issuing an Endangered Missing Person
Advisory to inform law enforcement and the public about cases that don't meet the criteria for
an AMBER Alert.
334.4.2 PROCEDURE
(a) AMBER Alerts are initiated solely by Utah law enforcement agencies utilizing the Utah
AMBER Alert Information Form and by meeting the guidelines set forth on that form. The
(b) The supervisor may also consider the following resources as the circumstances
dictate:
1. The regional Child Abduction Response Team (CART).
2. The State of Utah CART.
3. Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI Local Office).
4. Prompt entry of information into the Department of Justice Missing Person
System (MUPS/NCIC).
5. National Center for Missing and Exploited Children.
6. Regional dispatchers may notify law enforcement agencies within their
jurisdiction.
7. BCI can contact other states if an AMBER Alert needs to be broadcast outside of
Utah. BCI can also provide training or training materials.
8. The Utah Public Information Officer Association can provide assistance.
9. A Child is Missing will contact residents and businesses in the area where the child
was last seen by using an automated telephone system. The service is free.
10. Team Adam Provides experienced child abduction investigators, technical
assistance and equipment for free of charge to agencies during child abduction and
sexual exploitation investigations.
11. Project Alert Provides retired federal, state and local law enforcement officers who
volunteer their time and expertise as unpaid consultants in missing or exploited
child cases. All travel arrangements and costs are paid for by NCMEC.
12. Laura Recovery Center will help organize community ground searches. The non-
profit organization offers its services for free.
334.5.1 CRITERIA
The four criteria required for a BLUE Alert are as follows:
(a) A law enforcement officer has been killed, seriously injured or assaulted with a deadly
weapon by the suspect.
(b) The suspect is an imminent threat to the public and other law enforcement personnel.
(c) There is information available for the public about the suspect, the suspect's vehicle and
vehicle tag.
(d) Public dissemination of available information will help avert further harm or accelerate
apprehension of the suspect.
334.5.2 PROCEDURE
BLUE Alerts are initiated solely by Utah law enforcement agencies through UCJIS and by
contacting the BCI.
In the event of an assault with a deadly weapon, serious bodily injury or death of an officer, the
following procedures designed to alert the media shall be followed.
(a) The Public Information Officer, Watch Commander or Detective Supervisor will prepare an
initial press release that includes all available information which might aid in locating
the suspect:
1. The license number and/or any other available description or photograph of the
vehicle
2. Photograph, description and/or identification of the suspect
3. The suspect's identity, age and description, if known
4. Detail regarding location of incident, direction of travel, potential destinations, if
known
5. Name and phone number of the Public Information Officer or other authorized
individual to handle media liaison
6. A telephone number for the public to call in with leads/information
(b) The press release should be sent to the local television and radio stations.
(c) The information in the press release should also be forwarded to the local emergency
communications center so that general broadcasts can be made to local law enforcement
agencies.
334.6.1 CRITERIA
The following criteria must be met to initiate an Endangered Missing Person Advisory:
(a) The person must be missing under unexplained or suspicious circumstances.
(b) The person is believed to be in danger because of age, health, mental or physical
disability, environment or weather conditions, in the company of a potentially dangerous
person or some other factor that may put the person in peril.
(c) There is information that could assist the public in the safe recovery of the missing
person.
334.6.2 PROCEDURE
When the required criteria are met, the assigned detective should request that VECC activate an
Endangered Missing Person Advisory by entering descriptive information and detective
contact information into the appropriate UCJIS transaction and by contacting the Bureau
of Criminal Identification. The assigned detective is responsible to ensure that information is
entered into the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) database.
This policy and information on the West Valley City website pertaining to Victim Services are
intended to inform the public and media about available victim/witness services, including
victim’s rights.
336.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department is committed to providing guidance and assistance to
the victims and witnesses of crime. The employees of the West Valley City Police
Department will show compassion and understanding for victims and witnesses and will make
reasonable efforts to provide the support and information identified in this policy.
telephone number and whether this free service is available to allow victims to check on
an offender's custody status and to register for automatic notification when a person
is released from jail.
(f) Resources available for victims of identity theft.
(g) A place for the officer's name, badge number and any applicable case or incident
number.
(h) The specific information for victims of domestic violence as mandated by Utah Code
§ 77-36-2.5.
(i) Office of Crime Victim Reparations Program that offers financial assistance.
336.5 WITNESSES
Officers should never guarantee a witness' safety from future harm or that his/her identity will
always remain confidential but will adhere to applicable law. Officers may make practical safety
suggestions to witnesses who express fear of future harm or retaliation.
Officers should investigate allegations of witness intimidation and take enforcement action
when lawful and reasonable.
338.2 DEFINITIONS
Intimidate or Terrorize - Means an act which causes the person to fear for his physical safety
or damages the property of that person or another. The act must be accompanied with the
intent to cause or has the effect of causing a person to reasonably fear to freely exercise or
enjoy any right secured by the Constitution or laws of the state or by the Constitution or
laws of the United States (Utah Code 76-3-203.3(3)).
(a) Officers should make an affirmative effort to establish contact with persons and groups
within the community who are likely targets of hate crimes to form and cooperate with
prevention and response networks.
(b) Providing victim assistance and follow-up as outlined below, including community
follow-up.
(a) Officer(s) will be promptly assigned to contact the victim, witness, or reporting party to
investigate the matter further as circumstances may dictate.
(a) Coordinate further investigation with the District Attorney and other appropriate law
enforcement agencies, as appropriate.
(b) Maintain contact with the victim(s) and other involved individuals as needed.
338.6 TRAINING
All members of the Department will receive training on hate crime recognition and investigation.
340 - Conduct
340.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
This policy establishes standards of conduct that are consistent with the values and mission of
this department and are expected of its employees. The standards contained in this policy are
not intended to be an exhaustive list of requirements and prohibitions but they do identify many of
the important matters concerning employee conduct. Employees are also subject to provisions
contained throughout this manual as well as any additional guidance on conduct that may be
disseminated by the Department or its supervisors.
This policy applies to all employees (full- and part-time), reserve officers and volunteers.
Any employee who is under investigation, arrested, charged or cited for, or pleads guilty to any
criminal charge in any jurisdiction must notify their Bureau Chief or supervisor immediately.
This policy does not apply to traffic citations EXCEPT for charges of driving under the influence,
reckless driving, and hit and run.
Any employee who operates a City Vehicle and has their driver license suspended or revoked
must notify their Bureau Chief or supervisor immediately.
An employee's off-duty conduct shall be governed by this policy to the extent that it is related to
an act that may materially affect or impede the employee's ability to perform official duties or to
the extent that it may be indicative of unfitness for his/her position, or conduct that tends to disrupt
or diminish the public's trust.
340.3.1 ATTENDANCE
(a) Leaving job to which assigned during duty hours without reasonable excuse and
proper permission and approval.
(b) Unexcused or unauthorized absence or tardiness on scheduled day(s) of work.
340.3.2 CONDUCT
(a) Any conduct or pattern of conduct that would tend to disrupt, diminish, or otherwise
jeopardize public trust and fidelity in law enforcement.
(b) Unauthorized or unlawful fighting, threatening or attempting to inflict unlawful bodily
injury on another.
(c) Initiating any civil action for recovery of any damages or injuries incurred in the course and
scope of employment without first notifying the Chief of Police of such action.
(d) Using Department resources in association with any portion of an independent civil
action. These resources include, but are not limited to, personnel, vehicles, equipment
and non-subpoenaed records.
(e) Engaging in potentially dangerous horseplay resulting in injury or property damage or the
reasonable possibility thereof.
(f) Unauthorized possession of, loss of or damage to Department property or the property of
others, or endangering it through unreasonable carelessness or maliciousness.
(g) Failure of any employee to promptly and fully report activities on their own part or the part
of any other employee where such activities may result in criminal prosecution or discipline
under this policy.
(h) Failure of any employee to promptly and fully report activities that have resulted in
official contact by any other law enforcement agency.
(i) The use or dissemination of any information, photograph, video or other recording
obtained or accessed as a result of employment with the Department without the
express authorization of the Chief of Police or a designee may result in discipline under
this policy.
(j) Seeking restraining orders against individuals encountered in the line of duty without the
express permission of the Chief of Police.
(k) Discourteous, disrespectful or discriminatory treatment of any member of the public or
any member of the Department or any other law enforcement agency.
(l) Unwelcome solicitation of a personal or sexual relationship while on-duty or through the
use of one's official capacity.
(m) Engaging in on-duty sexual relations including, but not limited to sexual intercourse,
excessive displays of public affection or other sexual contact.
340.3.3 DISCRIMINATION
(a) Discriminate against any person because of age, race, color, creed, religion, sex, sexual
orientation, national origin, ancestry, marital status, physical or mental disability or
medical condition.
340.3.5 PERFORMANCE
(a) Unauthorized sleeping during on-duty time or assignments.
(b) Careless workmanship resulting in spoilage or waste of materials or work of an
unacceptable nature as applicable to the nature of the work assigned.
(c) Unsatisfactory work performance including, but not limited to, failure, incompetence,
inefficiency or delay in performing and/or carrying out proper orders, work
assignments or instructions of supervisors without a reasonable and bona fide
excuse.
(d) Concealing, attempting to conceal, removing or destroying defective or incompetent
work.
(e) Disobedience or insubordination to constituted authorities, including refusal or deliberate
failure to carry out or follow lawful directives and orders from any supervisor or person
in a position of authority.
(f) The wrongful or unlawful exercise of authority on the part of any employee for
malicious purpose, personal gain, willful deceit or any other improper purpose.
(g) Disparaging remarks or conduct concerning duly constituted authority to the extent that
such conduct disrupts the efficiency of the Department or subverts the good order,
efficiency and discipline of the Department or which would tend to discredit any member
thereof.
(h) Knowingly making false, misleading or malicious statements that are reasonably
calculated to harm or destroy the reputation, authority or official standing of the
Department or members thereof. This includes spreading harmful rumors.
(i) The falsification of any work-related records, the making of misleading entries or
statements with the intent to deceive, or the willful and unauthorized destruction
and/or mutilation of any department record, book, paper or document.
(j) Wrongfully loaning, selling, giving away or appropriating any department property for the
personal use of the employee or any unauthorized person.
(k) The unauthorized use of any badge, uniform, identification card or other department
equipment or property for personal gain or any other improper purpose.
340.3.6 SAFETY
(a) Failure to observe posted rules, signs and written or oral safety instructions while on-
duty and/or within Department facilities or to use required protective clothing or
equipment.
(b) Knowingly failing to report any on-the-job or work-related accident or injury within 24
hours.
(c) Substantiated employee record of unsafe or improper driving habits or actions in the
course of employment.
(d) Failure to maintain good physical condition sufficient to adequately and safely perform law
enforcement duties.
(e) Any personal action contributing to involvement in a preventable traffic collision, or other
unsafe or improper driving habits or actions in the course of employment.
(f) Violating Department safety standards or safe working practices.
340.3.7 SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY
(a) Unauthorized, intentional release of information, materials, data, forms or reports that the
employee knows or should have known are confidential.
341 - Discipline
341.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to be fundamentally fair and consistent
in the application of discipline.
341.2 GENERAL
Misconduct is classified into broad categories of infractions based on progressive degrees of
severity. The disciplinary matrix is therefore divided into categories of infractions of the rules and
regulations.
Category “A” articulates the lowest level of infraction and will first be addressed as non-
disciplinary, performance issues. All actions must be documented, but that does not necessarily
require formal correspondence.
Infractions of category “B” or higher will be disciplinary matters subject to formal disciplinary
penalties as outlined below.
Repeated infractions of any category may move an infraction to the next level.
341.3 DEFINITIONS
Matrix – A chart or table of categorized infractions, with corrective actions and penalties.
Category “A” violations are minor infractions and are not normally discipline matters.
Second and/or subsequent violations, within a 12 consecutive month period, may be handled as
category “B” violations.
First at fault accident will result in counseling and other non-disciplinary action may be taken (e.g.,
training, administrative duties). Second and/or subsequent violations will be handled according to
the Disciplinary Matrix, §341.5.
NOTE: Formal discipline may be initiated if the conduct was determined to be the result of a
disregard for safety.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
Non-disciplinary instruction including training and/or counseling.
Applies to the first occurrence of a violation listed under category “B” on the disciplinary matrix.
Subsequent violations of category “B” within 36 consecutive months may move a violation to
category “C.”
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
(a) Letter of reprimand.
(b) Disciplinary order of suspension of up to 20 hours loss of Paid Time Off (PTO and/or
suspension.
Applies to the first occurrence of a violation listed under category “C” on the disciplinary matrix.
Subsequent violations of category “C” within 60 consecutive months may move a violation to
category “D.”
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
Disciplinary order of suspension of 21 to 40 hours loss of Paid Time Off (PTO) and/or suspension.
Applies to the first occurrence of a violation listed under category “D” on the disciplinary matrix.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
Disciplinary order of suspension of 41 to 150 hours loss of Paid Time Off (PTO) and/or
suspension.
Applies to the first occurrence of a violation listed under category “E” on the disciplinary matrix.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
Disciplinary order of suspension of 151 hours or more loss of Paid Time Off (PTO) and/or
suspension and/or demotion or termination.
Nonetheless, there may be occasions when the breach of conduct, its impact and/or presence of
mitigating factors warrant a corrective action that falls outside of the pre-identified
recommendation. In those circumstances, a supervisor shall submit, in writing, to the Chief of
Police, a detailed written explanation of the facts and/or circumstances involved justifying any
deviation.
Any such request to deviate from the Disciplinary Matrix shall be made part of the final
adjudication.
PRISONER-RELATED VIOLATIONS A B C D E
IMPROPER/UNAUTHORIZED SEARCHES
TRANSPORTATION OF PRISONER(S)
HANDLING/SECURITY OF PRISONER/ARRESTEE/DETAINEE
PRISONER PROPERTY HANDLING/PROCESSING
RESTRAINT VIOLATIONS
FAILURE TO PROVIDE REASONABLE AND DUE CARE
IMPROPER RELEASE OF PRISONER/ARRESTEE/DETAINEE
EVIDENCE & PROPERTY VIOLATIONS
RECOVERY OF EVIDENCE
PRESERVATION OF CRIME/INCIDENT SCENE
RELATED TO THE HANDLING/RECEIPT OF EVIDENCE & PROPERTY (I.E. CHAIN OF
CUSTODY
PROCESSING/TESTING OF EVIDENCE
RECOVERY OF FOUND AND/OR ABANDONED PROPERTY
STORAGE AND/OR RELEASE OF FOUND PROPERTY
HARRASSMENT & DISCRIMINATION
SEXUAL/RACIAL/ETHNIC/RELIGIOUS/SEXUAL ORIENTATION
HARRASSMENT/DISCRIMINATION
ALL OTHER HARRASSMENT/DISCRIMINATION
FIREARM/WEAPON VIOLATIONS (INCLUDES LESS-LETHAL WEAPONRY)
DELIBERATE FIREARM/WEAPON DISCHARGE VIOLATION (ENDANGERING LIFE)
DELIBERATE FIREARM/WEAPON DISCHARGE VIOLATION (NO LIFE
ENDANGERMENT)
RECKLESS DISCHARGE AND/OR USE OF A FIREARM
NEGLIGENT OR ACCIDENTAL DISCHARGE OF A FIREARM/WEAPON
CARRYING UNAUTHORIZED FIREARM/WEAPON
FAILURE TO SECURE FIREARM/WEAPON (ON- OR OFF-DUTY)
CARRYING UNAUTHORIZED AMMUNITION (INCLUDES TYPE OR AMOUNT)
FAILURE TO PROPERLY MAINTAIN ISSUED/AUTHORIZED FIREARM/WEAPON
FAILURE TO REPORT DISCHARGE OF FIREARM/WEAPON
RECKLESS USE OF A LESS-LETHAL WEAPON
NEGLIGENT USE OF A LESS-LETHAL WEAPON
SUPERVISORY VIOLATIONS A B C D E
FAILURE TO TAKE APPROPRIATE ACTION/NEGLECT OF DUTY
FAILURE TO PERFORM ASSIGNED ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES
FAILURE TO RESPOND TO SCENE WHEN REQUIRED OR PROVIDE APPROPRIATE
INCIDENT SCENE SUPERVISION
FAILURE TO MAKE REQUIRED NOTIFICATION(S)
FAILURE TO CONDUCT A PROPER BOOKING APPROVAL
FAILURE TO MONITOR AND MAINTAIN PROPER PRISONER SAFEGUARDS AND
HANDLING
FAILURE TO REVIEW AND PROPERLY ADMINISTER SEARCH OR ARREST
WARRANTS, CHARGING STATEMENTS, AND/OR COURT DOCUMENTS AND
ORDERS
IMPROPER OR EXCESSIVE DELEGATION OF ASSIGNED DUTIES
INFORMATION SECURITY VIOLATIONS
IMPROPER OR UNAUTHORIZED DISSEMINATION OF INVESTIGATIVE
INFORMATION
IMPROPER OR UNAUTHORIZED DISSEMINATION OF DEPARTMENTAL
INFORMATION
MISCELLANEOUS VIOLATIONS
VIOLATION OF THE BODY WORN CAMERA POLICY (POLICY § 343)
LEAVING ASSIGNMENT WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION
CHEATING ON TESTS, HOMEWORK, OR OTHER ASSIGNMENTS
OBSTRUCTING OR HINDERING A CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
OBSTRUCTING OR HINDERING AN INTERNAL AFFAIRS OR ADMINISTRATIVE
INVESTIGATION
ABSENT WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION
COURT APPEARANCE VIOLATIONS (i.e. LATENESS, FAILURE TO PROVIDE
REQUIRED PAPERWORK)
FAILURE TO ATTEND MANDATORY DEPARTMENT TRAINING ON ANY AVAILABLE
DATE/TIME OFFERED FOR THE TRAINING COURSE
FAILURE BY SUPERVISOR TO ENSURE ASSIGNED PERSONNEL ARE SCHEDULED TO
ATTEND MANDATORY DEPARTMENT TRAINING ON ANY AVAILABLE DATE/TIME
OFFERED FOR THE TRAINING COURSE
FAILURE TO APPEAR WHEN PROPERLY SUMMONSED
UNIFORM/IMPROPER DRESS VIOLATIONS
UNAUTHORIZED RIDE-ALONG
SLEEPING ON DUTY
FAILURE TO FOLLOW CHAIN OF COMMAND/OBTAIN SUPERVISORY APPROVAL
The tender of a retirement or resignation by itself shall not serve as grounds for the
termination of pending discipline.
342.2 DEFINITIONS
The following definitions relate to terms used within this policy.
Computer System - Shall mean all computers (on-site and portable), hardware, software and
resources owned, leased, rented or licensed by the West Valley City Police Department, which
are provided for official use by agency employees. This shall include all access to, and use
of, Internet Service Providers (ISP) or other service providers provided by or through the
agency or agency funding.
Hardware - Shall include, but is not limited to, computers, computer terminals, network
equipment, modems or any other tangible computer device generally understood to
comprise hardware.
Software - Shall include, but is not limited to, all computer programs and applications
including "shareware." This does not include files created by the individual user.
Temporary File or Permanent File or File - Shall mean any electronic document,
information or data residing or located, in whole or in part, whether temporarily or
permanently, on the system, including but not limited to spreadsheets, calendar entries,
appointments, tasks, notes, letters, reports or messages.
Reasons for inspection or review may include, but are not limited to, system malfunctions,
problems or general system failure, a lawsuit against the agency involving the employee or
related to the employee's duties, an alleged or suspected violation of a Department policy or a
need to perform or provide a service or information when the employee is unavailable.
An Internet site containing information that is not appropriate or applicable to departmental use
and which shall not be intentionally accessed include, but are not limited to, adult forums,
pornography, chat rooms and similar or related Web sites. Certain exceptions may be permitted
with the prior approval of a supervisor as a function of an assignment.
Downloaded information shall be limited to messages, mail and data files which shall be
subject to audit and review by the Department without notice. No copyrighted and/or
unlicensed software program files may be downloaded.
Employees shall report any unauthorized access to the system or suspected intrusion from
outside sources (including the Internet) to a supervisor.
It is expressly prohibited for an employee to allow an unauthorized user to access the system at
any time or for any reason.
343.2 POLICY
It is the policy of this Department that selected sworn members will be issued a BWC to be utilized
while engaged in the performance of their official duties. Members with BWCs shall be required
to adhere to the mandates and practices outlined within this policy. All recordings are property of
the Police Department and will be handled in strict adherence to this policy manual.
The captured data from the BWCs will be handled and stored through a web-based, digital storage
facility.
This policy does not cover the use of in-vehicle cameras or the use of surreptitious recording
devices used in undercover operations.
343.3 DEFINITIONS
The following definitions relate to terms used within this policy.
Digital Camera - A body worn camera system that records digital video and audio which can be
mounted in various configurations on an officer’s person.
Controller - The control and function center of the camera system that enables the recording of
video and houses the various operational modes.
Normal (Buffering) Mode - The mode of operation in which the camera captures a continuous 30
second loop of video but no audio.
Event (Record) Mode - The mode of operation in which the camera system captures the 30
seconds of buffered video and records both video and audio footage.
Media Storage - The on-line web-based media storage facility that stores digitally encrypted video
and audio recordings from the camera systems. The data is accessible to authorized personnel
and maintains an audit trail of all user activities.
Evidence Transfer Machine (ETM) - A docking station that facilitates the secure uploading of all
data captured by the controller to media storage and simultaneously recharges the camera and
controller systems.
Agency Administrator - An agency administrator has full access to and user rights within the
media storage system. He or she can assign and track equipment, control passwords, delete non-
evidentiary recordings according to policy and state law, conduct audits and quality control reviews,
and act as a liaison with BWC representatives.
Axon Capture – An application designed for the use with smart phones in capturing evidence
(videos, audio recordings, and photos) and uploading it into Evidence.com.
Axon Signal – A device placed in department vehicles to assist in activating the BWC system
during light activation.
Live Streaming- A feature within Evidence.com known as “Axon Respond” that allows specified
users to view live footage of as it is being recorded from a selected body camera.
of requests may be made to ensure that this is accomplished. Classification of BWC recordings as
private, protected or controlled will be made on a case by case basis and as allowed by state law
(GRAMA).
All requests will be required to be made in writing and submitted to the Records Section for proper
review and processing. In the event that the request is granted, the Records Section will help
coordinate the retrieval of the recording and assist in facilitating the release.
This policy will not conflict or interfere with the release of recording pursuant to a court order or
valid subpoena.
(a) Any time an officer points a firearm at any person
(b) Any use of force against any person by a member of this department (see the Use of
Force Policy)
(c) Any firearm discharge (see the Firearms and Qualification Policy)
(d) Any time a person is reported missing, regardless of jurisdiction (see the Missing
Persons Reporting Policy)
(e) Any found property or found evidence
(f) Any traffic collision above the minimum reporting level (See Traffic Collision Reporting
Policy)
(g) Suspicious incidents that may indicate a potential for crimes against children or that a
child's safety is in jeopardy
(h) All protective custody detentions
(i) Suspicious incidents that may place the public or others at risk
(j) Whenever the employee believes the circumstances should be documented or at the
direction of a supervisor
(a) The injury is a result of drug overdose.
(b) Attempted suicide.
(c) The injury is major/extreme, whereas death could result.
(d) The circumstances surrounding the incident are suspicious in nature and it is desirable to
record the event.
The above reporting requirements are not intended to be all inclusive. A supervisor may direct
an employee to document any incident he/she deems necessary.
Supervisors may require block printing or typing of reports of any nature for Department
consistency.
344.8 FORMS
The Chief of Police, Deputy Chief, or designee will approve all forms adopted by the Department
for general use or for use within the respective sections as a standard format to record
information. Bureau Commanders are responsible for all forms developed and used by their
respective bureaus and will ensure that a new form does not duplicate an existing form. Bureau
Commanders, or designee, will annually review and evaluate all forms to ensure they are up to
date and remain a useful tool.
Any employee may make a request for a modification of a form. The request for modification
should be submitted through the employee’s chain of command and shall include the need and
benefit of the modification. Master copies of all forms shall be maintained by the designee of the
Chief of Police.
346.2 RESPONSIBILITIES
The ultimate authority and responsibility for the release of information to the media shall
remain with the Chief of Police. However, in situations not warranting immediate notice to the
Chief of Police and in situations where the Chief of Police has given prior approval, Section
Commanders, Watch Commanders and designated Public Information Officer(s) may
prepare and release information to the media in accordance with this policy and the applicable
law.
(a) At no time shall any employee of the Department make any comment or release any
official information to the media without prior approval from a supervisor or the
designated Department media representative.
(b) In situations involving multiple law enforcement agencies, every reasonable effort
should be made to coordinate media releases with the authorized representative of each
involved agency prior to the release of any information by this Department.
(c) Under no circumstance should any member of the Department make any comment(s) to
the media regarding any law enforcement incident not involving this Department without
prior approval of the Chief of Police.
(d) All media representatives will be treated with respect and courtesy at all times. The
department's response to media requests will be made in a timely manner and in
accordance to established state and federal guidelines (GRAMA).
If an on duty Watch Commander is not available, the highest ranking on duty supervisor will
be responsible for handling the media responsibilities and notifications.
During duty hours, the designated Public Information Officer will coordinate with the on duty
Watch Commander or supervisor to disseminate information to the media.
(a) The media representative shall produce valid press credentials that shall be
prominently displayed at all times while in areas otherwise closed to the public.
(b) Media representatives may be prevented from interfering with emergency operations and
criminal investigations.
1. Reasonable effort should be made to provide a safe staging area for the
media that is near the incident and that will not interfere with emergency or
criminal investigation operations. All information released to the media should be
coordinated through the department Public Information Officer or other
designated spokesperson.
2. Whenever the presence of media or other aircraft poses a threat to public or
officer safety or significantly hampers incident operations, the field supervisor
should consider requesting a Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR). All requests for
a TFR should be routed through the Watch Commander. The TFR request should
include specific information regarding the perimeter and altitude necessary for the
incident and should be requested through the appropriate control tower. If the
control tower is not known, the Federal Aviation Administration should be contacted
(14 CFR § 91.137).
(c) No member of this department who is under investigation shall be subjected to media visits
or interviews without the consent of the involved employee.
(d) Media interviews with individuals who are in custody shall not be permitted without the
approval of the Chief of Police and the express consent of the person in custody.
A tactical operation should be handled in the same manner as a crime scene, except the news
media may be permitted within the outer perimeter of the scene, subject to any restrictions
as determined by the supervisor in charge. Department members shall not jeopardize a
tactical operation in order to accommodate the news media. All comments to the media shall
be coordinated through a supervisor or the Public Information Officer.
Any exceptions to the above should only be considered for the furtherance of legitimate law
enforcement purposes. Prior to approving any exception the Chief of Police will consider, at
minimum, whether the release of information or presence of the media would unreasonably
endanger any individual, prejudice the rights of any person or is otherwise prohibited by law.
Criminal history information may be released as provide in the Records Release and Security
Policy, § 810.
Information concerning incidents involving certain sex crimes and other offenses shall be
restricted in accordance with applicable statutory provisions.
Identifying information concerning deceased individuals shall not be released to the media until
notification of next of kin or otherwise cleared through the Medical Examiner's Office.
Any requests for copies of reports or additional information shall be referred to the designated
Department media representative, the custodian of records, or if unavailable, to the Watch
Commander. Such requests will generally be processed in accordance with the provisions
of the Government Records Access and Management Act.
(a) Confidential peace officer personnel information including current and former personnel
(Utah Code 63G-2-302, and 304).
1. The identities of officers involved in shootings or other major incidents may only be
released to the media pursuant to consent of the involved officer or upon a formal
request filed and processed in accordance with the Government Records Access
and Management Act (GRAMA).
(b) Copies of certain official reports may be restricted pursuant to a court rule or a
document described in Utah Codes 63G-2-302, 63G-2-304 and 63G-2-305.
(a) Coordinate information with the West Valley City's Communication Director.
(b) Follow-up contacts and interviews with the news media.
(c) Written press releases.
(d) Conduct news conferences when applicable
(e) On scene spokesperson at major incidents.
(f) Other duties as assigned
.
348.1.1 DEFINITIONS
On-Call - When an employee has appeared in court, or is at the time on-duty, and has been told
by a member of the court that he/she is free to leave the court or return to duty, subject to being
available by phone or pager if called back.
Standby - When an employee receives a subpoena of a type which allows him/her to not
appear in court but to remain available by phone or pager, or the employee makes
arrangements with the prosecuting attorney to remain available by phone or pager, so that
he/she may be directed to appear in court within a half hour (30 minutes) if the employee is on-
duty within the city, or within one hour if the employee is off-duty.
Trailing Status - When an employee remains on standby status for additional court
sessions until notified otherwise.
Any employee subpoenaed must take the subpoena to court at the time of the court appearance.
In the event that the employee to be served is unavailable and the process server wants more
information about the employee or demands that service be accepted, refer the process server
to the City Attorney’s Office.
Once an employee has been personally served with any legal document in connection with a
job or City-related incident, lawsuit, investigation or claim, the employee should notify his/her
supervisor and the City Attorney’s office, as soon as possible after being served since often
response time in legal proceedings are very short and require immediate attention.
If an employee on standby changes his/her location during the day, the employee shall notify the
court or attorney named on the subpoena of how he/she can be reached by telephone.
Employees are required to remain on standby each day the case is trailing. In a criminal case
the prosecutor handling the case is the only person authorized to excuse an employee from
standby status.
agency compensation. In such situations, the Department will also reimburse any officer for
reasonable and necessary travel expenses.
The Department will receive reimbursement for the officer's compensation through the civil
attorney of record who subpoenaed the officer.
This should alleviate problems with officers being subpoenaed for court appearances during
times that they are unavailable due to scheduled time off. However, officers should be aware
that placing the dates of their leave on this calendar does not guarantee that the officer will not
be subpoenaed for court during those dates. If an officer receives a subpoena for a date for
which he/she has leave scheduled, it is his/her responsibility to contact the prosecuting attorney
to be excused from the subpoena. If not excused from the subpoena by the prosecuting
attorney, the officer must appear or may be subject to discipline as well as court-imposed civil
ad/or criminal sanctions constituting contempt (Utah Code 78B-1-131).
The compensation for such appearance will be paid in the following manner. Any required
appearance will be compensated with two (2) hours of court preparation time plus the total time
the officer is required to appear in court. The Prosecuting Attorney shall sign the subpoena and
note the time that the officer is released. The total appearance time will be based on the time
listed as the appearance time on the subpoena until the time written on the subpoena by the
Prosecuting Attorney that the officer was released.
When compensated with overtime or compensatory time for a court appearance, any witness
fee collected by the officer for his/her appearance in court must be signed over and turned in
to the Department.
Officers who do not have to appear because his/her appearance or subpoena is cancelled by
the Court or Prosecuting Attorney are not entitled to compensation.
(a) Providing testimony or information for the defense in any criminal trial or proceeding.
(b) Providing testimony or information for the plaintiff in a civil proceeding against any
county, any city, or their officers and employees.
(c) Providing testimony or information on behalf of or at the request of any party other than
any county, city, or any county or city official in any administrative proceeding, including
but not limited to personnel and/or disciplinary matters.
350.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Sworn - Means having taken the oath of office set forth in Utah Constitution Article IV,
Section 10, administered by the law enforcement agency for which a peace officer works.
Reserve Officer - Means a sworn and certified peace officer, whether paid or voluntary, who:
(a) Is serving in a reserve capacity for a law enforcement agency that is part of or
administered by the state or any of its political subdivisions.
(b) Meets the basic and in-service training requirements of the peace officer classification in
which the officer will function (Utah Code 53-13-111(3)).
Auxiliary Officer - Means a sworn, certified, and supervised special function officer, as
described by Utah Code 53-13-112 and is a specific category of special function officer
required to have the level of training of a special function officer as provided in Utah Code 53-
13-105, including no fewer than 40 hours per year of in-service training (Utah Code 53-13-
101, 112).
Volunteer - Means an officer who donates service without pay or other compensation
except expenses actually and reasonably incurred as approved by the supervising agency.
While on-duty - Means while an officer is actually performing the job duties and work
activities assigned by the employing agency and for which the officer is trained and
certified, and may include time spent outside those duties and activities if that additional time
involves an activity that is an integral and necessary part of the job, and is spent for the benefit,
and under the direction of, the employing agency (Utah Code 53-13-101(14)(a)). "While on-
duty" does not include the time an officer spends commuting between home and place of
employment unless that time involves an on-duty activity identified (Utah Code 53-13-
101(14)(b)).
350.2.1 PROCEDURE
All applicants shall be required to meet and pass the same pre-employment procedures as
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015 1 Policy 350 contains 6 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 265 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
regular police officers before appointment including any state and or POST requirements.
350.2.2 APPOINTMENT
Applicants who are selected for appointment to the Police Reserve Unit shall, on the
recommendation of the Chief of Police, be sworn in by the City Recorder and take a loyalty oath
to observe and obey all of the laws of the land and to carry out their duties to the best of their
ability.
The Department may utilize a sworn and certified peace officer in a reserve or auxiliary
capacity (Utah Code 53-13-111(1)(a)).
While serving as a non-paid volunteer in a reserve or auxiliary capacity, or working part-time for
fewer hours than that which would qualify the officer as an "employee" under state or federal
law, a peace officer is entitled to benefits in accordance with Utah Code, Title 67, Chapter 20,
Volunteer Government Workers Act (Utah Code 53-13-111(2)).
All reserve officer appointees are issued two sets of uniforms and all designated attire and
safety equipment. All property issued to the reserve officer shall be returned to the
Department upon termination or resignation. Reserves shall receive a yearly uniform
allowance equal to that of regular officers.
A reserve or auxiliary officer has peace officer authority only while engaged in the reserve or
auxiliary activities authorized by the Chief of Police and shall only exercise that spectrum of
peace officer authority that the Department is empowered to delegate and for which the officer
has been trained and certified (Utah Code 53-13-111(1)(b)).
An auxiliary officer is limited to the role of back-up to a law enforcement officer and may not
initiate any action authorized for a law enforcement officer. An auxiliary officer may be
separated from a law enforcement officer only under exigent circumstances or when engaged
in functions not exclusive to law enforcement (Utah Code 53-13-112).
An auxiliary officer may exercise that spectrum of peace officer authority that has been
designated by statute to the Department, and only while on-duty, and not for the purpose of
general law enforcement (Utah Code 53-13-105(2)(a)).
(a) An auxiliary officer may not exercise the authority of a peace officer until the officer has
satisfactorily completed an approved basic training program for special function officers
and has been certified by the Chief of Police.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015 2 Policy 350 contains 6 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 266 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
Police reserve officers shall be required to adhere to every policy adopted by the Department.
A copy of the Policy Manual will be made available to each reserve officer upon appointment
and he/she shall become thoroughly familiar with these policies.
Whenever a rule, regulation or guideline in this manual refers to a sworn regular full-time
officer, it shall also apply to a sworn reserve officer unless by its nature it is inapplicable.
350.3.2 RESERVE OFFICER ASSIGNMENTS
All reserve officers will be assigned to duties by the Reserve Coordinator or his/her
designee.
The Reserve Coordinator shall have the responsibility of, but not be limited to:
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015 3 Policy 350 contains 6 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 267 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
If the reserve officer has progressed satisfactorily, the reserve officer will then proceed to
Phase II of the training. If he/she has not progressed satisfactorily, the Reserve Coordinator will
determine the appropriate action to be taken.
During Phase II of training, as with Phase I, the reserve officer's performance will be closely
monitored. In addition, rapid progress should continue toward the completion of the Field
Training Manual. At the completion of Phase II of training, the reserve officer will return to
his/her primary training officer for Phase III.
At the completion of Phase III, the primary training officer will meet with the Reserve
Coordinator. Based upon the reserve officer's evaluations, plus input from the primary
training officer, the Reserve Coordinator shall decide if the reserve officer has satisfactorily
completed his/her formal training. If the reserve officer has progressed satisfactorily, the
reserve officer will then graduate from the formal training process. If his/her progress is not
satisfactory, the Reserve Coordinator will decide upon the appropriate action to be taken.
Auxiliary officers shall work under the direction and immediate supervision of a certified law
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015 4 Policy 350 contains 6 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 268 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
350.5.3 UNIFORM
Reserve officers shall conform to all uniform regulation and appearance standards of the
Department.
Any disciplinary action that may have to be administered to a reserve officer shall be
accomplished as outlined in the Policy Manual.
Auxiliary officers may carry firearms only while on-duty, and only if authorized and under
conditions specified by the Department (Utah Code 53-13-105(2)(c)).
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015 5 Policy 350 contains 6 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 269 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
No reserve officer will be permitted to carry a concealed firearm while in an off-duty capacity, other
than to and from work, except those reserve officers who possess a valid Concealed Weapon
License (CWL) issued by the Department of Public Safety, Bureau of Criminal Identification.
If a Reserve officer does possess a valid CWL the Reserve officer is permitted to carry the
concealed weapon under the same authority and under the same conditions as any private
citizen with a valid CWL.
An instance may arise where a Reserve officer is assigned to a plainclothes detail for his/her
assigned tour of duty. Under these circumstances, the officer may be permitted to carry a
weapon more suited to the assignment with the knowledge and approval of the supervisor in
charge of the detail.
Any reserve officer who is permitted to carry a firearm other than the assigned duty weapon may
do so only after verifying that the weapon conforms to Department standards. The weapon
must be registered by the reserve officer and be inspected and certified as fit for service by a
Department armorer.
Before being allowed to carry any optional firearm during an assigned tour of duty, the
reserve officer shall have demonstrated his/her proficiency with said weapon.
(a) All reserve officers are required to qualify on the same schedule as full-time sworn
officers.
(b) Reserve officers may fire at the Department-approved range once each month and
more often with the approval of the Reserve Coordinator.
(c) Should a reserve officer fail to qualify, that reserve officer will not be allowed to carry a
firearm until proficiency has been reestablished.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015 6 Policy 350 contains 6 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 270 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015 7 Policy 350 contains 1 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 271 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
It is the policy of the Department to provide assistance whenever possible, consistent with the
applicable laws of arrest and detention policies of the Department, when another law
enforcement agency requests assistance with an arrest or detention of any person. This
Department may also request an outside agency to provide assistance.
When such assistance is rendered, a case number will be issued to report action taken by
West Valley City Police Department personnel. Probation violators detained by this
department will be booked at the appropriate county facility.
The requesting officer should secure radio frequencies for use by all involved agencies so that
communication can be coordinated as needed. If necessary, reasonable effort should be taken
to provide radio equipment capable of communicating on the assigned frequency to any
personnel who do not have compatible radios.
356.2 POLICY
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to identify and monitor registered
offenders living within this jurisdiction and to take reasonable steps to address the risks those
persons may pose.
356.3 REGISTRATION
The Investigation Section Supervisor shall establish a process to reasonably accommodate
registration of certain offenders. The process should rebut any allegation on the part of the
offender that the registration process was too confusing, burdensome or difficult for
compliance. Employees assigned to register offenders should receive appropriate training
regarding the registration process.
Upon conclusion of the registration process, the officer shall ensure that the registration
information is provided to the Utah Department of Corrections (DOC) in accordance with Utah
Code 77-41-102.
The refusal of a registrant to provide any of the required information or complete the process
should initiate a criminal investigation for failure to register.
Any discrepancies should be reported to DOC and the officer should initiate a criminal
investigation into the potential violation.
Employees will not unilaterally make a public notification advising the community of a
particular registrant's presence in the community. Employees who identify a significant risk
or other public safety issue associated with a registrant should promptly advise their
supervisor. The supervisor should evaluate the request and forward the information to the Chief
of Police if warranted. A determination will be made by the Chief of Police, with the assistance
of legal counsel as necessary, whether such a public alert should be made.
The detective in charge of the Sex Offender Registration Program shall release local registered
offender information to residents in accordance with the Government Records Access and
Management Act (GRAMA).
The Investigations Section Lieutenant will be responsible for ensuring the appropriate
training and certifications are maintained.
.
358.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department recognizes that certain incidents should be brought
to the attention of supervisors or other specified personnel of this department to facilitate
the coordination of activities and ensure that inquiries from the media and the public may
be properly addressed.
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department that the Chief of Police and
appropriate Bureau Commanders will be notified of all incidents which may incur liability
or which may result in heightened community interest.
• Homicides
• Traffic accidents with fatalities
• Officer-involved shooting on- or off-duty (See the Officer-Involved Shooting Policy for
special notifications)
• Significant injury or death to employee on- or off-duty
• Death of a prominent West Valley official
• Arrest of Department employee or prominent West Valley official
• Aircraft crash with major damage and/or injury or death
• In-custody deaths
• Press inquiries
The Watch Commander will also send written notification of the types of incidents described
in § 358.2 via email in a Critical Incident Notification.
Notification regarding incidents which are less critical than those listed above, but which
are still of interest to the Chief of Police and other supervisory staff, may be made via email
in the State of the Watch.
of the death report. Whenever personal effects are removed from the body of the deceased
by the Medical Examiner, a receipt shall be obtained. This receipt shall be attached to the
death report.
362.2 REPORTING
(a) In an effort to maintain uniformity in reporting, officers presented with the crime of
identity fraud (Utah Code 76-6-1102) shall initiate a report for victims residing within the
jurisdiction of the Department. For incidents of identity fraud occurring outside this
jurisdiction, officers should observe the following:
1. For any victim not residing within this jurisdiction, the officer may either take a
courtesy report to be forwarded to the victim's residence agency or the victim
should be encouraged to promptly report the identity theft to the law enforcement
agency where he/she resides.
(b) While the crime of identity theft should be reported to the law enforcement agency where
the victim resides, officers of the Department should investigate and report crimes
occurring within this jurisdiction which have resulted from the original identity theft (e.g.,
the identity theft occurred elsewhere, but the credit card fraud occurred and was
reported in this jurisdiction).
(c) Officers should include all known incidents of fraudulent activity (e.g., credit card
number applied for in victim's name when the victim has never made such an
application).
(d) Officers should also cross-reference all known reports made by the victim (e.g., U.S.
Secret Service, credit reporting bureaus, U.S. Postal Service and Department of Motor
Vehicles) with all known report numbers.
(e) Following supervisory review and Department processing, the initial report should be
forwarded to the appropriate detective for follow up investigation, coordination with other
agencies and prosecution as circumstances dictate.
Web access to additional information is available at the Identity Theft Reporting Information
System (I.R.I.S.).
(a) Private individuals should be discouraged from using force to effect a private person's arrest,
and absent immediate threat to their own safety or the safety of others, private individuals
should be encouraged to refer matters to law enforcement officials for further
investigation or arrest.
Unlike peace officers, private persons may not make an arrest on suspicion that a felony has
been committed - the felony must in fact have taken place.
(a) Should any officer determine that there is no reasonable cause to believe that a private
person's arrest is lawful, the officer should take no action to further detain or restrain the
individual beyond that which reasonably appears necessary to investigate the matter,
determine the lawfulness of the arrest and protect the public safety.
1. Any officer who determines that a private person's arrest appears to be unlawful
should promptly release the arrested individual. The officer must include the basis
of such a determination in a related report.
2. Absent reasonable cause to support a private person's arrest or other lawful
grounds to support an independent arrest by the officer, the officer should
advise the parties that no arrest will be made and that the circumstances will be
documented in a related report.
(b) Whenever an officer determines that there is reasonable cause to believe that a
private person's arrest is lawful, the officer may exercise the following options in
accordance with Utah Code 77-7-2:
1. Take the individual into physical custody for booking.
2. Release the individual pursuant to a Citation (Notice to Appear Form). The private
person's name who made the arrest must appear on the citation (Utah Code 77-7-
20(2)(f)).
3. Release the individual and file a formal complaint with the appropriate
prosecutor's office through the Investigation Section (complaint route).
If a citation is issued, the private person claiming to have made the arrest will sign the
citation as the complainant.
In addition to the witness statement (and any other related documents such as citations,
booking forms); officers shall complete a narrative report regarding the circumstances and
disposition of the incident.
CALEA Standard(s):
Limited English Proficiency Services
368.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
Bilingual - The ability to communicate in two languages fluently, including the ability to
communicate technical and law enforcement terminology. Bilingual includes a variety of
skill levels. For example, some bilingual individuals may be fluent enough to engage in
direct communications in a non-English language but insufficiently fluent to interpret or
translate from one language into another. For example, a bilingual individual, depending
on his/her skill level, could be utilized to communicate fluently in a non-English language
but not to interpret between two languages if he/she does not possess the specialized
skills necessary to interpret between two languages effectively. In order to be utilized
to interpret or translate from one language into another, an individual must possess
the skill, training and demonstrated competence to do so. For purposes of this policy,
department employees, in order to be identified as bilingual, must initially and periodically
demonstrate, through a procedure to be established by the Department, their level of skill
and competence such that the Department is able to determine the purposes for which an
employee's language skills may be used.
Interpretation - The act of listening to a communication in one language (source language)
and orally converting it to another language (target language) while retaining the same
meaning.
Limited English Proficient (LEP) - Designates individuals whose primary language is not
English and who have a limited ability to read, write, speak, or understand English. LEP
individuals may be competent in certain types of communication such as in speaking or
understanding, but still be LEP for other purposes (e.g., reading or writing). Similarly, LEP
designations are context-specific. An individual may possess sufficient English language
skills to function in one setting but these skills may be insufficient in other situations.
Translation - The replacement of written text from one language (source language) into an
equivalent written text (target language).
CALEA Standard(s):
Limited English Proficiency Services
personnel should document in any related report whether the LEP individual elected to
use interpreter services provided by the Department or some other source. Department-
provided interpreter services may include, but are not limited to, the following assistance
methods.
CALEA Standard(s):
Limited English Proficiency Services
In order to ensure that translations during criminal investigations are documented accurately
and are admissible as evidence, audio recordings of interrogations, victim interviews and
witness interviews should be used whenever reasonably possible.
368.4.4 COMPLAINTS
The Department will ensure access to LEP persons who wish to file a complaint regarding
the discharge of department duties. The Department may do so by providing interpretation
assistance or translated forms to such individuals. The Department will make
reasonable attempt to communicate its response in an accessible manner.
(a) The extent to which a disability is obvious or otherwise made known to the involved
employee. Impaired or disabled individuals may be reluctant to acknowledge their
condition and may even feign a complete understanding of a communication despite
actual confusion.
(b) The nature of the disability (e.g., total deafness or blindness vs. impairment).
(c) The nature of the law enforcement contact (e.g., emergency vs. non-emergency,
custodial vs. consensual contact).
(d) Availability of resources to aid in communication.
When considering these and other available information, the involved employee(s) should
carefully balance all factors in an effort to reasonably ensure meaningful access to critical
services while not imposing undue burdens on the Department or its officers.
the employee can adequately demonstrate that another effective method of communication
exists under the circumstances.
Officers should document the type of communication utilized in any related report and whether
a disabled or impaired individual elected to use services provided by the Department or
some other identified source. Department provided services may include, but are not limited
to the following.
Whenever any member of the Department is otherwise required to complete a report or other
documentation, and communication assistance is provided to any involved disabled or
impaired individual(s), such services should be noted in the related report.
While 911 calls shall receive top priority, it is also important that reasonable efforts be made to
accommodate disabled and impaired individuals seeking more routine access to services and
information from this department.
Employees providing such assistance shall also be aware of the inherent communication
impediments to gathering information from disabled or impaired individuals throughout the
booking process or any other situation in which a disabled or impaired individual is within the
control of Department personnel. Medical screening questions are commonly used to elicit
information on individual's medical needs, suicidal inclinations, presence of contagious diseases,
potential illness, resulting symptoms upon withdrawal from certain medications, or the need to
segregate the arrestee from other prisoners. Therefore, it is important for this department to
make every reasonable effort to provide effective communication assistance in these situations.
(a) Individuals who require communication aids (e.g., hearing aids) should be permitted to
retain such devices while in custody.
(b) While it may present officer safety or other logistical problems to allow a physically
disabled individual to retain devices such as a wheelchair or crutches during a custodial
situation, the removal of items will require that other reasonable accommodations be
made to assist such individuals with access to all necessary services.
(c) Whenever a deaf or hearing impaired individual is detained or arrested and placed in
handcuffs, officers should consider, safety permitting, placing the handcuffs in front of the
body in order to allow the individual to sign or write notes.
Although not every situation can be addressed within this policy, it is important that
employees are able to effectively communicate the reason for a contact, the need for
information and the meaning or consequences of any enforcement action taken with a
disabled or impaired individual. For example, it would be meaningless to verbally request
consent to search if the officer is unable to effectively communicate with a deaf individual.
370.5 TRAINING
In an effort to ensure that all employees in public contact positions (or having contact with those
in custody) are properly trained, this department will provide periodic training in the following
areas:
(a) Employee awareness of related policies, procedures, forms and available resources.
(b) Employees having contact with the public (or those in custody) are trained to work
effectively with in-person and telephone interpreters and related equipment.
(c) Training for management staff, even if they may not interact regularly with disabled
individuals, in order that they remain fully aware of, and understand this policy, so they
can reinforce its importance and ensure its implementation by Staff.
The records section will, upon receipt of the report and arrest form, submit the form within five
days to:
Certification Personnel Development Unit Utah State Office of Education 250 East 500 South
Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 ATTN: Coordinator of Personnel ATTN: Director of the School
District
Submit arrest form to the appropriate school administrator if the school is Private. Document the
date and time that the form was sent.
To provide direction for the Police Department and City's financial reporting of billing and
maintenance of grant records.
The writing of grants shall be monitored through the Office of the Chief with final approval and
review by the Chief or appropriate Deputy Chief prior to the submission for financial aid, grants
or other sources of funding.
The Department Grant Manager will ensure that all grants are completed and submitted by the
deadline assigned for each grant and reported accordingly.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 1 Policy 373 contains 2 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 300 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 2 Policy 373 contains 2 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 301 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
Unless the Department determines there are substantial reasons for using a different
method of collection or the person refuses to cooperate with the collection, the preferred
method of collection shall be obtaining a saliva specimen.
Every employee designated to collect DNA specimens will receive appropriate training to
ensure that the specimens are obtained in accordance with accepted protocol.
A person is required to provide one DNA specimen. The person shall provide an additional DNA
specimen only if the DNA specimen previously provided is not adequate for analysis.
374.2.1 ARRESTEES
Any adult booked into a county jail, who has been convicted or has pleaded guilty under any
of the qualifying offenses listed in Utah Code 53-10-403(1)(c) is required to provide DNA
samples. The person need not provide a sample if the jail staff can obtain information from the
Bureau of Criminal Identification that the bureau has a DNA specimen on file for the person.
At the time that any such person registers, updates registration or is notified by the DPS or
other law enforcement officer, the registrant will be referred to the DPS to make an
appointment designating the time and place for the collection of DNA samples if no such
sample has already been provided.
374.3 PROCEDURE
Upon a determination that any individual is qualified and required to provide DNA samples
under Utah law, the designated trained employee shall obtain DNA samples in accordance with
this policy and proper protocol.
A right thumbprint should be placed on the collector along with other required identifying
information.
If an individual violently resists or presents other officer safety issues, employees may omit
saliva swab samples upon approval of a supervisor.
(a) Prior to the use of reasonable force, the officer shall take reasonable steps to secure
voluntary compliance and shall document those steps.
(b) Prior to the use of reasonable force, the officer should take reasonable steps to
determine whether the DPS has on file a DNA specimen for the person.
(c) Prior to the use of reasonable force, the officer shall obtain written authorization from a
supervisor, which shall minimally include that the individual was asked to provide the
sample and refused.
(d) If the authorized use of reasonable force includes a cell extraction, such extraction
shall be videotaped.
For the purpose of this section, the use of reasonable force shall be defined as the force that
an objective, trained and competent officer faced with similar facts and circumstances would
consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance.
374.6 LITIGATION
The Chief of Police or a designee shall immediately notify the DPS in the event this
Department is named in a lawsuit involving the DNA sample collection, sample use or any
aspect of the state's DNA Data Bank Program.
376 - Chaplains
376.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The West Valley City Police Department Chaplain Program is established for the purposes of
providing spiritual and emotional support to all members of the Department, their families and
members of the public.
376.3 GOALS
Members of the Chaplain Program shall fulfill the program's purpose in the following
manner:
(a) By serving as a resource for Department personnel when dealing with the public in such
incidents as accidental deaths, suicides, suicidal subjects, serious accidents, drug and
alcohol abuse and other such situations that may arise.
(b) By providing an additional link between the community, other chaplain programs and the
Department.
(c) By providing counseling, spiritual guidance and insight for Department personnel and their
families.
(d) By being alert to the spiritual and emotional needs of Department personnel and their
families.
(e) By familiarizing themselves with the role of law enforcement in the community.
376.4 REQUIREMENTS
Candidates for the Chaplain Program shall meet the following requirements:
(a) Must be above reproach, temperate, prudent, respectable, hospitable, able to teach, not
be addicted to alcohol or other drugs, not contentious and free from excessive debt.
Must manage their household, family and personal affairs well. Must have a good
reputation with those outside the church.
(b) Must be ecclesiastically certified and/or endorsed, ordained, licensed or
commissioned by a recognized religious body.
(c) Must successfully complete an appropriate level background investigation.
(d) Must have at least five years of successful ministry experience within a recognized
church or religious denomination.
(e) Possess a valid Utah Driver's License.
(a) Assisting in making notification to families of Department members who have been
seriously injured or killed.
(b) After notification, responding to the hospital or home of the Department member.
(c) Visiting sick or injured law enforcement personnel in the hospital or at home.
(d) Attending and participating, when requested, in funerals of active or retired members of
the Department.
(e) Responding to natural and accidental deaths, suicides and attempted suicides, family
disturbances and any other incident that in the judgment of the Watch Commander or
supervisor aids in accomplishing the Department's mission.
(f) Counseling officers and other personnel with personal problems, when requested.
(g) Attending Department and academy graduations, ceremonies and social events and
offering invocations and benedictions, as requested.
(h) Responding to major disasters such as earthquakes, bombings and similar critical
incidents.
(i) Providing liaison with various religious leaders of the community.
(j) Assisting public safety personnel and the community in any other function of the clergy
profession, as requested.
(k) Participating in in-service training classes.
(l) Willing to train to enhance effectiveness.
(m) Promptly facilitating requests for representatives or ministers of various
denominations.
(n) Making referrals in cases where specialized attention is needed or in cases that are
beyond the chaplain's ability to assist.
Chaplains may not proselytize or attempt to recruit members of the Department or the public into
a religious affiliation while on-duty unless the receiving person has solicited spiritual guidance
or teaching. If there is any question as to the receiving person's intent, chaplains should verify
that the person is desirous of spiritual counseling or guidance before engaging in such
discussion.
Chaplains may not accept gratuities for any service or follow-up contact that was provided while
functioning as a chaplain for the West Valley City Police Department.
Department chaplains shall be familiar with state evidentiary laws and rules pertaining to the limits
of the clergy-penitent privilege and shall inform Department members when it appears
reasonably likely that the Department member is discussing matters that are not subject to
the clergy-penitent privilege. In such cases, the Department chaplain should consider referring
the member to a non-Department counseling resource.
No chaplain shall provide counsel to or receive confidential communications from any West
Valley City Police Department employees concerning an incident personally witnessed by the
chaplain or concerning an incident involving the chaplain.
numbers, duty assignments and other information that may assist in their duties. Such
information will be considered confidential and each chaplain will exercise appropriate
security measures to prevent distribution of the information.
(f) Chaplains shall not comment to the news media concerning facts arising out of an
incident. All information gathered concerning religious or personal matters arising out of
his/her official duties shall be held confidential.
376.10 TRAINING
The Department will establish a minimum number of training hours and standards for
Department chaplains. The training may include stress management, death notifications, post-
traumatic stress syndrome, burnout for officers and chaplains, legal liability and
confidentiality, ethics, responding to crisis situations, the law enforcement family, substance
abuse, suicide, officer injury or death, and sensitivity and diversity, as approved by the
Training Lieutenant.
CALEA Standard(s):
Child and Dependent Adult Safety Policy
This policy does not address the actions to be taken during the course of a child abuse or
dependent adult investigation. These are covered in the Child Abuse Policy, § 330, and the
Elder Abuse Policy, §326.
380.2 POLICY
It is the policy of this department to mitigate, to the extent reasonably possible, the stressful
experience an individual may have when their parent or caregiver is arrested. The West
Valley City Police Department will endeavor to create a strong cooperative relationship with
local, state and community-based social services to ensure an effective, collaborative
response that addresses the needs of those affected.
Whenever it is safe to do so, officers should allow the parent or caregiver to assure children or
dependent adults that they will be provided care. If this is not safe or if the demeanor of the
parent or caregiver suggests this conversation would be non-productive, the officer at the
scene should explain the reason for the arrest in age-appropriate language and offer
reassurance to the child or dependent adult that he/she will receive appropriate care.
CALEA Standard(s):
Child and Dependent Adult Safety Policy
Officers should allow the arrestee reasonable time to arrange for care of children and
dependent adults. Temporary placement with family or friends may be appropriate.
However, any decision should give priority to a care solution that is in the best interest of
the child or dependent adult. In such cases the following guidelines should be followed:
(a) Allow the person reasonable time to arrange for the care of children and
dependent adults with a responsible party, as appropriate.
1. Unless there is evidence to the contrary (e.g., signs of abuse, drug use,
unsafe environment), officers should respect the parent or caregivers’s
judgment regarding arrangements for care. It is generally best if the child
or dependent adult remains with relatives or family friends that he/she knows
and trusts because familiarity with surroundings, and consideration for comfort,
emotional state and safety are important.
2. Except when there is an existing court order limiting contact, the officer should
attempt to locate and place children or dependent adults with the non-arrested
parent, guardian, or caregiver.
(b) Provide for the immediate supervision of children or dependent adults until an
appropriate caregiver arrives.
(c) Notify Child Protective Services if appropriate.
(d) Notify the field supervisor or Watch Commander of the disposition of children or
dependent adults.
If children or dependent adults are at school or another known location outside the
household at the time of arrest, the arresting officer should attempt to contact the school or
other known location and inform the principal or appropriate responsible adult of the
caregiver’s arrest and of the arrangements being made for the care of the arrestee's
dependent. The result of such actions should be documented in the associated report.
If an arrestee is unable to resolve the care of any child or dependent adult through this
process, a supervisor should be contacted to determine the appropriate steps to arrange for
care. These steps may include additional telephone calls or contacting a local, county or state
services agency.
380.3.3 REPORTING
(a) For all arrests where children are present or living in the household, the reporting
officer will document the following information:
1. Name
2. Sex
3. Age
4. How, where and with whom or which agency the child was placed.
CALEA Standard(s):
Child and Dependent Adult Safety Policy
(b) For all arrests where dependent adults are present or living in the household, the
reporting officer will document the following information:
1. Name
2. Sex
3. Age
4. Whether he/she reasonably appears able to care for him/herself.
5. Disposition or placement information if he/she is unable to care for
him/herself.
Only when other reasonable options are exhausted should a child or dependent adult
be transported to the police facility, transported in a marked law enforcement vehicle or
taken into formal protective custody.
380.5 TRAINING
The Training Lieutenant is responsible to ensure that all personnel of this department who
may be involved in arrests affecting children or dependent adults review this policy on a
timely basis.
If an animal exhibits vicious behavior, poses a direct threat to the health of others or
unreasonably disrupts or interferes with normal business operations an officer may direct the
owner to remove the animal from the premises. Barking alone is not a threat nor does a
direct threat exist if the person takes prompt, effective action to control the animal. Each
incident must be considered individually and past incidents alone are not cause for excluding
a service animal. Removal of a service animal may not be used as a reason to refuse service
to an individual with disabilities. Members of this department are expected to provide all
services as are reasonably available to an individual with the disability.
If it is apparent or if an officer is aware the animal is a service animal, the owner should not be
asked any questions as to the status of the animal. If it is unclear whether an animal meets the
definition of a service animal, the officer should ask the individual only the following questions:
If the individual explains that the animal is required because of a disability and has been
trained to work or perform at least one task the animal meets the definition of a service
animal and no further question as to the animal's status should be asked. The person should not
be questioned about his/her disabilities nor should the person be asked to provide any license,
certification or identification card for the service animal.
Service animals are not pets. Department members should not interfere with the important work
performed by a service animal by talking to, petting, or otherwise initiating contact with a service
animal.
When handling calls of a complaint regarding a service animal, members of this department
should remain neutral and should be prepared to explain the ADA requirements concerning
service animals to the concerned parties. Businesses are required to allow service animals to
accompany their owner into all areas that other customers or members of the public are allowed.
Absent a violation of law independent of the ADA, officers should take no enforcement
action beyond keeping the peace. Individuals who believe they have been discriminated
against as a result of a disability should be referred to the Civil Rights Division of the U.S.
Department of Justice.
The Volunteer Coordinator, or his/her designee, shall be responsible for the following:
(a) Recruiting, selecting and training qualified volunteers for various positions.
(b) Facilitating the implementation of new volunteer activities and assignments.
(c) Maintaining records for each volunteer.
(d) Tracking and evaluating the contribution of volunteers.
(e) Developing and maintaining a volunteer handbook and outlining expectations, policies and
responsibilities for all volunteers.
(f) Maintaining a record of volunteer schedules and work hours.
(g) Completion and dissemination, as appropriate, of all necessary paperwork and
information.
(h) Planning periodic recognition events.
(i) Administering discipline when warranted.
(j) Maintaining liaison with other volunteer-utilizing programs in the community and
384.2.2 RECRUITMENT
Volunteers should be recruited on a continuous and ongoing basis consistent with department
policy on equal opportunity nondiscriminatory employment. A primary qualification for
participation in the application process should be an interest in, and an ability to assist the
Department in serving the public.
Requests for volunteers should be submitted in writing by interested staff to the Volunteer
Coordinator through the requester's immediate supervisor. A complete position description and
a requested time frame should be included in the request. All parties should understand that the
recruitment of volunteers is enhanced by creative and interesting assignments. The Volunteer
Coordinator may withhold assignment of any volunteer until such time as the requesting unit is
prepared to make effective use of volunteer resources.
384.2.3 SCREENING
All prospective volunteers should complete the volunteer application form. The Volunteer
Coordinator or designee should conduct a face-to-face interview with an applicant under
consideration.
(a) Traffic and criminal background check. Fingerprints shall be obtained from all
applicants and processed through the Utah Department of Public Safety.
(b) Employment.
(c) References.
(d) Credit check.
A truth verification exam may be required of each applicant depending on the type of
assignment.
Volunteers should be placed only in assignments or programs that are consistent with their
knowledge, skills, abilities and the needs of the Department.
384.2.5 TRAINING
Volunteers will be provided with an orientation program to acquaint them with the Department,
personnel, policies and procedures that have a direct impact on their work assignment.
Volunteers should receive position-specific training to ensure they have adequate knowledge
and skills to complete tasks required by the position and should receive periodic ongoing training
as deemed appropriate by their supervisor or the Volunteer Coordinator. Training should
reinforce to volunteers that they may not intentionally represent themselves as, or by omission
infer that they are sworn officers or other full-time members of the Department. They shall
always represent themselves as volunteers.
All volunteers shall comply with the rules of conduct and with all orders and directives, either oral
or written, issued by the Department.
Volunteers shall report to their supervisor any changes in status that may affect their ability to
fulfill their duties. This includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(a) Driver's license
(b) Medical condition
(c) Arrests
(d) Criminal investigations
All volunteers shall adhere to the guidelines set forth by this department regarding drug and
alcohol use.
A volunteer may be assigned as, and act as, a supervisor of other volunteers provided that the
supervising volunteer is under the direct supervision of a paid staff member.
Functional supervision of volunteers is the responsibility of the supervisor in charge of the unit
where the volunteer is assigned. Following are some considerations to keep in mind while
supervising volunteers:
(a) Take the time to introduce volunteers to employees on all levels.
(b) Ensure volunteers have work space and necessary office supplies.
(c) Make sure the work is challenging. Do not hesitate to give them an assignment or
task that will tap these valuable resources.
384.4 CONFIDENTIALITY
With appropriate security clearance, volunteers may have access to confidential information
such as criminal histories or investigative files. Unless otherwise directed by a supervisor
or departmental policy, all information shall be considered confidential. Only that information
specifically identified and approved by authorized personnel shall be released. Confidential
information shall be given only to persons who have a need and a right to know as determined
by departmental policy and supervisory personnel.
Each volunteer will be required to sign a nondisclosure agreement before being given an
assignment with the Department. Subsequent unauthorized disclosure of any confidential
information, verbally, in writing or by any other means, by the volunteer is grounds for
immediate dismissal and possible criminal prosecution.
Volunteers shall not address public gatherings, appear on radio or television, prepare any
article for publication, act as correspondents to a newspaper or other periodical, release or
divulge any information concerning the activities of the Department, or maintain that they
represent the Department in such matters without permission from the proper department
personnel.
The Volunteer Coordinator should insure that all volunteers receive safety briefing updates and
license and insurance verification at least once a year.
When operating a Department vehicle, volunteers shall obey all rules of the road, including seat
belt requirements. Smoking is prohibited in all Department vehicles.
Volunteers should not operate a marked patrol car unless there is a prominently placed sign
indicating that it is out of service and are not authorized to operate a Department vehicle
Code-3.
Volunteers may resign from volunteer service with the Department at any time. It is
requested that volunteers who intend to resign provide advance notice of their departure and
a reason for their decision.
384.7 EVALUATION
An evaluation of the overall volunteer program will be conducted on an annual basis by the
Volunteer Coordinator. Regular evaluations should be conducted with volunteers to ensure
the best use of human resources available, to ensure personnel problems can be identified
and dealt with promptly and fairly, and to ensure optimum satisfaction on the part of volunteers.
386.2 POLICY
Initiating law enforcement action while off-duty is generally discouraged. Officers should not
attempt to initiate enforcement action when witnessing minor crimes. Such incidents should
be promptly reported to the appropriate law enforcement agency.
Officers are not expected to place themselves in unreasonable peril. However, any sworn
member of this department who becomes aware of an incident or circumstance that he/she
reasonably believes poses an imminent threat of serious bodily injury or death, or significant
property damage may take reasonable action to minimize the threat.
When public safety or the prevention of major property damage requires immediate action,
officers should first consider reporting and monitoring the activity and only take direct action as a
last resort.
Officers should remember that their authority as a peace officer may not extend to actions taken
outside their jurisdiction unless authorized by law (Utah Code § 77-9-3).
386.3 FIREARMS
Officers of this department may carry firearms while off-duty in accordance with federal
regulations and department policy. All firearms and ammunition must meet guidelines as
described in the department Firearms and Qualification Policy. When carrying firearms while
off-duty, officers shall also carry their department-issued badge and identification.
Officers should refrain from carrying firearms when the consumption of alcohol is likely or when
the need to carry a firearm is outweighed by safety considerations. Firearms shall not be carried
by any officer who has consumed an amount of an alcoholic beverage or taken any drugs that
would tend to adversely affect the officer's senses or judgment.
Officers should consider waiting for on-duty uniformed officers to arrive, and gather as much
accurate intelligence as possible instead of immediately intervening.
Whenever practicable, the officer should loudly and repeatedly identify him/her self as a West
Valley City Police Department officer until acknowledged. Official identification should also be
displayed.
386.5 REPORTING
Any officer, prior to taking any off-duty enforcement action, shall notify and receive approval of a
West Valley City Police Department Supervisor (or other applicable law enforcement authority
if acting outside the jurisdiction of the West Valley City Police Department). If prior contact
is not reasonably possible, an officer shall notify the applicable local law enforcement
agency as soon as reasonably possible (Utah Code § 77-9-3).The Watch Commander shall
determine whether a report should be filed by the employee.
Officers should cooperate fully with the agency having jurisdiction in providing statements or reports as
requested or as appropriate.
388- Naloxone
388.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
To establish guidelines regarding the utilization of nasal Naloxone in order to reduce the number
of fatalities which occur as a result of opiate overdose by the proper pre-hospital administration
of nasal Naloxone (brand named NARCAN).
The West Valley City Police Department will train and equip select members to prepare for opiate
overdose emergencies. The Department will keep and maintain a professional affiliation with a
Medical Review Physician (referred as the MRP), for medical oversight for the use and
emergency administration of Naloxone. The Medical Review Physician shall be licensed to
practice medicine within the State of Utah. The Medical Review Physician, at his or her discretion
may make recommendations to the policy.
388.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Opiate – An opiate is any controlled substance containing or compounded to be a derivative of
morphine, morphine sulfate. The term opiate describes any of the narcotic opioid alkaloids found
as natural products in the opium poppy plant, Papaver somniferum. Commonly encountered
opiates in police service include heroin, morphine, oxycontin, percocet, and percodan.
Naloxone - Naloxone is an opioid antagonist drug. Naloxone is a drug used to counter the
effects of opiate overdose, for example, a heroin or morphine overdose. Naloxone is specifically
used to counteract life threatening depression of the central nervous system and respiratory
system. It is marketed under various trademarks including NARCAN, Nalone, and Narcanti, and
has sometimes been mistakenly called "naltrexate". It is not to be confused with naltrexone, an
opioid receptor antagonist with qualitatively different effects, used for dependence treatment
rather than emergency overdose treatment.
Medical Control Physician – The Medical Control Physician, herein after referred to as MCP,
shall be a designated Medical Doctor who is licensed to practiced medicine in Utah. The West
Valley City Police department shall maintain an affiliation with the MCP. The Chief of Police or
his/her designee shall periodically consult with the MCP to review overall training, equipment,
procedures, changes to applicable laws and regulations and/or the review of specific medical
cases. At their discretion, the MCP may participate in training members of the West Valley City
Police Department.
1. A Medical Review Physician has approved the specific training program; and
2. The training program meets the minimum standards established by the Department.
Also;
UCA 26-55-104 (2) which states in part “a health care provider who is licensed to prescribe or
dispense an opiate antagonist may, without a prescriber-patient relationship, prescribe or
dispense an opiate antagonist without liability for any civil damages or acts or omissions made
as a result of prescribing or dispensing an opiate antagonist in good faith, to: (b) a family
member of, friend of, or other person who may be in a position to assist an individual who may
be at increased risk of experiencing or who is likely to experience an opiate-related drug
overdose event.”
388.3 EQUIPMENT
Nasal Naloxone kits will be issued to select sworn and non-sworn members of the West Valley
City Police Department. Kits should be available for use during on-duty hours. Injectable
Naloxone kits will be issued to K9 officers for use on K9s.
388.4 REPORTING
Any member of the Department who deploys Naloxone will ensure that they report the
deployment in a police report. Members deploying Naloxone will also complete the Department’s
Naloxone Administration Report Form and turn that form in with his/her police report.
A public servant is not guilty of a violation of Utah Code section 76-8-402 for authorized personal
use of public property. “Public servant” means a public officer, an appointed official, employee,
consultant, or independent contractor of a public entity, or a person hired or paid by a public entity
to perform a government function. “Public property” means real or personal property that is
owned, held, or managed by a public entity.
This policy constitutes a “written policy of the public servant’s entity” for purposes of Utah Code
section 76-8-402(1)(a)(iii). For purposes of this policy, “public servants” will be referred to as
“employees.”
Employees do not have a right to nor should they have an expectation of privacy while using
government resources at any time including when they are accessing the internet, using email,
instant messaging, or telephones. (See Department Policies 212-Electronic Mail; 342-Department
Computer Use; 448-Mobile Data Terminal; 812-Utah Criminal Justice Information System).
Employees who wish for their personal activities to be private should not conduct such activities
using public property.
To help improve the effectiveness and efficiency of government services, incidental personal use
of public property is authorized under Utah Code section 76-8-402 and is further authorized under
this policy. Incidental personal use includes:
(a) Use of public property for limited personal use when an employee is using the public
property to perform their duties of office or employment; and
(b) Use of public property of a personal nature when such use of the public property:
(4) Provides value to the Department that substantially outweighs the personal benefit
received by the employee;
(c) Notwithstanding (b), incidental personal use does not include any use that:
(2) Significantly interferes with the performance of the employee’s or any other
employee’s official duties;
(4) Is for private financial gain, including but not limited to conducting outside
business, employment, or other income generating activities.
400.1.1 FUNCTION
Officers will generally patrol in clearly marked vehicles, patrol assigned jurisdictional areas of
West Valley, respond to calls for assistance, act as a deterrent to crime, enforce state and
local laws and respond to emergencies 24 hours per day seven days per week. Officers
assigned to patrol will sign up for their shift and days off via a bid process. The Deputy Chief
of the Patrol Bureau will be responsible for the frequency of the bid, scheduling and
assignments to service areas.
Patrol will generally provide the following services within the limits of available resources:
(a) Patrol that is directed at the prevention of criminal acts, traffic violations and collisions,
the maintenance of public order, and the discovery of hazardous situations or conditions.
(b) Calls for service, both routine and emergency in nature.
(c) Investigation of both criminal and non-criminal acts.
(d) The apprehension of criminal offenders.
(e) Community Oriented Policing and problem solving activities such as citizen assists and
individual citizen contacts of a positive nature.
(f) The sharing of information between the Patrol Section and other sections within the
Department, as well as other outside governmental agencies.
(g) The application of resources to specific problems or situations within the community,
which may be improved or resolved by Community Oriented Policing and problem
solving strategies.
(h) Traffic direction and control.
400.1.2 TERRORISM
It is the goal of the West Valley City Police Department to make every reasonable effort to
accurately and appropriately gather and report any information that may relate to either foreign
or domestic terrorism. Officers should advise a supervisor as soon as practicable of any
activity believed to be terrorism related and should document such incidents with a written
report or Field Interview (FI). The supervisor should ensure that all terrorism related reports and
FIs are forwarded to the Information and Intelligence Unit (IIU) Supervisor in a timely fashion.
Officers should consider enforcement of applicable state and local laws, when the activity
blocks the entrance or egress of a facility or location and when voluntary compliance with the
law is not achieved.
The Department prohibits the use of racial/bias-based policing in determining the existence of
probable cause to take into custody or to arrest an individual, requiring a reasonable and
articulable suspicion that an offense has been or is being committed so as to justify the
detention of an individual or the investigatory stop of a vehicle, or determining the existence of
probable cause to conduct a search of an individual or conveyance. This prohibition extends
to activities involving traffic contacts, field contacts, asset seizure and forfeiture efforts.
402.2 DEFINITION
Racial/biased-based profiling, for purposes of this section, can be defined as any law
enforcement-initiated action that relies upon the race, color, ethnicity, nationality, gender,
sexual orientation, religion, age, or disability of an individual, rather than the behavior of that
individual.
Law enforcement activity can be defined as any activity that includes, but is not limited to,
stopping, detaining, questioning, or searching a person, his/her possessions, vehicle, or
residence.
The Internal Affairs & Training Section will keep an accurate record of:
(a) The number of complaints received by the department each calendar year.
(b) The number of complaints that are sustained each calendar year.
(c) The name of the officer whom the complaint is against.
(d) The name of the complainant.(If available)
(e) The details of the complaint.
(f) The classification of the complaint.
(g) What, if any, disciplinary action was taken.
402.4 TRAINING
This Department will deliver on-going training to all law enforcement officers to provide guidance
regarding the consideration of race, ethnicity or any other listed descriptor in the agency's law
enforcement activities. This training will include: Department Policy Manual, federal, state
and case law governing the limitations (lawful and unlawful) in the use of race as a determiner
for police activity. This training will take place on an annual basis.
402.5 ADMINISTRATION
Annually, the Administrative Services Bureau shall review the Department's effort to prevent
racial/biased-based profiling and submit an overview to the Chief of Police. This review will
contain:
(a) The number of racial/bias-based policing complaints received by the Department;
(b) The action taken in response to each racial/bias-based complaint received;
(c) The disposition of each racial/bias-based complaint;
(d) The date each complaint was received and the date each complaint was closed;
(e) A review of the Department training on racial/bias-based policing and suggestions for
improvements to that training;
(f) A review of this policy and suggestions for changes to this policy.
(g) Public concerns regarding racial/bias-based policing and how those concerns will or are
being addressed
This overview shall not contain any identifying information regarding any specific complaint,
citizen or officer.
Officers may consider race, color, ethnicity, nationality, gender, sexual orientation, religion, age,
or disability of a person, or persons, when deciding to take law enforcement action if that
consideration is based upon specific and reliable information that is likely to lead to the discovery
of that person, or persons, criminal activity.
Any person detained by a police officer will be informed of the reason for the detention by the
detaining officer as soon as practical without compromising the integrity of an investigation or
placing a witness, complainant, or victim in unreasonable jeopardy.
(a) Briefing officers with information regarding daily patrol activity, with particular attention
given to intelligence bulletins, statistical data, unusual situations and changes in the
status of wanted persons, stolen vehicles and major investigations.
(b) Notifying officers of changes in schedules and assignments.
(c) Notifying officers of new General Orders or changes in General Orders.
(d) Reviewing recent incidents for training purposes.
(e) Providing training on a variety of subjects.
406.2.2 ENFORCEMENT
Any sworn member of the West Valley City Police Department may enforce all orders of the local
health authority issued for the purpose of preventing the spread of any contagious, infectious
or communicable disease (Utah Code 26-6b-2 and Utah Code 26-6b-3).
If an individual refuses to comply with an order of the Department of Health or local health
authority issued to prevent the spread of a communicable disease, infectious agent, or
contamination, the issuing authority may petition a District Court for an order for involuntary
examination, treatment, quarantine or isolation of the individual in accordance with Utah Code
26-6-4.
406.3.1 CONSENT
Officers should seek consent to search from authorized individuals where possible.
However, in the case of serious crimes or major investigations it may be prudent to obtain a
search warrant. Consent may be sought even in cases where a search warrant has been
granted.
408.2 PROGRAM
It shall be the policy of the Department to maintain a SWAT team and to provide the
equipment, manpower and training necessary to maintain a SWAT team. The SWAT team
should develop sufficient resources to perform three basic operational functions:
(c) Protocols for a sustained operation, which may include relief, rotation of personnel and
augmentation of resources.
(d) A generic checklist to be worked through prior to initiating a tactical action. This will
provide a means of conducting a threat assessment to determine the appropriate
response and resources necessary, including the use of SWAT.
(e) The appropriate role for a trained negotiator.
(a) To avoid unnecessary or redundant training, previous training completed by members may
be considered equivalent when the hours and content (topics) meet or exceed
Department requirements.
SWAT team operators and SWAT supervisors/team leaders should complete update or
refresher training every 24 months.
Command personnel who may assume incident command responsibilities should attend a
SWAT or Critical Incident Commander Course or its equivalent. SWAT command personnel
should attend a SWAT Commander Course, Tactical Commander Course or its equivalent.
(a) Each SWAT member shall perform a physical fitness test twice each year. A minimum
qualifying score must be attained by each team member.
(b) Any SWAT team member failing to attain the minimum physical fitness qualification score
will be notified of the requirement to retest and attain a qualifying score within 30 days. The
member required to qualify shall report to a team supervisor and complete the entire
physical fitness test. Failure to qualify after a second attempt may result in dismissal from
the team.
(c) Those members who are on vacation, ill or are on light duty status with a doctor's note of
approval on the test date, shall be responsible for reporting to a team supervisor and
taking the test within 30 days of their return to regular duty. Any member who fails to
arrange for and perform the physical fitness test within the 30-day period shall be
considered as having failed to attain a qualifying score for that test period.
(d) Quarterly, each SWAT team member shall perform the mandatory SWAT handgun
qualification course. The qualification course shall consist of the SWAT Basic Drill for
the handgun and rifle. Failure to qualify will require that officer to seek remedial training
from a team range master approved by the SWAT Commander. Team members who
fail to qualify must retest within 30 days. Failure to qualify within 30 days with or without
remedial training may result in dismissal from the team.
(e) Each swat team member shall complete the quarterly SWAT qualification course for any
specialty weapon issued to, or used by, the team member during SWAT operations.
Failure to qualify will require the team member to seek remedial training from the
Rangemaster who has been approved by the SWAT Commander. Team members who
fail to qualify on their specialty weapon may not utilize the specialty weapon on SWAT
operations until qualified. Team members who fail to qualify must retest within 30 days.
Failure to qualify with specialty weapons within 20 days may result in the team member
being removed from the team or permanently disqualified from use of that particular
specialty weapon.
408.4.1 UNIFORMS
SWAT teams from this agency should wear uniforms that clearly identify team members as law
enforcement officers. It is recognized that certain tactical conditions may require covert
movement. Attire may be selected appropriate to the specific mission.
408.4.2 EQUIPMENT
SWAT teams from this agency should be adequately equipped to meet the specific
mission(s) identified by the agency.
408.4.3 FIREARMS
Weapons and equipment used by SWAT, the specialized units and the supporting resources
should be agency-issued or approved, including any modifications, additions or attachments.
The team supervisors shall be selected by the Chief of Police upon specific recommendation by
Staff and the CNT and SWAT Commanders.
(a) The CNT supervisor's primary responsibility is to supervise the operations of the CNT,
which will include deployment, training, first line participation and other duties.
(b) The SWAT supervisor's primary responsibility is to supervise the operations of the
SWAT Team, which will include deployment, training, first line participation and other
duties.
The following procedures serve as directives for the administrative operation of the CNT.
The CNT Commander shall submit a list of successful applicants to the Chief of Police for
final selection.
A minimum of one training day per quarter will be required to provide the opportunity for role
playing and situational training necessary to maintain proper skills. This will be coordinated by
the team supervisor.
(a) Oral board: The oral board will consist of personnel selected by the SWAT Commander.
Applicants will be evaluated by the following criteria:
1. Recognized competence and ability as evidenced by performance.
2. Demonstrated good judgment and understanding of critical role of SWAT
member.
3. Special skills, training or appropriate education as it pertains to this assignment.
4. Commitment to the unit, realizing that the additional assignment may
necessitate unusual working hours, conditions and training obligations.
(b) Physical agility: The physical agility test is designed to determine the physical
capabilities of the applicant as they relate to performance of SWAT-related duties. The
test and scoring procedure will be established by the SWAT Commander. A minimum
qualifying score shall be attained by the applicant to be considered for the position.
(c) SWAT basic handgun and rifle: Candidates will be invited to shoot the SWAT Basic Drill
for the handgun and rifle. A minimum qualifying score of 90% must be attained to qualify.
(d) Team evaluation: Current team members will evaluate each candidate on his/her field
tactical skills, teamwork, ability to work under stress, communication skills, judgment and
any special skills that could benefit the team.
(e) A list of successful applicants shall be submitted to the Chief of Police, by the SWAT
Commander, for final selection.
(a) If it is anticipated that multi-jurisdictional SWAT and/or CNT operations will regularly be
conducted; SWAT and/or CNT multi-agency and multi-disciplinary joint training
exercises are encouraged.
(b) Members of the West Valley City Police Department SWAT and CNT teams shall
operate under the policies, procedures and command of the West Valley City Police
Department when working in a multi-agency situation.
410.1.1 ELIGIBILITY
The West Valley City Police Department Ride-Along Program is offered to residents,
students and those employed within the City. Every attempt will be made to accommodate
interested persons, however, any applicant may be disqualified without cause.
The following factors may be considered in disqualifying an applicant and are not limited to:
If the participant meets the eligibility requirements, the completed packet will be maintained by
the Patrol Section and he/she shall schedule the participant.
410.1.2 AVAILABILITY
The Ride-Along Program is available on most days of the week, with certain exceptions. The
ride-along times are from 10:00 a.m. to 02:00 a.m. in four (4) hour maximum blocks.
Exceptions to this schedule may be made as approved by the Chief of Police, Section
Commander or Patrol Section.
The Patrol Section will schedule a date, based on availability, at least one week after the date
of application. If approved, a copy will be forwarded to the respective Watch Commander as soon
as possible for his/her scheduling considerations.
If the ride-along is denied after the request has been made, a representative of the
Department will contact the applicant and advise of the denial.
The Patrol Section is responsible for maintaining and scheduling ride-alongs. Upon
completion of the ride-along, the Ride-Along Waiver Form shall be returned to the Patrol
Section with any comments which may be offered by the officer. These requests and
waivers shall be maintained for a period of at least ten years prior to destruction.
CALEA Standard(s):
Hazardous Material Response
(a) Attempt to identify the type of hazardous substance while maintaining a safe distance
(Identification can be determined by placard, driver's manifest or statements from the
person transporting).
(b) Police vehicles should be parked up wind from the hazardous material.
(c) Notify the fire department.
(d) Consider activation of Incident Command System (ICS) protocols.
(e) Provide first-aid for injured parties if it can be done safely and without contamination.
(f) Begin evacuation of the immediate area and surrounding areas, dependent on the
substance. Voluntary evacuation should be considered; however, depending on the
substance, mandatory evacuation may be necessary.
Injury or illness caused or believed to be caused from exposure to hazardous materials shall be
reported the same as any other on-duty injury or illness, in addition to a crime report or incident
report.
CALEA Standard(s):
Hazardous Material Response
When a supervisor has been informed that an employee has been exposed to a hazardous
material, the supervisor shall ensure that immediate medical treatment is obtained and
appropriate action is taken to lessen the exposure.
The police mission, when dealing with any hostage or barricaded subject, is to obtain the safe
release of the hostage/s or other involved victims and to apprehend the suspect/s.
Negotiations may be utilized to effect the safe outcome of the situation. Negotiation tactics are
held confidential to protect the strength of the police negotiating position.
414.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Hostage - Means a person held by one party in a conflict as security so that specified terms will
be met by the opposing party.
(a) Determine if a hostage/barricaded subject situation actually exists. Notify the Field
Supervisor and/or the Watch Commander and request sufficient police personnel to
contain the potential situation.
(b) If possible, determine the location and number of suspects, hostages, or other
involved persons. Determine the number and type of weapons involved, if any.
(c) Attempt to avoid confrontation in favor of controlling and containing the situation until
the arrival of trained personnel and/or trained hostage negotiation personnel. If contact
is initiated by the suspect/s preliminary communications may be started to diffuse the
situation. Officers should at all times act to protect the lives of the public, the victim/s, the
(a) Directing and supervising the initial response, containment, and stabilization of the
scene.
(b) Establishing a command post
(c) Notification of appropriate personnel including Chief of Police, Deputy Chiefs of
Police, SWAT team leaders, hostage negotiators, and the Public Information Officer.
(d) If the Public Information Officer is not available, designate a temporary information
officer. This may be a supervisor or officer to act as a liaison between the media and
the department. The PIO or temporary information officer shall make approved and
appropriate news releases to the media to keep them informed of the situation. The PIO
will cooperate with the media to the extent that the operation will not be jeopardized
and reasonable safety will be observed.
414.4 REPORTING
Unless otherwise relieved by a supervisor, the initial officer at the scene is responsible for
completion of the initial report for the hostage/barricade incident. All officers involved in the
hostage/barricaded subject situation shall complete required supplemental reports
documenting their involvement and activity during the incident.
(e) The device should not be touched or moved except by qualified bomb squad
personnel.
(f) Consideration should be given to alerting, evacuating or sheltering in place persons in any
buildings near the device.
(g) A search of the area should be conducted for secondary devices or other objects that are
either hazardous or foreign to the area and a perimeter should be established around
any additional suspicious device(s) found.
Explosive or military ordnance of any type should be handled only by the Bomb Squad or
military ordnance disposal team.
• Assess the scope of the incident, including the number of victims and extent of injuries.
416.3.1 NOTIFICATIONS
When an explosion has occurred, the following people shall be notified as soon as
practicable if their assistance is needed:
Attempt to keep the caller on the line as long as possible and obtain expanded answers to
these five basic questions.
If the incoming call is received at the police facility on a recorded line, steps shall be taken to
ensure that the recording is preserved in accordance with current department evidence
procedures.
416.4.2 RESPONSIBILITIES
The employee handling the call shall ensure that the Watch Commander is immediately
advised and fully informed of the details. The Watch Commander will then direct and assign
officers as required for coordinating a general building search or evacuation as he/she
deems appropriate.
416.8 EVIDENCE
The only explosive materials allowed to be handled are:
Any deteriorating or old explosive or acid which can be a hazard to handle shall not be
touched, moved, or transported by anyone other than a certified bomb technician. The bomb
technician shall determine the method of disposal of these items.
Evidence technicians will notify the certified bomb technicians of any hazardous materials
inadvertently booked into evidence.
418.2 POLICY
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to provide guidelines for the
recognition of persons suffering from mental illness as well as guidelines for how to deal with
them most effectively.
418.3 DEFINITIONS
Mental Illness – A medical condition that disrupts a person’s thinking, feeling, mood, ability to
relate to others and daily functioning that often results in diminished capacity for coping with
the ordinary demands of life. Mental illness can affect persons of any age, race, religion or
income. A subject may suffer from mental illness if he/she displays an inability to think rationally,
exercise adequate control over behavior or impulses (i.e. aggressive, suicidal, homicidal,
sexual), and/or take reasonable care of his/her welfare with regard to basic provisions for
clothing, food, shelter or safety.
Application for civil commitment- “Pink Sheet”, the process of placing a person suffering
from a mental illness crisis, or narcotics based psychosis, where the officer observes behavior,
or speech that leads the officer to believe the person is a danger to themselves or others. A
probable cause standard must be met before a person may be taken to a mental health
treatment center or hospital emergency room.
Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) – West Valley City Police Department personnel with
specialized training to investigate and provide resources to people in crisis who may be
suffering from a defined mental illness and/or other calls of crisis not related to mental illness.
418. 4 AUTHORITY
If an officer observes a person involved in conduct that gives the officer probable cause to
believe that the person is mentally ill and because of that mental illness, there is a substantial
likelihood of serious harm to that person or others, the officer may take that person into protective
custody.
The officer shall arrange for a medical transport vehicle to transport the person to the designated
facility of the appropriate local mental health authority, either on the basis of his/her own
observation or on the basis of a mental health officer's observation reported to him/her by that
mental health officer. The officer shall place the person in the custody of the local mental health
authority and make application for commitment.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 09/15/2014,
04/16/2015, 06/09/2015, 10/20/2015, 11/01/2016,
03/01/2018 1 Policy 418 contains 5 page(s)
(a) Offer a medical transport vehicle to transport the individual to an appropriate facility that is
able to conduct the evaluation and admit the person pursuant to a civil commitment.
(b) If at any point the individual changes his/her mind regarding voluntary evaluation, officers
should proceed with the civil commitment, if appropriate.
(c) Document the circumstances surrounding the individual’s desire to pursue voluntary
evaluation and/or admission.
(d) Officers may conduct a courtesy transport for the citizen to a local mental health facility or
emergency room for compliant persons wishing to voluntarily commit themselves.
(b) Whenever possible, a CIT officer will be dispatched to provide direction and be the primary
contact during police response to incidents involving persons in crisis or who are believed
to be mentally ill.
(c) When a call is received and can be determined that it likely involves a person suffering a
mental health crisis and/or it involves mentally ill individuals, the Valley Emergency
Communications Center (VECC) will dispatch the necessary patrol units and the nearest
CIT unit, if available.
(d) If a CIT officer is not on scene the officers at the scene shall evaluate the situation, and
based upon the information and circumstances known at that time, shall determine if the
situation warrants response of a CIT officer.
(e) If a CIT officer is requested to assist, or is initially dispatched, on arrival, the CIT officer(s)
shall have and maintain on-scene responsibility unless otherwise directed by a supervisor.
(f) CIT officers will respond from their normal work assignments.
(h) Fire Department personnel do not conduct mental health evaluations. If the person requires
a mental health evaluation, the officer should have the Mobile Crisis Outreach Team
(MCOT) respond; or, if the person is a danger to themselves or others, and the person is
not compliant, the officer will arrange transport with the Fire Department to an appropriate
medical facility. (See Transportation § 418.7)
(a) Available information that might assist in determining the cause and nature of the
individual’s actions or stated intention.
(b) Community or neighborhood mediation services.
(c) Conflict resolution and de-escalation techniques.
(d) Community or other resources available to assist in dealing with mental health issues.
While these steps are encouraged, nothing in this section is intended to dissuade officers from
taking reasonable action to ensure the safety of the officers and others.
Civil commitments should be preferred over arrest for people with mental health issues who are
suspected of committing minor crimes or creating other public safety issues.
418.7 TRANSPORTATION
If a medical problem is observed requiring transport or if application for civil commitment is
appropriate, the person shall be transported in a medical vehicle. If a medical transport vehicle
is unavailable, officers may transport individuals who do not require direct medical observation
during transport in a patrol vehicle if the person is compliant, or requesting voluntary
commitment. If a medical transport vehicle is unavailable, officers may transport individuals
who do not require direct medical observation during transport in a patrol vehicle. Officers shall
obtain the approval of a supervisor prior to transporting an individual to a mental health facility
in a patrol vehicle. Officers transporting individuals in a patrol vehicle shall secure the individual
in accordance with the Handcuffing and Restraints Policy, § 306.
When transporting any individual for a courtesy transport, or a voluntary commitment, the
transporting officer should have the Valley Emergency Communications Center (VECC) notify
the receiving facility of the estimated time of arrival, the level of cooperation of the individual and
whether any special medical care is needed.
Should the detainee require transport in a medical transport vehicle and the safety of any
person, including the detainee, requires the presence of an officer during the transport, Watch
Commander approval is required before transport commences. Otherwise the officer will
immediately follow the medical transport vehicle maintaining custody of the person being
transported.
If MCOT, or other mental health care response team responds to the scene and determines
that application for civil commitment is appropriate. That agency shall conduct the commitment
application and may determine method of transport as per their policies and guidelines.
Absent exigent circumstances, the transporting officer should not assist facility staff with the
admission process, including restraint of the individual. However, if the individual is transported
and delivered while restrained, the officer may assist with transferring the individual to facility
restraints and will be available to assist during the admission process, if requested. Under normal
circumstances, officers will not apply facility-ordered restraints.
418.9 DOCUMENTATION
The officer should complete an application for commitment, provide it to the facility staff member
assigned to the individual and retain a copy of the application for inclusion in the case report.
If MCOT or another mental health resource agency is called to the scene for an evaluation of
the person in crisis, the officer shall document in his/her report who responded and what
actions were taken by that agency to include transportation of the subject if applicable.
The officer should also provide a verbal summary to any evaluating staff member regarding the
circumstances leading to the involuntary detention.
When an individual who may qualify for a civil commitment has committed a serious criminal
offense that would normally result in an arrest and transfer to a jail facility, the officer should:
(b) Notify the appropriate supervisor of the facts supporting the arrest and the facts that
would support the civil commitment.
(d) Thoroughly document in the related reports the circumstances that indicate the individual
may qualify for a civil commitment.
(e) Follow the applicable policy for detainee transportation in Policy § 307.
In the supervisor’s judgment, the individual may be arrested or booked and transported to the
appropriate mental health facility. The supervisor should consider the seriousness of the
offense, the treatment options available, the ability of this Department to regain custody of the
individual, Department resources (e.g., posting a guard) and other relevant factors in making
this decision
(a) The subject’s state of mind and ability to answer the officer’s questions appropriately.
1. If an officer believes that the subject is suffering from a mental illness and that the
illness has contributed to the circumstances surrounding the reason for contact,
an effort will be made to have a CIT certified officer respond to the scene.
2. If the subject’s state of mind is in question or they cannot answer questions
appropriately, an interview should not be conducted.
(b) Officers should refrain from tactics meant to confuse the subject.
(c) In the case of an interview or interrogation, officers need to take care to ensure that the
waiver of Miranda rights is knowing, intelligent and voluntary.
Officers are cautioned that a search warrant may be needed before seizing weapons or
entering a residence o r o t h e r p l a c e to search unless lawful, warrantless entry has already
been made (e.g., exigent circumstances, valid consent).
The handling officer should further advise the individual of the procedure for the return of any
firearm or other deadly weapon which has been taken into custody.
418.13 TRAINING
The Department will provide documented refresher training on interacting with mentally disabled
persons, civil commitments and crisis intervention for all agency personnel on an annual basis.
(a) A field release is when the violator is released in the field without being transported to a
jail facility.
(b) A jail release is when a violator is released after being transported to the jail and
booked.
Off-duty officers observing criminal activity should generally take enforcement action only when
it reasonably appears that imminent risk to life or property exists and the reasonable opportunity
does not exist to contact the law enforcement agency with primary jurisdiction. In such situations
the involved officer shall clearly identify him/herself as a police officer.
Officers are authorized to use verbal or written warnings to resolve minor traffic and criminal
violations when appropriate.
(a) The person arrested is so intoxicated that he/she could be a danger to himself/herself or to
others. Release may occur as soon as this condition no longer exists.
(b) The person arrested requires medical examination or medical care or is otherwise
unable to care for his/her own safety.
1. An arrestee shall not be released from custody for the sole purpose of allowing that
person to obtain medical care with the intention of immediately re-arresting the
same individual upon discharge from the hospital unless it can be determined that
the hospital can bill and collect from a third-party payment source.
(c) There are one or more outstanding arrest warrants for the person.
(d) The person could not provide satisfactory evidence of personal identification.
(e) The prosecution of the offense or offenses for which the person was arrested or the
prosecution of any other offense or offenses would be jeopardized by the immediate
release of the person arrested (Utah Code 77-7-2(3)(b)).
(f) There is a reasonable likelihood that the offense or offenses would continue or
resume, or that the safety of persons or property would be imminently endangered by
the release of the person arrested (Utah Code 77-7-2(3)(c)).
(g) The person arrested demands to be taken before a magistrate.
(h) The magistrate with jurisdiction has issued a standing written order mandating a
custodial arrest for a person who has refused to sign a Notice to Appear Form.
(i) There is reason to believe that the person would not appear at the time and place
specified in the Notice to Appear Form. The basis for this determination shall be
specifically stated (Utah Code 77-7-2(3)(a)). The person's refusal to sign the citation, in
and of itself, does not meet this requirement.
The officer shall also advise the defendant that his/her signature is not an admission of guilt.
(a) It appears to the magistrate that the accused will appear on a summons.
(b) There is no substantial danger of a breach of the peace.
(c) There is no substantial danger of injury to persons or property.
(d) There is no substantial danger to the community.
Release under this section shall be done in accordance with the provisions of this section.
All other misdemeanor violations for juveniles shall be documented with a case number and the
case should be referred to the Investigation Section for further action including diversion.
422.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Foreign National - Anyone who is not a citizen of the United States (U.S.). A person with dual-
citizenship, U.S. and foreign, is not a foreign national.
Currently, there is one Consulate Office in Utah, which is the Consulate of Mexico.
422.4 IDENTIFICATION
All diplomatic and consular personnel who are entitled to immunity are registered with the
Department of State and are issued distinctive identification cards by the Department of State
Protocol Office. These cards are the best means of identifying foreign service personnel.
A subject who is placed under arrest and claims diplomatic or consular immunity shall not be
physically restrained before verification of the claim (unless restraint is necessary for the
protection of the officer or others).
A supervisor shall be promptly notified and should respond to the scene when possible. Field
verification of the claimant's identity is to be attempted as follows:
(a) Identification cards issued by the Department of State, Protocol Office, are the only valid
evidence of diplomatic or consular immunity. The following types of identification cards are
issued: Diplomatic (blue bordered), Consular (red bordered) and Official (green
bordered). The Department of State identification cards are 3-3/4 inch by 1-1/2 inch and
contain a photograph of the bearer.
(b) Initiate telephone verification with the Department of State. Newly arrived members of
diplomatic or consular missions may not yet have official Department of State identity
documents. Verify immunity by telephone with the Department of State any time an
individual claims immunity and cannot present satisfactory identification, when the
officer has reason to doubt the claim of immunity, or there is a possibility of physical
arrest. Law enforcement personnel should use the following numbers in order of
preference:
Department of State
Diplomatic Security Service Command Center
(202) 647-7277
(202) 647-1512
(Available 24 hours)
(202) 647-0122 FAX
Members of diplomatic or consular missions also may have other forms of identification.
These include identification cards issued by the Office of Emergency Services, local law
enforcement agencies, the foreign embassy, or consulate; driver's licenses issued by the
Department of State; and the Department of State license indicia on the vehicle. All these items
are only an indication that the bearer may have some form of immunity.
Subjects verified through the above procedures as being officials entitled to immunity
(diplomatic agent, consular officers and consular staff and family members from countries with
which the U.S. has special agreements) may not be arrested. The procedures below shall be
followed. These procedures should also be used in the event immunity cannot be verified, but
another form of identification indicates that immunity is probable.
If the release of the violator will not create an additional hazard, adequate information to
properly identify the violator shall be obtained then the official shall be released. A
supervisor's approval for the release shall be obtained whenever possible. The necessary
release documents and/or a Certificate of Release Form should only be issued under the
proper conditions.
If the violator appears to have been driving while under the influence, field sobriety tests,
including Preliminary Alcohol Screening (PAS) device tests and chemical tests should be
offered and obtained whenever possible. However, these tests cannot be compelled. The
subject shall not be permitted to drive. A supervisor's approval for release shall be obtained
whenever possible and alternative transportation should be arranged.
ll facts of the incident shall be documented in accordance with this policy in a Driving Under
the Influence (DUI) Arrest Report, Arrest Report and/or any other relevant report form.
Notwithstanding the field release of the subject, prosecution is still appropriate and should
be pursued by the command concerned. The Department of State will take appropriate
sanctions against errant foreign service personnel, even where prosecution is not undertaken
by the agency.
422.6.1 VEHICLES
Vehicles that are owned by subjects with full immunity, may not be searched, stored or
impounded without the owner's permission (Such permission may be assumed if the
vehicle has been stolen). These vehicles may, however, be towed the necessary distance to
remove them from obstructing traffic or creating any other hazard.
422.6.2 REPORTS
A photocopy of each traffic collision report involving an identified diplomat and/or immunity
Officers shall arrest foreign nationals only under the following circumstances:
After a lawful detention or criminal arrest, officers may detain foreign nationals solely for
alleged undocumented presence in the U.S. if the U.S. Immigration and Customs
Enforcement (ICE) is contacted and can respond to take custody within a reasonable time.
Officers shall not arrest foreign nationals for undocumented presence. Federal courts have
consistently held that undocumented presence is not a crime but a federal civil violation only
enforceable by federal officers.
• Officers shall not stop or detain persons solely for determining immigration status.
• International treaty obligations provide for notification of foreign governments when
foreign nationals are arrested or otherwise detained in the U.S.
• Whenever an officer arrests and incarcerates a foreign national or detains a foreign
national for investigation for over two hours, the officer shall promptly advise the
individual that he/she is entitled to have his/her government notified of the arrest or
detention. If the individual wants his/her government notified, the officer shall begin the
notification process.
This procedure applies to detentions of more than two hours. An inquiry is not required if the
If the individual indicates that he/she is other than a U.S. citizen, the officer shall advise the
individual that he/she has a right to have the nearest appropriate embassy or consulate notified
of the arrest/detention (Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, Art. 36, (1969)).
If the individual requests such notification, the supervisor who completes the booking
approval shall notify the appropriate embassy/consulate with the following information
concerning the individual:
• Country of citizenship.
• Full name of individual, including paternal and maternal surname, if used
• Date of birth or age.
• Current residence.
• Time, date, place, location of incarceration/detention and the 24-hour telephone
number of the place of detention if different from the Department itself.
If the individual claims citizenship of one of the countries for which notification of the
consulate/embassy is mandatory, the supervisor who completes the booking approval shall,
as soon as practicable, notify the embassy/consulate regardless of whether the individual
desires that the embassy/consulate be notified. This procedure is critical because of treaty
obligations with the particular countries. The list of countries and jurisdictions that require
notification can be found on the U.S. Department of State website at
http://travel.state.gov/law/consular/consular_5125.html .
422.7.2 DOCUMENTATION
Officers shall document in the narrative of the appropriate Initial Report the date and time the
embassy/consulate was notified of the foreign national's arrest/detention and his/her claimed
nationality.
If a member of Congress is stopped for a traffic infraction, he/she shall, upon presentation of
valid credentials, be immediately released. The officer may then obtain a citation for the
member of Congress covering the observed violation and make arrangements to serve the
citation at a time when the member of Congress is not in transit to or from Congress, or on official
business.
424.2 POLICY
The policy of the Department in dealing with the crisis situation shall be:
Nothing in this policy shall preclude the use of necessary force, deadly or otherwise, by
members of the Department in protecting themselves or others from death or serious injury.
424.3 PROCEDURE
If there is a reasonable belief that acts or threats by a suspect are placing lives in imminent
danger, first responding officers should consider reasonable options to immediately eliminate
the threat. Officers must decide, often under a multitude of difficult and rapidly evolving
circumstances, whether to advance on the suspect, take other actions to deal with the threat
or wait for additional resources.
(a) Whether sufficient personnel are available on-scene to advance on the suspect. Any
advance on a suspect should be made using two or more officers whenever reasonably
possible.
(b) Whether individuals who are under imminent threat can be moved out of danger with
reasonable safety.
(c) Whether the officers have the ability to effectively communicate with others in the field.
(d) Whether the officers’ location and plan of action has been relayed and acknowledged by
Dispatch.
(e) If the situation requires additional police personnel, mutual aid requests should be made
in accordance to Policy §352, Mutual Aid and Outside Agency Assistance.
(f) Whether planned tactics can be effectively deployed.
(g) The availability of rifles, shotguns, shields, control devices and any other appropriate tools,
and whether the deployment of these tools will provide a tactical advantage.
(h) In a case of a barricaded suspect with no hostages and no immediate threat to others,
officers should consider summoning and waiting for additional assistance (special
tactics and/or hostage negotiation team response).
(i) If a suspect is actively engaged in the infliction of serious bodily harm or other life-
threatening activity toward others, the officer shall take immediate action, if reasonably
possible, to stop the threat presented by the suspect while calling for additional
assistance.
(j) If injured parties are located, their location and what medical needs may exist.
(k) As soon as reasonably safe and practical, a rescue team will be organized and deployed
to evacuate injured parties.
(l) Depending on the number of injured parties, local hospitals may be contacted and
apprised of the situation. Additional police resources may be utilized to ensure safety.
424.6 TRAINING
It will be the responsibility of the Professional Standards Section Lieutenant to ensure that all
sworn employees of the Department receive training on the response to active threats and
rapid deployment teams. An annual review of this policy will be conducted and any future
training needs will be identified and implemented as needed. A complete and thorough debrief
of any incidents will also be conducted and reviewed for training purposes.
Any on-duty officer, who engages in law enforcement activities of any type outside the
immediate jurisdiction of the West Valley City Police Department, shall notify his/her
supervisor or the Watch Commander at the earliest possible opportunity. Any off-duty officer
who engages in any law enforcement activities, regardless of jurisdiction shall notify the
Watch Commander as soon as practical.
The supervisor shall determine if a case report or other documentation of the officer's activity is
required. The report or other documentation shall be forwarded to the officer's Section
Commander.
426.1.3 DE-CONFLICTION
Prior to beginning an investigation into suspected criminal activity in jurisdictions outside of West
Valley City, the lead investigator or their supervisor will contact the agency over that jurisdiction
to ensure that there are no conflicting investigations occurring at the suspect location. In
addition, the lead investigator will place the address on the appropriate Federal, State and local
de-confliction data bases to ensure that conflicts with other Federal, State or local agencies do
not exist.
Prior to the service of a search warrant in an outside jurisdiction, the lead investigator, their
supervisor and/or the entry team leader will contact the appropriate agency to ensure that no
conflict exists and will de-conflict the address on the appropriate Federal, State and local de-
confliction data bases. This will be done even when de-confliction was done at an early point in
the investigation. In addition, at least one hour prior to making entry on a search warrant the
lead investigator, their supervisor or the entry team leader will notify the outside agency's Watch
Commander to make them aware of the address and the time at which the warrant is expected
to be served.
428.3.2 SWEEPS
The West Valley City Police Department does not independently conduct sweeps or other
concentrated efforts to detain suspected undocumented aliens.
When enforcement efforts are increased in a particular area, equal consideration should be
given to all suspected violations and not just those affecting a particular race, ethnicity, age,
gender, sexual orientation, religion, socioeconomic status or other group.
The disposition of each contact (e.g., warning, citation, arrest), while discretionary in each
case, should not be affected by such factors as race, ethnicity, age, gender, sexual orientation,
religion or socioeconomic status.
Members of the Department should not participate in such federal operations as part of any
detention team unless it is in direct response to a request for assistance on a temporary basis
or for officer safety. Any detention by an employee of the Department should be based upon the
428.3.4 IDENTIFICATION
Whenever any individual is reasonably suspected of a criminal violation (infraction,
misdemeanor or felony), the investigating officer should take reasonable steps to determine the
person's identity through valid identification or other reliable sources.
428.3.5 ARREST
If the officer intends to take enforcement action and the individual is unable to reasonably
establish his/her true identity, the officer may take the person into custody on the suspected
criminal violation. A field supervisor shall approve all such arrests.
428.3.6 BOOKING
If the officer is unable to reasonably establish an arrestee's identity, the individual may be
booked into jail for the suspected criminal violation and held for bail (Utah Code § 77-7-2 and
Utah Code § 76-8-301.5).
If an officer believes that an individual taken into custody for an offense other than a felony is
also an undocumented alien, and the individual is not going to be booked into county jail, the
arresting officer may cause ICE to be notified for consideration of an immigration hold. In
making the determination whether to notify ICE in such circumstances, the officer should, in
consultation with a supervisor, consider the totality of circumstances of each case, including, but
not limited to:
Generally, officers will not need to notify ICE when booking arrestees at the county jail.
Immigration officials routinely interview suspected undocumented aliens who are booked into
the county jail on criminal charges and notification will be handled according to jail operation
procedures. This does not prevent an officer from also notifying ICE of the booking.
All individuals, regardless of their immigration status, must feel secure that contacting law
enforcement will not make them vulnerable to deportation. Members should not attempt to
determine the immigration status of crime victims and witnesses or take enforcement action
against them absent exigent circumstances or reasonable cause to believe that a crime victim
or witness is involved in violating criminal laws. Generally, if an officer suspects that a victim or
witness is an undocumented immigrant, the officer need not report the person to ICE unless
circumstances indicate such reporting is reasonably necessary.
Nothing in this policy is intended to restrict officers from exchanging legitimate law
enforcement information with any other federal, state or local government entity (Title 8
U.S.C. § 1373, 8 U.S.C. § 1644 and Utah Code § 67-5-28).
If a break occurs on the District's side of the meter, Granger Hunter Water Improvement
District's emergency personnel should be called as soon as practical by Valley Emergency
Communications Center.
432.2.1 DEFINITION
A patrol rifle is an authorized weapon which is owned by the Department and which is made
available to properly trained and qualified officers as a supplemental resource to their duty
handgun or shotgun. No personally owned rifles may be carried for patrol duty unless
inspected by the Department Armorer and pre-approved in writing by the Chief of Police, his/her
designee and the Department Armorer.
Only those officers assigned to the SWAT team may carry a Colt M4 Commando Model
R0933 or any other fully automatic rifle.
432.3 SPECIFICATIONS
Only weapons and ammunition that meet agency authorized specifications, approved by the
Chief of Police, and issued by the Department may be used by officers in their law
enforcement responsibilities. The authorized patrol rifle issued by the Department is the Colt
M4/Commando.
• Any other rifle to be used will require inspection by the Department Armorer and
approval by the Training Section Lieutenant and approval from the Chief of Police or
his/her designee with a letter of authorization.
All ammunition to be used for duty purposes will be approved by the Training Section Lieutenant.
(d) Any patrol rifle found to be unserviceable shall be removed from service. The rifle shall be
clearly labeled as "out of service" and details regarding the weapon's condition shall be
included on the label.
(e) Each patrol rifle shall be subject to inspection by a supervisor or the Department Armorer
at any time.
(f) No modification to Department issued rifles or personally owned rifles authorized for
Department use will be authorized without an inspection and approval by the Department
Armorer and written approval by the Training Section Lieutenant and from the Chief of
Police or his/her designee.
432.5 TRAINING
Officers shall not carry or utilize the patrol rifle unless they have successfully completed
Department training. This training shall consist of an initial Patrol Rifle classroom and range
training course. Officers shall thereafter be required to successfully complete annual
qualifications conducted by a certified Patrol Rifle Instructor.
Any officer who fails to qualify or who fails to successfully complete the annual qualification
sessions will no longer be authorized to carry the patrol rifle without successfully retaking the
initial Patrol Rifle classroom and range training course and scored qualification exercise.
Documentation of the issuance of and instruction on the directives listed above shall be placed
in the employee’s training file.
434.2 RESPONSIBILITIES
In the event of an aircraft crash the employee responsibilities are as follows.
The duties of the field officer at the scene of an aircraft accident include the following:
Entering an aircraft or tampering with parts or debris is only permissible for the purpose of
removing injured or trapped occupants, protecting the wreckage from further damage or
protecting the public from danger. If possible, the investigating authority should first be
consulted before entering or moving any aircraft or any crash debris. Photographs or sketches
of the original positions should be made whenever feasible.
The fire department will be responsible for control of the accident scene until the injured
parties are cared for and the accident scene has been rendered safe for containment.
Thereafter, police personnel will be responsible for preserving the scene until relieved by the
investigating authority.
Once the scene is relinquished to the investigating authority, personnel from this department may
assist in containment of the scene until the investigation is completed or assistance is no longer
needed.
An airport service worker or the airport manager may respond to the scene to assist the on-
scene commander with technical expertise, should it be needed during the operation.
The aircraft accident may also be investigated by the National Transportation Safety Board in
addition to the Federal Aviation Administration.
Entering an aircraft or tampering with parts or debris is only permissible for the purpose of
removing injured or trapped occupants and protecting the public from further danger. If
possible, any intentions to tamper with or move an aircraft involved in an accident should be
cleared with the FAA investigator in advance.
Military personnel will respond to take charge of any military aircraft involved, whether
injuries or deaths have occurred. In any military aircraft accident, officers should be aware of
the possibility of military ordinance being present. Officers shall protect such ordinance from
the public, and avoid handling, disturbing, removing, or any other action that may cause
detonation of any military ordinance. If necessary officers will be posted at a safe distance
from such ordinance to prevent other officers, fire personnel, or other responding personnel
from harm until the appropriate military ordinance disposal unit arrives.
If military ordinance or suspected ordinance is present at the accident scene notification of the
appropriate military ordinance disposal unit shall be made as soon as possible. Upon their
arrival the control of that aspect of the investigation shall their responsibility.
If no injury or death results and the FAA elect not to respond, the pilot or owner may assume
control of the aircraft.
Removal of the wreckage shall be done under the guidance of the FAA or military authorities, or
at the discretion of the pilot or the owner, if the FAA is not responding for an on-site
investigation.
When an aircraft accident is reported to the Department by the airport tower personnel the
dispatcher receiving such information should verify that the tower personnel will contact the FAA
Flight Standards District Office and the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB). In the
event that airport personnel are not involved, the dispatcher should notify the FAA and the
NTSB.
434.2.4 RECORDS SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
The Records Supervisor is responsible for the following:
(a) Forward and maintain an approved copy of the accident report to the Utah Department of
Transportation, Division of Aeronautics.
(b) Forward a copy of the report to the Patrol Section Commander and the manager of the
affected airport.
(a) Obtain information for a press release from the on-scene commander or designee.
(b) When practical, the Department Public Information Officer should coordinate with the FAA
Press Information Officer to prepare a press release for distribution to the media.
434.3 DOCUMENTATION
Any aircraft accident (crash) within the City, regardless of whether injuries or deaths occur, shall
be documented.
After treatment and removal of all injured persons, if any, primary jurisdiction of the scene
shall revert to the appropriate federal investigative agency upon their arrival. The department
will provide any appropriate assistance to these agencies.
It is the policy of the Department to assign all new police officers to a structured Field
Training Program that is designed to prepare the new officer to perform in a patrol
assignment, and acquire the necessary skills to operate in a safe, productive and
professional manner.
436.2.2 TRAINING
An officer selected as an FTO shall successfully complete a course of training outlined by
the Training Unit.
(a) Maintain liaison responsibilities with POST Academy staff to monitor cadet
performance.
(b) Assignment of Officers in Training (OITs) to FTOs.
(c) To monitor each OIT’s progress by reviewing Daily Observation Reports (DORs) and
Supervisor’s Weekly Reviews (SWRs).
1. Counseling OITs when serious or repetitive deficiencies are noted.
To the extent practical, entry level and lateral officers should be assigned to a variety of
FTOs, shifts and geographical areas during their Field Training Program.
The FTO Program Coordinator will review the OIT’s training records and determine what, if
any, additional means of training are necessary to attempt to reach proficiency.
If the FTO Program Coordinator determines that sufficient remedial training has been
provided, yet remains unsuccessful, he/she will forward this information up his/her chain of
command to determine recommendations regarding whether or not the OIT should remain
in the Field Training Program.
436.6 EVALUATIONS
Evaluations are an important component of the training process and shall be completed as
outlined below.
436.7 DOCUMENTATION
All documentation of the Field Training Program will be retained in the officer's training files
and/or program management software. Documentation will consist of the following:
(h) The Training Unit Sergeant will prepare a quarterly and annual report regarding the
status of the FTO program and its participants. The report will be forwarded to the
Professional Standards Section Lieutenant.
It is the policy of the Department to assign all new police officers to a structured Field
Training Program that is designed to prepare the new officer to perform in a patrol
assignment, and acquire the necessary skills to operate in a safe, productive and
professional manner.
436.2.2 TRAINING
An officer selected as an FTO shall successfully complete a course of training outlined by
the Training Unit.
(a) Maintain liaison responsibilities with POST Academy staff to monitor cadet
performance.
(b) Assignment of Officers in Training (OITs) to FTOs.
(c) To monitor each OIT’s progress by reviewing Daily Observation Reports (DORs) and
Supervisor’s Weekly Reviews (SWRs).
1. Counseling OITs when serious or repetitive deficiencies are noted.
2. Forwarding recommendations and reports on OIT progress, retention, and
termination to the Training Unit Sergeant.
3. To track, receive and maintain the SWRs.
(d) To monitor the performance of FTOs, as trainers, through evaluations prepared by
OITs with input from each FTO’s supervisor.
1. Counseling FTOs relative to training matters and teaching techniques.
2. Forwarding recommendations to the Training Unit Sergeant relative to FTO
performance and retention.
(e) Continuous evaluation of the FTO program to ensure compliance with the
expectations and standards set by the Department.
(f) Maintain records of FTO performance and evaluation.
(g) Coordination of training for all FTOs and OITs, to include:
1. Development and scheduling of p e r i o d i c t r a i n i n g for FTOs, including the
organization and development in initial FTO training.
(h) Maintain and update FTO program management software.
To the extent practical, entry level and lateral officers should be assigned to a variety of
FTOs, shifts and geographical areas during their Field Training Program.
The FTO Program Coordinator will review the OIT’s training records and determine what, if
any, additional means of training are necessary to attempt to reach proficiency.
If the FTO Program Coordinator determines that sufficient remedial training has been
provided, yet remains unsuccessful, he/she will forward this information up his/her chain of
command to determine recommendations regarding whether or not the OIT should remain
in the Field Training Program.
436.6 EVALUATIONS
Evaluations are an important component of the training process and shall be completed as
outlined below.
436.7 DOCUMENTATION
All documentation of the Field Training Program will be retained in the officer's training files
and/or program management software. Documentation will consist of the following:
(b) Sergeant's Weekly Reviews (SWRs).
(c) Watch Commander phase meeting with attached IDC
(d) FTO Checklist.
(e) In-house academy documents and training activities
(f) Any other written documents completed by the OIT, FTO(s) and supervisors
regarding the performance of the OIT.
(h) The Training Unit Sergeant will prepare a quarterly and annual report regarding the
status of the FTO program and its participants. The report will be forwarded to the
Professional Standards & Training Section Lieutenant.
(a) When the helicopter is activated under existing mutual aid agreements.
(b) Whenever the safety of law enforcement personnel is in jeopardy and the presence of
the helicopters may reduce such hazard.
(c) When the use of the helicopters will aid in the capture of a suspected fleeing felon
whose continued freedom represents an ongoing threat to the community.
(d) When a helicopter is needed to locate a person who has strayed or is lost and whose
continued absence constitutes a serious health or safety hazard.
(e) Vehicle pursuits.
While it is recognized that the availability of helicopter support will generally provide valuable
assistance to ground personnel, the presence of a helicopter will rarely replace the need for
officers on the ground.
440.2 DEFINITIONS
Detention - Occurs when an officer intentionally, through words, actions or physical force
causes an individual to reasonably believe he/she is being required to restrict his/her
movement. Detentions also occur when an officer actually restrains a person's freedom of
movement.
Consensual Encounter - Occurs when an officer contacts an individual but does not create a
detention through words, actions or other means. In other words, a reasonable individual would
believe that his/her contact with the officer is voluntary.
Field Interview (FI) - The brief detainment of an individual, whether on foot or in a vehicle, based
on reasonable suspicion for the purposes of determining the individual's identity and resolving
the officer's suspicions.
Pat-Down Search - This type of search is used by officers in the field to check an individual for
weapons. It involves a thorough patting down of clothing to locate any weapons or dangerous
items that could pose a danger to the officer, the detainee or others.
Reasonable Suspicion - Occurs when, under the totality of the circumstances, an officer has
facts that criminal activity may be afoot and a particular person is connected with that possible
criminal activity and is able to articulate those facts.
(c) The hour of day or night is inappropriate for the suspect's presence in the area.
(d) The suspect's presence in the particular area is suspicious.
(e) The suspect is carrying a suspicious object.
(f) The suspect's clothing bulges in a manner that suggests he/she is carrying a
weapon.
(g) The suspect is located in proximate time and place to an alleged crime.
(h) The officer has knowledge of the suspect's prior criminal record or involvement in
criminal activity.
(a) Identify all persons present at the scene and in the immediate area.
1. When feasible, a recorded statement should be obtained from those persons who
claim not to have witnessed the incident but who were present at the time it
occurred.
2. Any potential witness who is unwilling or unable to remain available for a formal
interview should not be detained absent reasonable suspicion to detain or
probable cause to arrest. Without detaining the individual for the sole purpose of
identification, officers should attempt to identify the witness prior to his/her
departure.
(b) Witnesses who are willing to provide a formal interview should be asked to meet at a
suitable location where criminal investigators may obtain a recorded statement. Such
witnesses, if willing, may be transported by department personnel.
1. When the witness is a minor, consent should be obtained from the parent or
guardian, if available, prior to transportation.
Code 77-7-16). Circumstances that may establish justification for performing a pat-down
search include, but are not limited to the following:
(a) The type of crime suspected, particularly in crimes of violence where the use or
threat of deadly weapons is involved.
(b) Where more than one suspect must be handled by a single officer.
(c) The hour of the day and the location or neighborhood where the stop takes place.
(d) Prior knowledge of the suspect's use of force and/or propensity to carry offensive or
deadly weapons.
(e) The appearance and demeanor of the suspect.
(f) Visual indications which suggest that the suspect is carrying a firearm or other
weapon.
(g) The age and gender of the suspect.
If, prior to taking a photograph, the officer's reasonable suspicion of criminal activity has been
dispelled, the detention must cease and the photograph should not be taken.
All field photographs and related reports shall be entered into a criminal intelligence system in
accordance to Policy § 442.3, Criminal Intelligence Systems, or retained in a temporary
information file in accordance to Policy § 442.4, Temporary Information File.
When a photograph is taken in association with a particular case, the detective may use such
photograph in a photo lineup. Thereafter, the individual photograph should be retained as a part
of the case file. All other photographs will be kept in the Records Section in a separate non-
booking photograph file in alphabetical order.
Such a meeting will generally be scheduled during regular business hours within 30 days of
the receipt of the written request. An extension of the 30-day limit may be made either upon
the mutual convenience of the parties or if, at the discretion of the Chief of Police, there
appears to be an ongoing legitimate law enforcement interest which warrants a delay. If the delay
could jeopardize an ongoing investigation, nothing in this policy shall require the Chief of
Police to disclose the reason(s) for the delay.
A meeting for the review of the status of any non-arrest photograph/FI is not intended to be a
formal hearing, but simply an informal opportunity for the individual to meet with the Chief of
Police or designee to discuss the matter.
After carefully considering the information available, the Chief of Police or designee will
determine, generally within 30 days of the original meeting, whether the photograph/FI was
obtained in accordance with existing law and any West Valley City Police Department policy and,
even if properly obtained, whether there is any ongoing legitimate law enforcement interest in
retaining the photograph/FI.
If the Chief of Police or designee determines that the photograph/FI was obtained in
accordance with existing law and any Department policy and that there is an ongoing
legitimate law enforcement interest in retaining the non-arrest photograph, the photograph/FI
If the Chief of Police or designee determines that the original legitimate law enforcement
interest in retaining a non-arrest photograph no longer exists or that it was obtained in
violation of existing law or any West Valley City Police Department policy, the original
photograph will be destroyed or returned to the person photographed, if requested. All
other associated reports or documents, however, will be retained according to any
Department policy and applicable law.
If the Chief of Police or designee determines that the original legitimate law enforcement
interest in retaining a non-arrest FI no longer exists or that the original FI was not obtained in
accordance with established law or any West Valley City Police Department policy, the original
FI may only be destroyed upon the execution of a full and complete waiver of liability by the
individual (and guardian if a minor) arising out of that field contact.
If the Chief of Police or designee determines that any involved West Valley City Police
Department personnel violated existing law or any Department policy, the Chief of Police or
designee shall initiate a separate internal investigation which may result in additional training,
discipline or other appropriate action for the involved employees.
The person photographed/FI'd will be informed in writing within 30 days of the Chief of
Police's determination of whether the photograph/FI will be retained. This does not entitle any
person to any discovery or access to any law enforcement records not otherwise
authorized by law.
442.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
Criminal intelligence system – Any record system that receives, stores, exchanges or
disseminates information that has been evaluated and determined to be relevant to the
identification of a criminal organization or enterprise, its members or affiliates. This does not
include temporary information files.
442.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department recognizes that certain criminal activities, including
but not limited to gang crimes, human trafficking, vice/prostitution, use or possession of
explosive devices, threats to public officials/private citizens, terrorism and drug trafficking,
often involve some degree of regular coordination and may involve a large number of
participants over a broad geographical area.
It is the policy of this Department to collect and share relevant information while respecting
the privacy and legal rights of the public.
this Department, such as open or public source documents or documents that are on file at
another agency, the designated supervisor should ensure those documents are referenced in
the criminal intelligence system. Any supporting documentation for an entry shall be
retained by the Records Section in accordance with the established records retention
schedule and for at least as long as the entry is maintained in the criminal intelligence system.
The designated supervisor shall periodically review temporary information files to verify that
the contents meet the criteria for retention. Validation and purging of files is the responsibility
of the supervisor.
442.8 TRAINING
The Intelligence Unit supervisor should provide training on best practices in the use of each
authorized criminal intelligence system to those tasked with investigating criminal
organizations and enterprises. Training should include:
(a) The protection of civil liberties.
(b) Participation in a multiagency criminal intelligence system.
(c) Submission of information into a multiagency criminal intelligence system or the receipt of
information from such a system, including any governing federal and state rules and
statutes.
(d) The type of information appropriate for entry into a criminal intelligence system or
temporary information file.
(e) The review and purging of temporary information files.
Messages may be reviewed by supervisors at any time without prior notification. Employees
generating or transmitting messages not in compliance with this policy are subject to
discipline.
All calls dispatched to patrol units should be communicated by voice and MDT. Calls of a
sensitive nature and calls that could jeopardized officer safety or operational security may be
communicated by MDT alone. In addition to the officers responding on this type of call, the
Watch Commander or field supervisor should also be made aware of the call.
If the vehicle is manned by two officers, the passenger officer should be responsible for
sending and receiving messages and requests. An exception to this would be if the
passenger officer is in the initial stages of the Field Training Process. Then the Field
Training Officer should operate the MDT in accordance with Departmental Rules and
Regulations.
(a) All contacts or activity shall be documented at the time of the contact.
(b) Whenever the activity or contact is initiated by voice, it shall be entered into the
Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system by a dispatcher.
(c) Whenever the activity or contact is not initiated by voice, the officer shall record it on the
MDT.
Other changes in status may be entered by depressing the appropriate keys on the MDT.
(a) If the vehicle is not on a call, send available units to assist in locating the vehicle
transmitting the emergency. Whenever a location is known, immediately dispatch the
nearest available vehicle Code-3.
(b) Notify the field sergeant and Watch Commander of the incident without delay.
Units not responding to the emergency shall refrain from transmitting on the radio until there is a
Code-4, unless they are themselves handling an emergency.
This policy does not apply to surreptitious interception of electronic communications for lawful
authorized investigative purposes or to mobile audio video recordings (see Mobile Audio Video
Procedure Policy).
450.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department may provide members with access to portable
recorders, either audio or video or both, for use during the performance of their duties. The
use of recorders is intended to enhance the mission of the Department by accurately capturing
contacts between members of the Department and the public.
450.3 PRIVACY
All recordings made by personnel acting in their official capacity as members of this
department shall remain the property of the Department and should not be considered
private, regardless of whether those recordings were made with department-issued or
personally owned recorders.
Any member assigned to a non-uniformed position may carry an approved portable recorder at
any time the member believes that such a device may be useful.
When using a recorder, the assigned member shall record his/her name, employee number and
the current date and time at the beginning and the end of the shift or other period of use,
regardless of whether any activity was recorded. This procedure is not required when the
recording device and related software captures the user's unique identification and the date and
time of each recording.
Members of the Department may surreptitiously record any conversation to which he/she is a
party during the course of a criminal investigation in which the officer reasonably believes that
such a recording will be beneficial to the investigation.
Members are also prohibited from retaining recordings of activities or information obtained while
on-duty whether the recording was created with a department-issued or personally owned
recorder. Members shall not duplicate or distribute such recordings, except for authorized
legitimate department business purposes. All such recordings shall be retained at the
Department.
Members are prohibited from using personally owned recording devices while on-duty
without the express consent of the Watch Commander. Any member who uses a personally
owned recorder for department-related activities shall comply with the provisions of this policy,
including retention and release requirements.
Recordings shall not be used by any member for the purpose of embarrassment or ridicule.
Any member who may have questions regarding the application of this policy is encouraged to
seek clarification from supervisory personnel.
Any time a member reasonably believes a recorded contact may be beneficial in a non-
criminal matter (e.g., a hostile contact), the member should promptly notify a supervisor of
the existence of the recording.
Members should upload the file, in accordance with current procedure for storing digital files,
at the end of their shift and any time the storage capacity is nearing its limit.
Supervisors are authorized to review relevant recordings any time they are investigating
alleged misconduct, reports of meritorious conduct or whenever such recordings would be
beneficial in reviewing the member's performance.
454.2 POLICY
Patrol bicycles may be used for regular patrol duty, traffic enforcement, parking control or
special events. The use of the patrol bicycle will emphasize officer mobility and visibility to the
community.
Bicycles may be deployed to any area at all hours of the day or night, according to
Department needs and as staffing levels allow.
Requests for specific deployment of bicycle patrol officers shall be coordinated through the
Community Services Unit supervisor or the Watch Commander.
454.3 TRAINING
Officers using bicycles for patrol or other department related functions should successfully
complete the Utah POST 32-hour basic training course or a Department-approved bicycle-
training course after acceptance into the program. Thereafter officers using patrol bicycles
should receive twice yearly in-service training to improve skills and refresh safety, health and
operational procedures. The initial training shall minimally include the following:
Optional equipment includes a radio head set and microphone. In colder weather a jacket may
be worn; turtleneck shirts or sweaters are permitted when worn under the uniform shirt.
Bicycle officers shall carry the same equipment on the bicycle patrol duty belt as they would on
a regular patrol assignment.
Officers will be responsible for obtaining necessary forms, citation books and other
equipment for use while on bike patrol.
Officers are exempt from the rules of the road under the following conditions:
458.2 POLICY
It is the policy of the Department when deciding to initiate or continue a foot pursuit that
officers must continuously balance the objective of apprehending the suspect with the risk and
potential for injury to Department personnel, the suspect or the public.
Officers are expected to act reasonably, based on the totality of the circumstances. Absent
exigent circumstances, the safety of Department personnel and the public should be the
primary consideration when determining whether a foot pursuit should be initiated or
continued. Officers must be mindful that immediate apprehension of a suspect is rarely more
important than the safety of the public and Department personnel.
Mere flight by a person who is not suspected of criminal activity shall not serve as the sole
justification for engaging in an extended foot pursuit without the development of reasonable
suspicion of the individual's involvement in criminal activity.
Deciding to initiate or continue a foot pursuit is a decision that an officer must make quickly and
under unpredictable and dynamic circumstances. It is recognized that foot pursuits potentially
place Department personnel and the public at significant risk therefore no officer or supervisor
shall be criticized or disciplined for deciding not to engage in a foot pursuit because of the
perceived risk involved.
If circumstances permit, surveillance and containment are generally the safest tactics for
apprehending fleeing persons. In deciding whether to initiate or continue a foot pursuit, an
officer should continuously consider reasonable alternatives to pursuit based upon the
circumstances and resources available, such as the following:
(a) Containment of the area.
(b) Canine search.
(c) Saturation of the area with patrol personnel.
(d) Air support.
(e) Apprehension at another time when the identity of the suspect is known, or there is
information available that would likely allow for later apprehension and the need to
immediately apprehend the suspect does not reasonably appear to outweigh the risk of
continuing the pursuit.
Officers should be mindful that radio transmissions made while running may be difficult to
understand and may need to be repeated.
Absent extenuating circumstances any officer unable to promptly and effectively broadcast this
information should terminate the pursuit. If the foot pursuit is discontinued for any reason,
immediate efforts for containment should be established and alternatives considered based
upon the circumstances and available resources.
When a foot pursuit terminates, the officer will notify communications with his/her location, the
status of the pursuit termination (e.g., suspect in custody, lost sight of suspect) and direct
further actions as reasonably appear necessary.
Any officer who is in a position to intercept a fleeing suspect, or who can assist the primary officer
with the apprehension of the suspect, shall act reasonably and in accordance with all
Department policies based upon available information and his/her own observations.
The supervisor shall terminate the foot pursuit at any time he/she concludes that the danger to
pursuing officers or the public outweighs the objective of immediate apprehension of the
suspect.
Upon the apprehension of the suspect the supervisor shall promptly proceed to the
termination point to direct the post-pursuit activity.
458.6 REPORTING
The initiating officer shall complete appropriate crime/arrest reports documenting, at
minimum, the following:
(a) The reason for initiating the foot pursuit.
(b) The identity of involved personnel.
(c) The course and approximate distance of the pursuit.
(d) Whether a suspect was apprehended as well as the means and methods used.
1. Any use of force shall be reported and documented in compliance with the Use of
Force Policy.
Assisting officers taking an active role in the apprehension of the suspect shall complete
supplemental reports as necessary or as directed.
In any case in which a suspect is not apprehended and there is insufficient information to
warrant further investigation, a supervisor may authorize that the initiating officer need not
complete a formal report.
5. The field sergeants and watch commanders have an overall responsibility to see
that the initial investigation is handled correctly and completely. They will:
(a) Handle initial press relations at the scene.
(b) Notify detectives and administration if needed.
(c) Coordinate with dispatch to ensure that appropriate information is relayed to
outside agencies.
(d) If both questions are answered indicating that there is no robbery, the
dispatcher will:
1. Tell the contact person that officers have arrived but will not enter.
2. Request the person to send someone out to meet with the officer. The
name and description of that person will be obtained and broadcast
to the waiting officers.
3. Request the officers specify the direction that the exiting person is to
go after exiting the building and relay that to the contact person.
4. Keep the contact person on the phone until the alarm is verified false.
(e) If the answers to the questions raise doubt, the dispatcher will ask the
person on the phone to:
1. Look around carefully and say nothing.
2. Look to see if anyone in the business appears to be nervous.
3. See if someone appears to be isolated.
4. Look for anything unusual.
5. Inform the waiting officers of the answers.
3. If a robbery is verified and the suspects have left, this information will be relayed to
the field units and Communications Procedure #32-78 will be initiated.
4. If the person contacted or the field units indicate a robbery is still in progress,
Communications Procedure #31-78 will be initiated.
(d) The initial officer will relay instructions to the dispatcher regarding the
direction and where to meet the officer, for the exiting person to follow.
(e) The officer, when contacted by the exiting person, shall confirm that the
alarm is false and then enter the business to check and confirm the false
alarm.
(f) After the officer has confirmed the false alarm, he/she shall exit the
business and go to a position where he/she can be viewed by the second
officer who will then verify that the officer has exited the business.
(g) At this point the dispatcher will verify and broadcast the alarm as confirmed
false.
5. The field sergeant or watch commander will respond to all robbery alarms when
possible.
6. No initial report, just a short form report is required, unless the field sergeant or
watch commander feels that one is necessary.
7. No patrol units will be allowed to call out on a lunch break until the alarm is
cleared, without a field sergeant or watch commander's approval.
3. Upon arrival, and after all officers are in position, the primary officer will direct the
manner in which the contact will be made with Representatives of the business.
4. Generally, this will be similar to section 459.1.3(a) and (b).
5. In the event of a robbery in progress section 459.1.3 shall be followed.
(a) An ALPR shall only be used for official and legitimate law enforcement business.
(b) An ALPR may be used in conjunction with any routine patrol operation or official
investigation. Reasonable suspicion or probable cause is not required before using an
ALPR.
(c) While an ALPR may be used to canvass license plates around any crime scene, particular
consideration should be given to using ALPR-equipped cars to canvass areas around
homicides, shootings and other major incidents. Partial license plates reported during
major crimes should be entered into the ALPR system in an attempt to identify suspect
vehicles.
(d) No member of this department shall operate ALPR equipment or access ALPR data
without first completing department-approved training.
(e) If practicable, the officer should verify an ALPR response through the Utah Department
of Public Safety (DPS) law enforcement information system or other appropriate
database before taking enforcement action that is based solely upon an ALPR alert.
(f) No ALPR operator may access the DPS database or other system unless otherwise
authorized to do so.
All ALPR data downloaded to the server should be stored for the minimum period established by
department records retention guidelines and thereafter should be purged unless it has become,
or it is reasonable to believe it will become, evidence in a criminal or civil action. In no event shall
data be maintained longer than nine months unless it is subject to a warrant, preservation request
or disclosure order. Data that will not be purged should be downloaded from the server onto
portable media and booked into evidence.
(a) Officers assigned to stand-by assists must make every effort to prevent hostile
interaction between potential adversaries in a property dispute.
(b) Initially, the officer must obtain a specific description of the property in question from the
citizen or other officer prior to making the removal request.
(c) An Officer CANNOT authorize entry or removal of private property from an unoccupied
facility or building. The requesting citizen should be advised to pursue civil processes to
recover the property.
(d) If the occupant of the facility or building contests removal of the property, the officer must
advise the requesting citizen or other officer to pursue civil processes to recover the
property. In no event shall the officer decide ownership or possession of the property.
The officer is there merely to keep the peace.
(e) If the occupant or possessor agrees to the removal of the property, the officer must
determine the occupant or possessor's identity and authority to consent. If the
occupant or possessor's identity or authority is questionable, the officer will
discontinue the removal process. If the officer is satisfied that the occupant or
possessor has the authority to consent, the officer will allow and supervise the removal
of the specified property.
(f) If specified property is removed, the officer will complete a report identifying the parties
involved, describe the specified property removed, and describe the circumstances.
(g) It may be difficult for the officer to accurately determine the true ownership of property. By
allowing removal of property under these circumstances, the officer may facilitate theft
or wrongful disposition for which the department may be held liable. If there is any
question about the legality of the removal or the true ownership of the property, the
parties involved will be ordered to discontinue the removal process and obtain specific
information and orders through the civil courts. Officers should be alert to ambiguous
and potentially volatile confrontations that may be difficult to resolve.
464.1.1 POLICY
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to provide law enforcement services to
all members of the community while protecting the rights, dignity and private property of the
homeless. Homelessness is not a crime and members of this department will not use
homelessness solely as a basis for detention or law enforcement action.
Officers should provide homeless persons with resource and assistance information
whenever it is reasonably apparent such services may be appropriate.
court appearances.
(g) Consider whether a crime should be reported and submitted for prosecution even when
a homeless victim indicates he/she does not desire prosecution.
When a homeless person is arrested, or otherwise removed from a public place, officers
should make reasonable accommodations to permit the person to lawfully secure his/her
personal property. Otherwise, the personal property should be collected for safekeeping. If the
arrestee has more personal property than can reasonably be collected and transported by the
officer, a supervisor should be consulted. The property should be photographed and
measures should be taken to remove or secure the property. It will be the supervisor's
responsibility to coordinate the removal and safekeeping of the property.
Officers should not conduct or assist in clean-up operations of belongings that reasonably
appear to be the property of homeless persons without the prior authorization of a
Community Services Section supervisor. When practicable, requests by the public for clean-
up operations of a homeless encampment should be referred to a Community Services
Section supervisor.
When a mental illness hold is not warranted, the contacting officer should provide the
homeless person with contact information for mental health assistance as appropriate. In these
circumstances, officers may provide transportation to a mental health specialist if requested
by the person and approved by a supervisor.
(b) Guidelines for the use of the lock out tool car door opener.
1. The lock out tool has been designed to enter either door of a vehicle at a 60
degree angle between the outer door skin weather stripping and the glass
window, pushing down towards the locking mechanism. It is at this point where
the lock out tool contacts the locking lever or the remote control lever. Manipulating
either lever should unlock the mechanism and the door should be able to be
opened from the outside.
2. Not all vehicles use the push down method. If by pushing down on the locking
lever you are unable to unlock the door, use a pull up method. Vehicle
manufacturers change door and locking styles on many models, so the push down
and pull up methods should both be tried.
3. On many earlier model vehicles, align the lock out tool with the keyed door
cylinder and use either a push down or pull up method. You will note that vehicle body
styles differ and, therefore, you may have to bend or curve the lock out tool to
correspond with the door style of the vehicle.
4. The locking mechanisms on some newer vehicles are designed so that the
normal push/pull method of the lock out tool will not work. The inside locking rod
has been designed to operate horizontally. Moving the lock out tool in a horizontal
direction may unlock the mechanism.
5. The officer/specialist may reference the detailed instructions accompanying the
lock out tool to clarify these directions.
6. Another option is the wedge lock out kit. Many newer vehicles have door or curtain
airbags. The wedge kit allows the officer/specialist to use a rubber wedge to
separate the door from the vehicle enough to allow access for an air bladder pump.
This pump widens the gap created by the wedge and allows room for a metal bar
to reach inside the vehicle.
7. Once the bar is inside the vehicle several more options are available to the officer.
An officer/specialist can touch the automatic lock button opening the door, the bar
can pull the handle to open the door. An officer/specialist can possibly reach the
keys left on a seat or even open a trunk latch to gain access to the interior of the
vehicle.
8. The officer/specialist may reference the detailed instructions accompanying the lock
out wedge kit to clarify these directions.
To help facilitate the attainment of the goal of traffic law enforcement, the Department will
regularly compile and review traffic collision/crash data and traffic enforcement activities data;
compare collision/crash data and enforcement activities data; implement selective enforcement
techniques and procedures; and deploy personnel based upon the analysis of this data. The
Supervisor of the Traffic Unit is responsible for documenting an annual review of selective
traffic enforcement activities.
• Location
• Time
• Day
• Violation factors
Other factors to be considered for deployment are citizen requests, construction zones or
special events. Any utilization of roadside safety checks will comply with Department policies
and statutory requirements.
500.3 ENFORCEMENT
Enforcement actions are commensurate with applicable laws and take into account the
degree and severity of the violation committed. This department does not establish ticket
quotas, and the number of arrests or citations issued by any officer shall not be used as the
sole criterion for evaluating officer overall performance. The visibility and quality of an officer's
work effort will be commensurate with the philosophy of this policy. Several methods are
effective in the reduction of collisions:
500.3.1 WARNINGS
Warnings or other non-punitive enforcement actions should be considered in each situation
when circumstances warrant.
An officer may also issue a warning citation when he/she believes it is appropriate. The officer
should consider the violator’s level of interference with other traffic, mitigating factors, road
conditions and the officer’s ability to educate the violator without seeking punitive action.
500.3.2 CITATIONS
Citations may be issued when an officer believes it is appropriate. It is essential that officers fully
explain the rights and requirements imposed on motorists upon issuance of a citation for a traffic
violation. Officers should provide the following information at a minimum:
(a) Explanation of the violation or charge.
(b) Court appearance procedure including the optional or mandatory appearance by the
motorist.
(c) Notice of whether the motorist can enter a plea and pay the fine by mail or at the court.
After explaining this information to the violator, the officer will serve the citation on the violator
by handing the violator a copy of the citation. The violator is not required to sign the citation.
The physical arrest of a person for a criminal traffic offense shall be made in compliance with
Policy § 307.3, Procedure for Making a Custodial Arrest.
2. While traveling to and from military duty locations when exigent, perilous, emergency,
or similar circumstances require the member’s presence.
3. This exemption does not extend to arrest or citation if the military member is operating
a vehicle in a reckless manner or while under the influence of any drug or alcohol, or
if the violation is a class A misdemeanor or felony.
4. Traffic violations committed by military members outside of the exceptions above will
be handled in the same manner as any other traffic violation.
A supply of high-visibility vests will be maintained in the equipment room for replacement of
damaged or unserviceable vests. The Training Lieutenant should be promptly notified
whenever the supply of vests in the equipment room needs replenishing.
Reports should be submitted to the West Valley City Police Department no more than two
business days after the alleged violation occurred.
reported speeding. The letter should contain the following (Utah Code 41-6a-604.5(1)(a)):
(a) Applicable information on the school crossing guard's report stating that the vehicle
was observed speeding in a reduced-speed school zone in violation of state law.
(b) Complete explanation of the applicable provisions of Utah Code 41-6a-604.
(c) An explanation that the notification letter is not a peace officer citation but is an effort to
call attention to the seriousness of the incident.
The Traffic Section Lieutenant is responsible for ensuring all other mandates of Utah Code 41-
6a-604.5 are met or that further investigation, if warranted, is conducted.
(b) Responding officers should clear the thoroughfare as quickly as practical; towing services
should be notified as soon as possible if vehicles involved in a collision are inoperable.
(c) Officers on the scene may perform manual traffic control when it is determined it can be
accomplished safely.
(d) Officers directing traffic, or in the roadway controlling traffic, will wear their reflective vests.
(e) Officers at the scene of critical incidents will assess the hazards present and take action
to minimize damage to life or property. This may include traffic direction and/or evacuation
of the immediate area.
(f) Officers will assure the scene is clear for emergency vehicles to enter but restricted to any
unauthorized vehicle or pedestrian traffic
2. Only personnel who have been trained to manually operate traffic signals will attempt
to do so. Absent requisite training, signals that cannot effectively control traffic will
be turned off and manual traffic control initiated.
2. Traffic will be diverted from the area and a perimeter established which is close
enough to the scene to control access but distant enough to prevent injuries and
damage to equipment.
3. Vehicular traffic will not be allowed into any area where fire hoses or other
specialized equipment are across roadways.
2. Upon discovery of adverse road conditions impacting the safe flow of traffic,
Communications will be notified. The agency responsible for correcting the situation,
such as Public Works and power companies, will be notified to respond. The
personnel on the scene will provide necessary traffic direction and control by
manually directing traffic or utilizing warning devices until the problem is resolved.
3. Traffic hazards or potential hazards which do not require immediate corrective action
such as pot holes, over grown shrubbery, and missing nonessential signs will be
reported to Dispatch for later notification of the responsible agency.
2. Police vehicles should be used to block traffic lanes with emergency lights activated.
Traffic cones, barricades, or other temporary traffic control devices should be used
when available to assist with lane blockage and traffic diversion.
5. Temporary traffic control devices such as barricades, portable signs, flashing lights,
flares, and cones may be used for roadblocks, to divert traffic, and expedite the flow
of traffic during special events and emergency situations.
6. Roadblock should be discontinued and traffic flow restored as soon as the situation
allows.
3. Agency personnel will notify dispatch of the tag number, description, location, and
number of occupants prior to contacting attended disabled vehicles.
4. Many of the same officer safety concerns present with traffic stops are present when
contacting attended disabled vehicles. Personnel must be alert to the following
possibilities:
i. The person in control of the vehicle may not be an authorized user, or is not
licensed to drive.
iii. The vehicle's occupants have or were preparing to engage in criminal activity.
iv. Personnel should ascertain the nature of the mechanical problem and request
appropriate assistance from Dispatch.
While awaiting the arrival of other agencies, personnel will render emergency
assistance consistent with their training and equipment. After the arrival of other
assisting agencies, personnel will provide traffic and crowd control until no longer
needed at the scene.
The pointing hand is then raised at the wrist so that the palm is toward the person to
be stopped, and the palm is held in this position until the person is observed to stop.
To stop traffic from both directions on a two-way street, the procedure is then
repeated for traffic coming from the other direction while continuing to maintain the
raised arm and palm toward the traffic previously stopped.
3. Turning Right
Drivers making right turns usually effect their turns without the necessity of being
directed by the officer. When directing a right turn becomes necessary, the officer
should proceed as follows:
i. If the driver is approaching from the officer's right side, the extended right arm
and index finger and gaze are first directed toward the driver, followed by
swinging the extended arm and index finger in the direction of the driver's
intended turn.
ii. If the driver is approaching from the officer's left side, the same procedure may
be followed utilizing the left arm extended.
4. Turning Left
Left turning drivers should not be directed to affect their movement until the officer
has stopped oncoming traffic. The officer's right side and arm should be toward the
oncoming traffic, and the left side and arm should be toward the left turning driver.
After stopping the oncoming traffic by using the right arm and hand, the right hand
should remain in the halt gesture. The extended left arm and index finger and the
officer's gaze is directed toward the driver who intends to effect a left turn. When the
left turning driver's attention has been gained, the extended left arm and index finger
are swung to point in the direction the driver intends to go.
5. Use of Flashlight
A flashlight can be used to halt traffic. To stop traffic slowly swing the beam of light
across the path of oncoming traffic. The beam from the flashlight strikes the
pavement as an elongated spot of light. After the driver has stopped, arm signals
may be given in the usual manner with the vehicle headlights providing illuminations.
3. Dignitaries;
5. Roadway construction;
(b) Vehicle escorts that involve other agencies will be coordinated as far in advance as
feasible.
(c) Vehicle escort requests are normally processed through the Dispatch or Administration
and relayed to the traffic supervisor. The Chief, Deputy Chiefs and Traffic Unit
supervisor(s) have the authority to approve or deny these requests. When escort requests
are received by this agency, the Traffic Unit will be notified to assist.
(d) Vehicle escorts for public officials, dignitaries or executive protection assignments will
normally be handled by the Traffic Unit, due to the length of time required for such
assignments.
(e) Control of vehicle escorts will be assigned to a supervisor or traffic officer in accordance
with the complexity of the escort requirements. The supervisor or officer in charge of the
vehicle escort will set the pace for the escort in accordance with prevailing conditions.
Under no circumstances will the escort exceed the predetermined maximum speed for any
segment of the route. The supervisor or officer in charge of the escort will terminate the
escort and resume normal vehicle operation when, in the supervisor or officer’s opinion,
conditions are such that continuation of the escort will constitute unacceptable risks to the
motoring public.
(f) Vehicle escort services of civilian vehicles in medical emergencies is not an accepted
practice of the West Valley City Police Department. If immediate medical service is
required, EMS should be summoned to the scene.
502.2 RESPONSIBILITY
The Traffic Section S e r g e a n t will be responsible for distribution of the Collision
Investigation Template. The Traffic Section S e r g e a n t will receive all changes from the state
and ensure conformity with this policy.
The West Valley City Police Department shall also conduct a separate investigation of the
accident for internal review.
The term serious injury is defined as any injury that may result in a fatality.
If the employee is driving a West Valley City Police Department vehicle then section 502.6 must
be followed.
The West Valley City Police Department shall also conduct a separate investigation of the traffic
accident for internal City review.
(b) Notify VECC dispatch if within radio contact area, or other appropriate law
enforcement agency and request appropriate assistance.
(c) Notify the on duty supervisor.
(d) Notify their immediate supervisor as soon as practical.
(b) DISCIPLINE
Discipline for all at-fault traffic accidents will be handled according to the Disciplinary
Matrix, §341.5.
(e) REPAIRS
1. Vehicles that are operable.
(a) The employee will take the vehicle to the city shops within five days of the
accident and complete a detailed work order with a contact phone number.
(b) The vehicle will be left at the shops and shop personnel will be responsible for
obtaining the necessary bids for repair. Under no circumstances will an
employee of the police department be involved in obtaining bids for repair
or contracting for repair of the vehicle.
(c) If the damage is minor and does not create a safety hazard, the shop
foreman may return the vehicle to the employee pending scheduling for
repair.
Impaired driving investigations will be conducted in accordance with Policy § 514, Impaired
Driving, and Utah State Law.
denied, suspended disqualified or revoked (Utah State Code § 53-3-227). As such, officers may
make a custodial arrest of the individual. However, officers should exercise their discretion in
these instances, and may wish to consult a supervisor if the sole basis for the custodial arrest
is the charge of driving on a denied, suspended, disqualified or revoked license. In most cases,
the issuance of a citation is more appropriate.
should consider whether the equipment may have cease function recently and whether the
operator should reasonably have known that the equipment was malfunctioning.
In enforcing multiple violations, the officer should consider whether the violator would be better
educated by issuing a citation for the initial violation and giving a warning for some or all of the
lessor or secondary violations.
Many State traffic laws and City traffic ordinances apply to bicycles and pedestrians and may
serve as the basis for enforcement action.
504.4 DEBRIS
Items in the roadway (i.e small tree branches or other small items) should be removed by the
officer so as to clear the roadway.
Large items that are not easily and safely moveable by the officer require a response that
protects the public until the item can be removed by the appropriate means. Depending on the
specific circumstances, the officer may be required to stand by with emergency equipment
activated until the hazard is removed. The officer will contact the dispatcher and request they
notify the appropriate City department that can safely remove the debris or the agency having
jurisdiction over that roadway.
If the defect is so hazardous that traffic flow is affected and traffic conditions are dangerous
for motorists, the officer should direct traffic to help eliminate any hazardous conditions until
the defect is mitigated.
If the defect is so hazardous that traffic flow is affected and traffic conditions are dangerous for
motorists, the officer should direct traffic to help eliminate any hazardous conditions until the
defect is mitigated.
510.2 RESPONSIBILITIES
The responsibilities of those employees storing or impounding a vehicle are as follows.
Records personnel shall promptly enter pertinent data from the completed Department
Vehicle Impound Form into the Records Management System as detailed in § 510.7.3.
If the vehicle is impounded for state tax purposes, immediately after impounding the vehicle, the
Department shall forward a State Tax Vehicle Impound Form, containing all required
information, to the Motor Vehicle Division (Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-1406(4)).
An officer may, without the consent of the owner, remove a vehicle that has been involved in
an accident (or remove property from within the vehicle) if the vehicle is blocking a roadway
or is otherwise endangering public safety (Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-401.9). If the owner is
incapacitated, or for any reason it is necessary for the Department to impound a vehicle
involved in a collision, the officer should summon an approved towing and storage provider,
complete the Notice of Impound Form and impound the vehicle.
When there is no preferred company requested, the dispatcher shall call the next firm in
rotation from the list of approved towing companies and shall make appropriate entries on that
form to ensure the following firm is called on the next request.
(a) A thorough inventory of the contents of the vehicle will be taken and included with the
officer's incident report. All closed containers will be opened and the contents
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015, 03/06/2020 2 Policy 510 contains 8 page(s)
inventoried. If there are locked containers present, the officer shall attempt to obtain
the key/s or combination/s or call for the assistance of a locksmith. If the officer is
unable to obtain the key/s, combination/s, or if a locksmith is not available, the container
shall be forced open in a manner that would cause the least amount of damage. A
supervisor will determine if a locksmith should be called. The officer should have
another officer or a supervisor present when forcing open a locked container. This is not
a search for illegal items or evidence. This is an impound inventory required by policy
to protect the owner/operator of the vehicle and the West Valley City Police
Department from false claims and liability.
(b) All items lying loose in the vehicle should be locked in the trunk of the vehicle, if available.
(c) If the driver of the vehicle is not present at the time of the impound and a citation is
being issued, the violator's copy shall be placed inside the vehicle in a conspicuous
place and noted in the officer’s incident report.
(d) Officers will take reasonable care to safeguard all property and see that future damage
or destruction of personal property does not occur.
(e) The registration/title or keys from impounded vehicles will remain with the vehicle,
unless needed for evidence or requested by the owner.
If a search of a vehicle leaves the vehicle or any property contained therein vulnerable to
unauthorized entry, theft or damage, search personnel shall take such steps as are
reasonably necessary to secure and/or preserve the vehicle or property from such hazards.
510.6 IMPOUNDS
1. Persons who can provide proof of ownership (registered owner or title holder
preferred) in a vehicle towed or impounded incident to a West Valley City rotation call
(seized for forfeiture and evidence vehicles excluded) may be allowed to enter the
vehicle during normal business hours and remove personal property not attached
to the vehicle upon signing a receipt with the towing/impound yard office.
(c) All vehicles impounded by officers of this department for any reason, must be checked for
stolen through the NCIC system. The impounding officer must physically obtain the V.I.N.
from the vehicle and run the V.I.N. and license plate through the NCIC computer. It is not
sufficient to only run the license plate through the NCIC computer. The officer will
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 10/15/2012, 04/16/2015,
10/20/2015, 03/06/2020 3 Policy 510 contains 8 page(s)
document this activity in his/her incident report. If the NCIC computer is down, the officer
shall request the dispatcher to hold the V.I.N. and license plate numbers and run it when
the NCIC computer becomes operable again. The officer will make note of this in his/her
incident report. If the vehicle shows as stolen when the NCIC computer comes back up,
the dispatcher will notify the on duty field supervisor of such and the proper notifications
shall be made.
(d) All impounds will be reported on the West Valley City Police Department Vehicle Impound
Report, included on the initial report form and the officer will complete a "West Valley
Police Department Vehicle Impound/ Disposition Form" (ie. recovered stolen vehicle,
drug seizure, hold for owner, DUI, Hit and Run, Evidence seizure detective-traffic,
abandoned vehicle, release to owner, other). The West Valley Police Department Vehicle
Impound/ Disposition Form must be completed on vehicles which are being held in the
West Valley Drug Seizure lot, City Shops, or any other location where the vehicle is
being held for further police follow-up.
5. An officer who has reasonable grounds to believe that a vehicle, vessel, or outboard
motor has been abandoned may remove the vehicle, vessel or outboard motor or
cause it to be removed in accordance with Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-1406 or § 73-
18-20.1 and Department policy.
(d) Improper registration. In accordance with Utah Code Ann. § 41-1a-1101 an officer may
impound a vehicle when:
1. A Utah resident owner is operating a vehicle registered in another state in the Utah
resident's name.
2. A person is operating a motor vehicle which is displaying license plates
registered to another vehicle regardless of owner or without evidence of an
authorized license plate transfer.
3. There is no evidence of proper registration.
4. There are valid permits that have expired.
5. A vehicle is being operated with expired license plates. Officers should use
discretion when impounding for expired license plates. If the registration has
lapsed less than six (6) months, a citation will usually handle the situation. If the
lapse is over six (6) months officers should consider impounding but it is not
mandatory.
2. The copies of the State Tax Vehicle Impound Report and the West Valley
Impound form will be included with the officer's incident report and distributed as
required by law and established procedure.
3. In addition to D.U.I., an officer who arrests, cites or refers a driver for violating any
of the offenses below, shall complete a State Tax impound of the vehicle. The same
exceptions to impounding the vehicle that are listed in 1(a) & 1(b) above also apply
(Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-527).
(b) Interlock restricted driver (Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-518.2).
(c) Refusal of implied consent to chemical tests for alcohol or drugs (Utah Code
Ann. § 41-6a-520).
(d) Alcohol restricted drivers (Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-530).
(e) Speed contest or exhibition on highway (Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-606).
(f) Person under 21 operating a vehicle with detectable alcohol in body (Utah
Code Ann. § 53-3-231).
(g) Driving a vehicle while driving privilege is denied, suspended or revoked for
the following reasons (Utah Code Ann. § 53-3-227(3)(a)(i) through (iv) and
(ix)):
1. A refusal to submit to a chemical test under Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-
520.
2. A violation of the DUI/alcohol or DUI/drugs laws (Utah Code Ann. § 41-
6a-502 & § 41-6a-517).
3. A violation of a local DUI ordinance and related ordinances that comply
with Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-510.
4. A violation of the alcohol restricted driver law (Utah Code Ann. § 41-6a-
530)
(b) The officer should allow the registered owner to leave the vehicle where it is
parked if:
1. It will not unduly inconvenience the officer in conducting the
investigation and continuing with the officer’s duties.
2. The owner signs the written release of liability form.
3. The vehicle is legally parked.
4. It would not put the officer or the public in danger.
(a) The Records Section employee receiving the officer's daily packets will separate the
impound form and attach any paperwork, such as the State Tax Impound Forms, City
Impound forms, etc. The Records Section employee will date stamp the time received.
(b) The Supervisor or NCIC Records Section employee will then check the vehicle on the
state computer by license plate and V.I.N. number to see if it is listed as stolen. The
Records Section employee will then check the D.M.V. file and will print a copy of the last
registered owner. Within 24 hours of the time of the receipt of the Impound forms from
the officers, a written notice (the original impound form letter), shall be sent to the last
listed registered owner of the vehicle. If the officer indicates that there is a new owner,
different than listed on the D.M.V. records, a letter will also be sent to that person. The
Records Section employee will sign the letter with his/her IBM number and will date the
letter the day it is sent. A copy will be made of the letter and it will be attached to the case.
The case will then be entered into the tow history file in the computer. The case will be
assigned a tow history number.
(c) The Records Section will notify the Department of Motor Vehicles of all vehicles
impounded for state reasons by sending the original State Vehicle Impound Report.
(d) If the letter to the last listed registered owner as described in section (b) above is returned
by the U.S. Postal Service, a copy of the original envelope with the explanation for the
return, such as "no forwarding address" is maintained with the case file.
(e) The officer releasing the vehicle will contact the vehicle owner and impound yard and notify
them that the vehicle can be released.
514.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department is committed to the safety of the roadways and the
community and will pursue fair but aggressive enforcement of Utah’s impaired driving laws.
514.3 INVESTIGATIONS
Officers should not enforce DUI laws to the exclusion of their other duties unless specifically
assigned to DUI enforcement. All officers are expected to enforce these laws with due diligence.
1. Having a prohibited blood or breath alcohol content level as defined by Utah Code
41-6a-502 (DUI), Utah Code 41-61-530 (Alcohol Restricted Drivers or Utah Code 53-
3-232 (Conditional License holders).
2. Under the influence of alcohol, any drug or combination of alcohol and any drug.
(b) The officer has stopped a person under the age of 21 and has reasonable grounds to
believe that the person was operating or in actual physical control of a vehicle or
motorboat with a measurable blood, breath or urine alcohol concentration in the person’s
body.
(c) The person is dead, unconscious or in any other condition rendering the person incapable
of refusal.
Officers obtaining a breath sample should monitor the device for any sign of malfunction. Any
anomalies or equipment failures should be noted in the appropriate report and promptly reported
to the Traffic Section supervisor.
The West Valley City Police Department currently utilizes two (2) Intoxilyzer Alcohol-Analyzer
machines. The machines are located at the Department’s West Sub-Station and in the
basement of City Hall.
Officers should inform an arrestee that if he/she chooses to provide a blood sample, a separate
sample can be drawn for alternate testing. Unless medical personnel object, two samples
should be drawn and retained as evidence, so long as only one puncture is required.
If an arrestee cannot submit to a blood test because he/she is a hemophiliac or is using and
anticoagulant, he/she shall not be required to take a blood test. Such inability to take a blood
test should not be treated as a refusal. However, the person may be required to complete
another available and viable test.
Urine samples shall be collected and witnessed by an officer or jail staff of the same sex as the
person giving the sample. The person tested should be allowed sufficient privacy to maintain
his or her dignity, to the extent possible, while still ensuring the accuracy of the specimen.
The collection kit shall be marked with the person’s name, offense, West Valley City Police
Department case number and the name of the witnessing officer. The collection kit should be
refrigerated pending transportation for testing.
514.6 REFUSALS
When a person refuses to provide a chemical sample, officers should:
notice of the Driver License Division’s (DLD) intention to revoke upon the person and take
possession of any state-issued license to operate a motor vehicle that is held by that person.
(a) Evaluate whether using force to obtain a blood sample is appropriate under the
circumstances.
(b) Ensure that all attempts to obtain a blood sample through force cease if the person agrees
to, and completes a viable form of testing in a timely manner.
(c) Advise the person of his/her duty to provide a sample (even if this advisement was
previously done by another officer) and attempt to persuade the person to submit to such
a sample without physical resistance. This dialogue should be recorded on audio and/or
video when practicable.
(e) Supervise any use of force and ensure the forced withdrawal is recorded on audio and/or
video when practicable.
(f) Monitor and ensure that the type and level of force applied is reasonable under the
circumstances.
1. Unless otherwise provided in a warrant, force should generally be limited to
handcuffing or similar restraint methods.
(g) Ensure the use of force and methods used to accomplish the blood sample draw are
documented in the related report.
(b) Provide the person with basic information regarding how to obtain a hearing before DLD.
(c) Forward a report to DLD within 10 days of giving the notice to the person that the officer
had reasonable grounds to believe the arrested person was DUI and that the person
refused to submit to a chemical test as required by law.
(d) Ensure that all persons under arrest for suspected DUI are under constant supervision, by
a law enforcement officer. Arrested persons will not be left unattended in any area
designated or utilized for administering Field Sobriety Test or Chemical Tests.
(e) Ensure that officer safety is a priority when dealing with impaired arrested persons. The
arresting and assisting officers should be highly aware of the confined spaces that they
may be working in and the proximity of the weapons that they are carrying on their duty
belt. This includes, but is not limited to: firearm(s), Taser, OC, Knives and Asp/Baton.
(f) Two officers will be present during the administration of any physical or chemical tests on
an impaired arrested person if it is necessary for an officer to turn off their police radio in
order to avoid interference with equipment during testing. Officers should utilize the orange
“panic button” if there is a “distress” while in the testing area.
(g) Persons arrested for impairment will remain handcuffed while in the designated testing
areas. If the officer believes that the person has the potential to be combative, additional
officers will be called to assist the arresting officer. The exception to this policy will be when
a blood draw is being conducted. Handcuffs may be removed for the draw when multiple
officers are present. This will ensure the safety of the arrested person and the officers and
prevent escape.
514.8 REPORTING
The Traffic Section supervisor shall ensure that the Department complies with all reporting
requirements pursuant to Utah Code 53-10-206.
514.9 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Records Section supervisors will ensure that all case-related records are transmitted
according to current records procedures and as required by the prosecuting attorney’s office.
514.11 TRAINING
The Training Section Lieutenant should ensure that officers participating in the enforcement of
DUI laws receive regular training. Training should include, at minimum, current laws on impaired
driving, investigative techniques and rules of evidence pertaining to DUI investigations. The
Training Section Lieutenant should confer with the prosecuting attorney’s office and update
training topics as needed.
Officers are issued books of paper citations, one book at a time, to be used in cases where
they cannot access the electronic citation system. These books of citations are secured in a
locked closet and must be issued to the officer by a supervisor. These citations are not
numbered. If an officer issues a paper citation, the citation must later be entered into the
electronic citation system by the officer or a records clerk.
Paper copies of citations, whether a printed copy of the electronically issued citation or a paper
citation issued in lieu of an electronic citation and later entered into the State system, are
destroyed after being scanned into the Department’s electronic filing system.
As citations are issued to traffic violators and misdemeanor arrestees, officers will account for
the citation by listing the citation number on their daily activity log.
Should an officer determine during a court proceeding that a traffic citation should be
dismissed in the interest of justice or where prosecution is deemed inappropriate the officer
may request the court to dismiss the citation. Upon dismissal of the traffic citation by the
court, the officer shall notify his/her immediate supervisor of the circumstances surrounding
the dismissal and shall complete any paperwork as directed or required. The citation dismissal
shall then be forwarded to a Lieutenant for review.
Upon separation from employment with this department, all employees issued traffic citation
books shall return any unused citations to his/her immediate supervisor.
517.2 STAFFING
This program is staffed by Parking Compliance Specialists employed by West Valley City for
parking enforcement. Parking Compliance Specialists are under the supervision a Parking
Compliance Supervisor, who is under the supervision of the Community Services Section
Lieutenant. Parking Compliance Specialists perform a definite and necessary function in relation
to the enforcement of city parking ordinances and regulations.
517.3 DUTIES
The primary duties of Parking Compliance Specialists are the maintenance of safe and efficient
vehicle parking, the regulation of metered stalls, timed parking, and the enforcement of parking
ordinances. This is achieved through the issuance of citations for violations including, but not
limited to, expired meters, restricted zone parking, red curb markings, and handicap parking.
Maintenance of general records and statistical data is an important facet of this operation. The
duties of this position are administrative in nature, and Parking Compliance Specialists will
remove themselves from confrontational situations. Unless otherwise indicated in this policy,
Parking Compliance Specialists will follow West Valley City Policies and Procedures and West
Valley City Police Department policy.
1
Adopted: 03/01/2019 Updated: 08/27/2020 Policy 517 contains 2 page(s)
517.7 EQUIPMENT
(a) To report lost or damaged equipment, accessories or other items, Parking Compliance
Specialists shall, at the earliest opportunity, advise their immediate supervisor and submit a
memorandum through channels requesting replacement or repair of the lost or damaged
item(s). The memorandum shall contain a description of the circumstances surrounding the
loss or damage, the names of witnesses, if any, and case report or citation numbers, if any.
(b) Parking Compliance Specialists will be trained and certified in the proper use of Department-
issued pepper spray which shall be used for self-defense only.
(c) If Parking Compliance Specialists operate Department vehicles equipped with automated
license plate readers (LPRs), they will be trained on this equipment prior to use and operate
it in accordance with Department Policy §462 – Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs).
(d) Upon termination of employment for any reason, all issued equipment will be turned in to
the Department Training Unit. Failure on an employee’s part to turn in all issued items can
result in the officer's final paycheck being withheld, pending reimbursement. In any instance
where interpretation of this policy is in question, the Special Operations Bureau Deputy Chief
will make the final decision.
2
Adopted: 03/01/2019 Updated: 08/27/2020 Policy 517 contains 2 page(s)
An officer may remove a vehicle that has been involved in a collision (or property from within the
vehicle) without the consent of the owner if it is blocking a roadway or is otherwise
endangering public safety (Utah Code 41-6a-401.9).
600.2.1 DEFINITIONS
Custodial interrogation - Express questioning or its functional equivalent that is conducted by a
law enforcement officer that is reasonably likely to elicit an incriminating response from a
person and occurs when a reasonable person in the same circumstances would consider
themselves in custody. It does not include questions asked by law enforcement personnel, and
the suspect's responsive statements, which are part of the routine booking process.
(b) At no time will officers use threats, coercion, or promise to force voluntary waiver of any
rights granted to individuals.
(c) A suspect who invokes their sixth Amendment right to counsel cannot be interrogated
unless, and until their attorney is present or they reinstate discussion about the case with
police.
(e) Officers should continue to prepare written summaries of custodial questioning and
continue to obtain written statements from suspects.
Evidence or facts are considered material if there is a reasonable probability that they may
impact the result of a criminal proceeding or trial. Determining whether evidence or facts are
material often requires legal or even judicial review. An officer who is uncertain whether evidence
or facts are material should address the issue with a supervisor.
Supervisors uncertain about the materiality of evidence or facts should address the issue in a
written memo to an appropriate prosecutor. A copy of the memo should be retained in the
department case file.
601.2 POLICY
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to maintain an Investigations Section
in order to provide complete, accurate and thorough follow-up on criminal activity reported
within West Valley City, or elsewhere in the State of Utah if requested. Personnel assigned as
detectives or investigators follow-up on criminal incidents involving adult and juvenile
victims, witnesses, and offenders, and provide immediate assistance at major incident scenes.
601.3 PROCEDURE
Case reports are routed to the Investigations Section from the Police Records Section through
the Department’s Records Management System (RMS). These reports are reviewed by the
Investigations Secretary who will assign all cases, both active and closed, that have been
forwarded from the Operations Section. These cases will be routed to the Detective Sergeants
for assignment to their respective detectives for follow-up investigation. Cases that most
appropriately should be handled by another investigative unit, or other component of the
Department, will be assigned to the respective supervisor/commander of that
Bureau/Section/Unit via the Department’s RMS. When possible, a courtesy email should
accompany that assignment so the receiving supervisor is aware of the case reassignment.
601.5 PRIORITIZATION
Upon acceptable completion by the Records Section, the Investigations Secretary should
consider as the top priority for assignment all cases involving felony offenses, including both
adults and juveniles, and the suspect has been booked into a detention facility. Next, any cases
needing immediate attention as identified by the State of the Watch, email, or any other means
communicated to the Investigations Section to which a member of the unit has reasonably been
notified of. The remaining cases will be assigned equitably to the Detective Sergeants with
consideration to their expertise and availability of specialists in juvenile crime, sex offenses, and
major crimes personnel.
Considerations:
• Has the suspect been named
• Is there an independent witness
• Potential for continued violence
• A pattern of similar offenses
• Potential for extensive loss
• Community/Media interest
• Solvability factors for all other screened cases
• Witness to the crime
• Physical evidence
• Significant MO or physical description
• Availability of investigative resources
• Amount of workload compared to detective availability
• Internal and outside agency documents and information
• Available expertise
Working file copies will be maintained in the Investigations Section, which is a secure area
accessible by key card. When not working on a file, the file copy will be secured in a locked
area (desk, cabinet, etc.) in the detective’s work space.
Unfounded
a) Investigation reveals this is a civil matter.
b) No crime has been committed.
Exceptional
a) Death of the offender.
b) Victim refuses to cooperate in the prosecution (non-DV cases).
c) The juvenile offender is under the age of culpability.
d) Prosecutor declined for evidence problems, or interest of justice.
e) Extradition of the offender has been denied.
Leads End
a) Lack of probable cause.
b) No further follow-up can be conducted.
c) No suspect information to follow-up on.
d) The victim does not want to press charges, or is unable to be located or contacted.
Other
a) Case turned over to another agency for investigation or prosecution.
b) The crime did not occur in our jurisdiction.
Detective supervisors will be responsible for conducting regular audits of the cases assigned to
their personnel, and will ensure that when cases are completed, the working files have been
properly consolidated into the original file and duplicate documents properly purged
The Records Section is the ultimate custodian of police records as noted in Policy § 806. They
process all reports, citations, and all other paperwork or documentation generated or collected
both electronically or manually by the Department. They are responsible for the accurate and
timely processing of these submissions. The Records Section uses the Department’s RMS to
record all data that is entered, including information obtained through the Computer Aided
Dispatch System (CAD) through Valley Emergency Communications Center (VECC). The SIRE
records management system is the storage platform for all of this documentation. All case files
should be consolidated into the Department’s RMS when a case is suspended or closed.
1) Hard Copy- documents, case updates, reports, witness statements can always be submitted
for processing by the Records Section via the packet system. The documents are put in a
packet and placed in a collection box for the Records Section. Different colored packets are
used to indicate the level of priority for processing and submission.
Monthly Transmittals:
This log is prepared by each investigator, documenting their individual work on a case to include,
but not limited to, initial reports, supplemental reports, arrests, citations, case screenings
(including felony and misdemeanors,) the number of search warrants executed, and ultimately
how each case was closed. Any substantive work done on a case, should be noted, especially
in cases that are modified or closed. Transmittals will be submitted to the Investigations
Secretary on the last day of each month, and available for review upon request.
(b) The disclosure of the report would jeopardize the life or safety of an individual (Utah Code
63G-2-305(10)).
(c) The disclosure of the report could be expected to interfere with the investigation (Utah Code
63G-2-305(9)(a)).
603.2 POLICY
The Department has designated interview rooms at the main Department facility. Uniformed
and non-uniformed personnel will use t h e s e designated rooms for interviews, interviews
that may become interrogations, and custodial interrogations. Law enforcement personnel from
other agencies are permitted to use the interview rooms with the approval of a Department
supervisor, and preferably under the supervision of a member of the Department.
the totality of the circumstances including relative isolation, attitude and demeanor
of the interviewee, availability of back-up, and ability to summon assistance.
(c) Interview Rooms 200 and 201 are located on the second floor of the Police
Department, across from the south elevator. These rooms are classified as non-
secure interview rooms and should be used for interviews with witnesses and
victims. Room 200 is furnished with a couch, end tables and soft chairs. This room
can be used as a “soft” interview room.
(d) Interview Room 114 is located on the main floor of the Police Department, west of
the front lobby. This room is classified as a non-secure interview room and should
be used for impromptu interviews of witnesses and victims or non-custodial
interviews with suspects.
603.7 SECURITY
The interviewer or assisting personnel should inspect the room before and after conducting an
interview/interrogation. Members of the Department should be alert to the contents of the room
prior to utilizing it.
• All suspects and potential suspects will be pat down searched prior to entering the room.
Pat down searches of the opposite sex will be conducted in accordance with WVPD Policy
§902.3 – Pat Down Searches.
• The interview room is not a holding cell. If an arrestee or prisoner (adult or juvenile) is
left alone in an interview room, he/she must be monitored at all times. The utilization of
audio/visual equipment must be on and working prior to the officer exiting the room. An
officer must be in close proximity to the room and be readily available to provide
assistance, should they be summoned.
• Only one (1) arrestee/prisoner at a time will be in the interview room unless the
combination of suspects will aid or advance any investigation.
• Arrestees/prisoners should be handcuffed during ingress and egress from the building,
prior to and during interviews; however, the handcuffs may be removed at the discretion
of the officer/investigator conducting the interview.
• Non-uniformed personnel may request assistance by way of their portable radio, cellular
phone, or by verbal communication to personnel proximate to the interview rooms.
• Medical personnel are in close proximity to the Police Department building and can
quickly be summoned if needed.
604.2 PROCEDURE
(a) Sources of Information - The West Valley City Police Department receives information
concerning vice, narcotics, organized crime, and other suspicious activity from a variety of
sources including, but not limited to tips, citizens, West Valley City Police Department
personnel and outside law enforcement agencies.
1. All information received by the West Valley City Police Department regarding alleged
illegal activity associated with vice, narcotics, organized crime, and suspicious activity
reporting outside the scope of normal patrol duties is considered a tip.
2. All suspicious or threatening communication received by the West Valley City Police
Department indicating a possible public safety concern or perceived public safety risk due
to an expressed or implied threat is considered a tip.
(b) Initial Documentation - The West Valley City Police Department will use the Department’s
Records Management System (RMS) to document all tips.
(c) Review and Assignment Procedures – All tips will be received and reviewed by the
Information and Intelligence Unit (IIU) Sergeant or his/her designee. An assessment will
determine whether to assign the tip for further investigation.
1. The assessment will consider a variety factors and circumstances, to include:
i. Seriousness of the alleged violation.
ii. Credibility of the source of information.
iii. Urgency of action.
iv. Probability of taking effective action.
v. Availability of personnel and resources.
vi. Any operational issues unique to the situation.
2. Once a determination has been made to investigate, the tip will be designated as an active
investigation and assigned to the appropriate unit supervisor to be assigned to an
investigator or analyst.
1
Adopted: 04/16/2015 Policy 604 contains 2 page(s)
Updated: 03/01/2018, 03/01/2019
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 487 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
3. The Chief of Police is advised of the activities of the Special Investigations Section by
means of Watch Commander Logs and, if needed, through daily contact with the Deputy
Chief over the Special Operations Bureau or his/her designee.
(d) Follow-up Documentation
1. The assigned investigator or analyst will complete an initial or supplemental report(s) as
needed to document investigative activities regarding a tip.
2. All active investigations will be documented in the Department’s report management
system.
3. All assigned tips will be thoroughly investigated in a timely manner.
4. Tips related to criminal activity, not within the jurisdiction of the West Valley City Police
Department, will be forwarded to the appropriate law enforcement agency. The
appropriate supervisor will forward a copy of the tip to the agency having primary
jurisdiction.
5. Tips meeting the FBI criteria for Suspicious Activity Reporting (SAR) will be forwarded to
the State Information and Analysis Center (SIAC) for entry into the Guardian system and
FBI review.
(e) Disposition
1. The responsible supervisor or assigned investigator will determine when an investigation
is no longer active. This determination will be based on a variety of factors, including:
i. The original information is found to be false or baseless.
ii. The suspect is charged in another investigation.
iii. The District Attorney/City Attorney will not issue an arrest warrant.
iv. All investigative leads/techniques have been exhausted.
v. The suspect was arrested and charged in this investigation.
vi. The suspect is deceased.
2. Once an investigation is completed or determined to be inactive:
i. All original reports and related documentation will be forwarded to the Records
Section.
ii. The responsible supervisor will close out the case.
2
Adopted: 04/16/2015 Policy 604 contains 2 page(s)
Updated: 03/01/2018, 03/01/2019
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 488 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s):
Asset Forfeiture
606.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
Fiscal agent – The person designated by the Chief of Police to be responsible for securing and
maintaining seized assets and distributing any proceeds realized from any forfeiture
proceedings. This includes any time the West Valley City Police Department seized property for
forfeiture or when the West Valley City Police Department is acting as the fiscal agent pursuant
to a multi-agency agreement.
Forfeiture reviewer – The department member assigned by the Chief of Police who is
responsible for reviewing all forfeiture cases and for acting as the liaison between the
Department and the assigned attorney.
Property subject to forfeiture – Property that has been used to facilitate the commission of a
federal or state offense and any proceeds of criminal activity, including both of the following:
(a) Real property, including things growing on, affixed to and found in land
(b) Tangible and intangible personal property, including money, rights, privileges, interests,
claims and securities of any kind.
Seizure – The act of law enforcement officials taking property, cash or assets that have been
used in connection with or acquired by specified illegal activities.
606.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department recognizes that appropriately applied forfeiture laws
are helpful to enforce the law, deter crime and reduce the economic incentive of crime.
However, the potential for revenue should never compromise the effective investigation of
criminal offenses, officer safety or any person’s due process rights.
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department that all members, including those
assigned to internal or external law enforcement task force operations, shall comply with all
state and federal laws pertaining to forfeiture.
(b) Property subject to forfeiture can be lawfully seized without a court order when:
1. There is probable cause to believe it is directly or indirectly dangerous to health or
safety.
2. It is evidence of a crime.
3. It has been used or was intended to be used to commit a crime.
4. It constitutes the proceeds of a crime.
Whenever practicable, obtaining a court order for seizure prior to making a seizure is the
preferred method.
A large amount of money standing alone is insufficient to establish the probable cause required
to make a seizure.
(a) Cash and property that does not meet the forfeiture counsel’s current minimum forfeiture
guidelines.
(b) Property that the officer reasonably believes may belong to an innocent owner.
(c) A motor vehicle used in violation of driving under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs;
driving with any measurable controlled substance in the body; driving while having a
controlled substance in the body and causing serious injury; automobile homicide; or a
local DUI ordinance, may not be forfeited unless any of the following apply:
1. The operator of the vehicle has previously been convicted of a violation committed
after May 12, 2009, of offenses specified in Utah Code 24-4-102.
2. The operator of the vehicle was driving on a denied, suspended, revoked or
disqualified license and the denial, suspension, revocation or disqualification was
imposed based upon violations specified in Utah Code 24-4-102.
(d) Property used to facilitate specific crimes related to pornography or material harmful to
children if the seizure would constitute a prior restraint or interference with a person’s right
under the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution or the Utah Constitution.
(a) The officer will determine if the vehicle meets the forfeiture requirement.
(b) If the vehicle meets the forfeiture requirement, the vehicle will be impounded and taken
by the towing company contracted to do City Impounds to the designated vehicle storage
lot and stored in a secure area. The vehicle will not be State Tax impounded.
1. If the designated storage lot is unavailable, a supervisor may authorize that the
vehicle be transported to the lot of the responding tow truck company.
2. The location where the vehicle is stored will be noted in the officer's report.
When property or cash subject to this policy is seized, the officer making the seizure should
ensure compliance with the following:
(a) Complete applicable seizure forms and present the appropriate copy to the person from
whom the property is seized. If cash or property is seized from more than one person, a
separate copy must be provided to each person, specifying the items seized. When
property is seized and no one claims an interest in the property, the officer must leave the
copy in the place where the property was found, if it is reasonable to do so.
(b) Complete and submit a reports and original seizure forms with 24 hours of the seizure, if
practicable.
(c) Forward the original seizure forms and related reports to the forfeiture reviewer within two
days of seizure.
The officer will book seized property as evidence with the notation in the comment section of
the property form, “Seized Subject to Forfeiture.” Property seized subject to forfeiture should be
booked on a separate property form. No other evidence from the case should be booked on this
form.
Photographs should be taken of items seize, particularly cash, jewelry and other valuable items.
Officers who suspect property many be subject to seizure by are not able to seize the property
(e.g., the property is located elsewhere, the whereabouts of the property is unknown, it is real
estate, bank accounts, non-tangible assets) should document and forward the information in the
appropriate report to the forfeiture reviewer.
(a) All property received for forfeiture is reasonably secured and properly stored to prevent
waste and preserve its condition.
(b) All property received for forfeiture is checked to determine if the property has been stolen.
(c) All property received for forfeiture is retained in the same manner as evidence until
forfeiture is finalized or the property is returned to the claimant or the person with an
ownership interest.
(d) Property received for forfeiture is not used by the Department unless the forfeiture action
has been completed.
(e) Associated documentation complies with Utah Code 24-2-103.
(a) Remaining familiar with forfeiture laws, particularly the Forfeiture and Disposition of
Property Act (Utah Code 24-1-101 et seq.) and the forfeiture policies of the forfeiture
counsel.
(b) Serving as the liaison between the Department and the forfeiture counsel and ensuring
prompt legal review of all seizures.
(c) Making reasonable efforts to obtain annual training that includes best practices in
pursuing, seizing and tracking forfeitures.
(d) Reviewing each seizure-related case and deciding whether the seizure is more
appropriately made under state or federal seizure laws (Utah Code 24-4-114). The
forfeiture reviewer should contact federal authorities when appropriate.
(e) Ensuring that responsibilities, including the designation of a fiscal agent, are clearly
established whenever multiple agencies are cooperating in a forfeiture case.
(f) Ensuring that seizure forms are available and appropriate for department use. These
should include notice forms, a receipt form and a checklist that provides relevant guidance
to officers. The forms should be available in languages appropriate for the region and
should contain spaces for:
1. Names and contact information for all relevant persons and law enforcement
officers involved.
2. Information as to how ownership or other property interests may have been
determined (e.g., verbal claims of ownership, titles, public records).
3. A space for the signature of the person from whom cash or property is being seized.
4. A tear-off portion or copy, which should be given to the person from whom cash or
property is being seized, that includes the legal authority for the seizure, information
regarding the process to contest the seizure and a detailed description of the items
seized.
5. Any other information that may be needed to comply with Utah Code 24-2-103.
(g) Ensuring that those who may be involved in asset forfeiture receive training in the proper
use of the seizure forms and the forfeiture process. The training should be developed in
consultation with the appropriate legal counsel and may be accomplished through
traditional classroom education, electronic media or departmental directives. The training
should cover this policy and address any relevant statutory changes and court decisions.
Forfeiture reporting and expenditures should be completed in the manner prescribed by the law
and City financial directives. The Utah Code 24-4-114 should be referenced for reporting federal
seizures to the Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice.
Any property, money or other items of value received by this department pursuant to a federal
forfeiture shall be used in compliance with federal laws and regulations relating to equitable
sharing. Such property may be used to fund crime prevention and law enforcement activities
described in Utah Code 24-4-117(9). State law prohibits the use of property or money received
to be used for such things as salaries, benefits, any expenses not related to law enforcement
and other purposes specified in Utah Code 24-4-117(10).
Money received as a result of a federal forfeiture may only be used as approved by the City
Council.
It is the guiding principle of the West Valley City Police Department that all undercover
operations be conducted in a safe and effective manner with an emphasis placed on the
physical and mental wellbeing of undercover and sworn personnel.
A separate file shall be maintained on each informant. Each file will be clearly marked with
an assigned, sequential informant number. Only the assigned informant number will be used to
identify the informant in police reports, affidavits for search warrants, or any other documentation
where there is a need to protect the identity of the informant. Information in these files is
confidential and will not be released without prior approval of the case agent, section sergeant,
and section lieutenant of the section utilizing the informant; and, in concurrence with the
Special Operations Section Lieutenant. . Each time an informant is utilized, a brief summary
will be placed in the informant's file documenting the actions of the informant. This will allow the
informant to build a history and show reliability/unreliability. Information on payments to
informants is to be recorded in the informant's file along with a copy of the signed payment
receipt. A ledger listing the names and file numbers of all informants will be secured in the
secured informant master file. All informant files will be made available to the command staff, the
case agent and/or others as required by law.
The Special Operations Section Lieutenant will be responsible to de-conflict anytime a new
informant is being considered for use. The de-confliction date, time and the name of the
sergeant spoken to will be documented by the Special Operations Lieutenant in the respective
informant's file. The de-confliction will be completed to ensure the following:
Confidential Reliable Informant (CRI) - An informant is a person acting as an agent for the
police department whose reliability and credibility has previously been established. This usually
consists of, but not limited to, a least one prior occasion where information provided by the
informant proved to be factual and resulted in a valid arrest or continued investigation. This does
not include concerned citizens
Paid Informant - An informant who is usually a CRI and has no pending charges. Payment to
an informant will be pre-determined by a section supervisor.
Coercion shall never be used in recruiting informants. Any direct promise of freedom from
arrest, prosecution or reductions of charges is strictly prohibited. Any considerations for
charges must be referred to the prosecutor's office for review and the agency responsible for the
charges pending against the informant. The date, name of the prosecutor and the officer from the
outside agency giving permission will be noted in the informant's file. Informants will never be
paid by the police department to testify in court.
If an officer learns that a potential informant has personal knowledge of a crime with the
potential to harm others, an appropriate supervisor shall be notified immediately. If the
informant discloses information which adversely reflects upon the integrity or conduct of a law
enforcement officer or agency, the Office of the Chief will be notified.
If the informant is found unreliable at any time, the case agent is responsible for immediately
notifying the section sergeant and documenting this information in the informant's file. The file
of the informant who is found unreliable will be separated from the "active" informant files and
Prior to using an individual as a confidential informant, the officer must receive approval from
the appropriate section supervisor. The officer shall compile sufficient background information
about the person in order to determine the reliability and credibility of the individual. A
complete debrief of the informant shall be conducted by the handling officer. Details of the
informant debrief will be placed into the informant's file. Other criminal activity will be
documented and submitted to the Intelligence Unit.
No officer shall use the services of an informant who wants to work for consideration of
charges without the permission of the prosecuting attorney's office.
The use of persons on formal parole and or probation, as informants, should be avoided.
Approval for the use of individuals, as informants, who are on formal probation or parole will be
authorized, in writing by Adult Probation and Parole or the monitoring agency, as well as by the
section lieutenant. A copy of the written permission from Adult Probation and Parole or the
monitoring agency will be placed in the informants file.
All confidential informants are required to sign and abide by the provisions of the Confidential
Informant Regulations. The officer using the confidential informant shall discuss each of
the provisions of the agreement with the confidential informant. Prior to use of the informant,
the appropriate section supervisor will review the provisions. A copy of the Confidential
Informant Regulations will be placed into the informant's file.
Details of the agreement are to be approved in writing by the unit supervisor before being
finalized with the confidential informant.
(a) Officers shall not withhold the identity of an informant from their supervisors.
(b) Identities of informants shall otherwise be kept confidential.
(c) Criminal activity by informants shall not be condoned.
(d) Informants shall be told they are not acting as police officers or employees of the West
Valley City Police Department, and that they shall not represent themselves as such.
(e) The relationship between officers and informants shall always be ethical and
professional.
At the discretion of the section lieutenant, the o f f i c e r s assigned to that section may be
issued a predetermined amount of money, not to exceed $500.00 for the purchase of
evidence or information. All payments of $500.00 or less must be pre-approved by the unit
sergeant or section lieutenant prior to the disbursement of the funds. Any and all expenditures
over $500.00 but less than $1,000.00 will require pre-approval from the bureau chief. Any and
all payments or expenditures of $1,000.00 or more must be pre-approved by the Chief of Police.
A monthly audit of each o f f i c e r ’ s expenditures will be completed. All expenditures will
need to be supported with a signed receipt, expense form, or CI payment form.
O f f i c e r s requesting funds must complete the "Special Fund Request for Cash" form. After
the transactions, the "Special Evidence Expense Form" will be completed with receipts attached.
If payments are made to informants, the "Confidential Informant Payment" form will be
completed and signed by the officer, informant and a witness. Copies of all forms will be
maintained in the informant file system.
All fund money received and disbursed will be recorded in a fund ledger, to be maintained by the
supervisor with control over those funds. The ledger will identify the initial fund balance. All
credits (cash income received) and debits (cash disbursed) will be documented in a ledger
with the date, officer receiving funds, the transaction and the new balance on hand.
Each o f f i c e r who has been issued funds will not mix funds with their personal money. They
must be able to produce the funds at any time upon request of a unit or section supervisor or any
command staff. Each o f f i c e r who obtains funds will keep a separate record of his/her own,
indicating amounts receive dates, to who disbursed and the remaining balance. This record is
also subject to inspection at any time by a unit or section supervisor or command staff.
As a general rule, no money will be given to an informant who has pending criminal
charges. No payment will ever be made to an informant until the reliability of the informant is
verified. No payments will be made unless the proper informant file has been completed and
maintained by the appropriate section supervisor. The o f f i c e r ’ s sergeant will be kept
informed in all cases involving the use of an informant. If an o f f i c e r expends funds not
authorized by this policy, they will be subject to discipline.
Each confidential informant receiving a cash payment shall be informed of his/her responsibility
to report the cash to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) as income.
Occasionally a situation may arise causing the officer to follow a suspect out of the county. The
officer may find it necessary for these funds to be used for gas, food or other travel expenses.
Officers must receive prior approval from the appropriate supervisor for these types of
expenses. The officer will attach receipts of all expenses in this category.
During the course of many investigations it often becomes necessary to spend money for
various things related to criminal activity, but which cannot be classified as physical evidence.
This may include, but is not limited to, funds for hotels/motels, apartments, store fronts and
funds for undercover detectives. Receipts should be obtained when it will not expose the
undercover operative. In these cases, approval of the section lieutenant will be required prior to
any expenditures of this type.
With prior approval, undercover officers may expend funds to purchase alcoholic beverages to
allow them to blend in at bars, taverns or clubs. Officers are never authorized to become
intoxicated in such situations.
610.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to the policy include:
Eyewitness identification process - Any field identification, live lineup or photographic
identification.
Field identification - A live presentation of a single individual to a witness following the
commission of a criminal offense for the purpose of identifying or eliminating the person as the
suspect.
Live lineup - A live presentation of individuals to a witness for the purpose of identifying or
eliminating an individual as the suspect.
Photographic lineup - Presentation of photographs to a witness for the purpose of
identifying or eliminating an individual as the suspect.
Double blind presentation – Neither the law enforcement official administering the
identification procedure, nor the witness knows the suspect’s identity.
Blinded presentation (The folder system) - The administrator may know who the suspect is but
does not know which photograph is being viewed by the eyewitness.
POLICY
This Department will strive to use eyewitness identification techniques, when appropriate, to
enhance the investigative process and will emphasize identifying persons responsible for crime
and exonerating the innocent.
• Whether a difference in race or ethnicity between the witness and suspect affected the
identification;
• The length of time that passed between the witness's original observation and the time
the witness identified the suspect;
• Any instance in which the witness either identified or failed to identify the suspect and
whether this remained consistent thereafter; and
• Whether the witness was exposed to opinions, photographs, or any other information or
influence that may have affected the independence of the witness in making the
identification.
610.6 DOCUMENTATION
A thorough description of the eyewitness process and the results of any eyewitness
identification should be documented in the case report. Witness comments of how certain
he/she is of the identification or non-identification should be quoted in the report.
If a photographic lineup is utilized, a copy of the photographic lineup presented to the
witness should be included in the case report. In addition, the order in which the
photographs were presented to the witness should be documented in the case report.
614.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department will place a hold on an item that has evidentiary value
and is in the possession of a pawn or secondhand business only as allowed by Utah law and
when the item is necessary to an open investigation.
614.3 PROCEDURE
A member of the Department may require a pawnbroker or secondhand business to place a 90-
day hold on an item in the possession of the pawnbroker or secondhand business if the item is
necessary to an open investigation. The hold may be extended for an additional 90 days if
warranted by exigent circumstances. Subsequent extensions must be approved by a court
order. An officer may seize the item only as permitted by law:
(a) When seizure is necessary to permit the fingerprinting or chemical testing of the item.
(b) For use as an exhibit at trial, as authorized by the prosecutor.
(c) If the item contains unique or sensitive personal identifying information.
Whenever the officer has reason to believe that property subject to a hold is in the
possession of a pawnbroker or secondhand business, the officer should notify the person who
reported the property as lost or stolen, as well as any agency taking a report, of all of the
following:
(a) Notify the pawnbroker or secondhand business in writing that the hold or seizure has been
terminated.
(b) Return the item to the pawnbroker or secondhand business, or advise the pawnbroker or
secondhand business, either in writing or electronically, of the specific alternative
disposition of the item.
If this Department receives a registered or certified letter from the pawnbroker or secondhand
business informing the Department that the holding period has expired, the assigned detective
shall respond within 30 days in the manner prescribed by law.
616.2 DEFINITION
Cold Case - Any case involving a criminal homicide or suspected homicide in which the manner
of death is undetermined but is suspected to be a criminal homicide. Or a death in which the
victim is missing and suspected to have been murdered. The case is “unsolved,” meaning that
no criminal charges have been filed for the murder. A case may not qualify as “unsolved” even
though no one has been charged for the homicide for a number of reasons to include;
(a) There is evidence establishing the guilt of the suspect beyond a reasonable doubt (such as
a confession, eyewitness identification, DNA, or other forensic evidence) but the suspect
could not be brought to trial because he or she died.
(b) There was compelling evidence of guilt but the original suspect was tried and acquitted or
could not be prosecuted for technical reasons. For example, a suspect may have been
acquitted, or not prosecuted, because the killing was self-defense, or otherwise justified, or
a confession or other conclusive evidence of guilt was excluded from the trial.
The original investigation did not result in an arrest, and the case remained inactive for more
than one year due to a lack of viable or unexplored leads. If the case was dormant for one
consecutive year during any period, without any active investigation, the case will be considered
a cold case. However, cold cases do not include all cases that have been dormant for more
than 1 year. For example, the suspect may be incarcerated on other charges and for strategic
reasons the police or prosecutors decided not to lodge criminal charges while the suspect was
incarcerated.
618.2 POLICY
The Department may provide police protection for VIP’s or other persons against whom a
significant threat is perceived, a potential or known attendance of a significant number of people,
or to assist other agencies in their assigned security missions while the visiting persons are in
the city.
618.2.1 DEFINITION
A VIP is any person who, because of social, political, religious or other position may be a target
of threats, intimidation, extortion, or physical harm to self, family, or traveling companions.
The designated supervisor will coordinate and supervise all security measures. He/She should
make inquiries to the VIP’s security representatives regarding:
If a VIP has his or her own security detail, the designated supervisor or designee will arrange
for coordination between the Department’s security detail and the outside security detail.
The designated supervisor shall prepare a written plan of the detail and submit it through the
chain of command as soon as is practical prior to the event.
Prior arrangements for dealing with unauthorized persons that become a security issue should
be made and discussed during the briefing. Specific plans should be made for dealing with and
transporting of arrestees in a manner that does not interfere with the smooth operation of the
security plan or jeopardize the safety of the VIP or their staff.
620.2 POLICY
Victims of sexual violence may be unwilling or unable to assist in an investigation due to the
physiological effects of trauma or other factors. Officers and detectives play a significant role
in both the victim’s willingness to cooperate in the investigation and ability to cope with the
emotional and psychological effects of sexual violence. Consequently, it is especially important
that these cases be handled from a nonjudgmental perspective with an understanding of the
human body’s neuro-biological response to trauma. For this reason, sexual offense related
investigations conducted by members of the department will be conducted in a manner
consistent with a trauma-informed response.
620.3 DEFINITIONS
Sexual Offense - As used in this policy refers to any of the following crimes: Aggravated Sexual
Assault, Rape, Object Rape, Forcible Sodomy, Forcible Sexual Abuse, Sexual Battery,
Lewdness, or voyeurism.
Victim Advocate - This generic term may apply to a wide range of service providers, rape crisis
counselors, social workers, or departmental victim advocates. Depending on the primary
functions of these different advocates, the levels of confidentiality and privilege they have will
vary and should, therefore, always be understood by each member of the sexual assault
response team and communicated to the victim.
Consent - Words or overt actions by a person who is legally and functionally competent to give
informed approval, indicating a freely given agreement to engage in sexual acts.
Examiner - The health care provider conducting the sexual assault medical forensic
examination. Also known as Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner (SANE), Sexual Assault Forensic
Examiner (SAFE), and Forensic Nurse Examiner (FNE)
Rape – Utah Criminal Code 76-5-402 defines rape as when the actor has sexual intercourse
with another person without the victim’s consent
Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) – A multidisciplinary team that provides immediate,
specialized response to victims of recent sexual assault. The team typically includes health
care personnel, law enforcement representatives, victim advocates, social service agencies,
and prosecutors. Many SARTs meet monthly and frequently engage in systems reviews to
ensure that the best victim-centered services are being provided in their communities.
620.4 PROCEDURES
In conducting the initial investigation, the initial officer should attempt to determine the location
of occurrence, time of occurrence, type of sexual assault, victim contact information (also
attempt to obtain contact information for the victim’s next of kin, family, and close friends to
assist detectives in being able to contact the victim in the future.) Contact information of
witnesses, if any, and suspect should also be gathered. Any interview conducted by the initial
officer with the victim should be limited in scope to these basic factors. A detailed, trauma-
informed interview will be conducted with the victim at a later time.
The initial officer should identify the scene, people, vehicles, or objects involved as well as
possible safety concerns and secure the crime scene to ensure that evidence is not lost,
changed, or contaminated.
In consideration of conducting the initial investigation of a sexual offense, the initial officer
should treat each report as factual. The initial officer shall conduct him/herself in a manner to
establish trust and rapport with the victim. Patience, understanding, and respect for the victim’s
dignity shall be expressed at all times. Officers should understand that their conduct during the
initial investigation may serve to increase or decrease the victim’s willingness to disclose
important case facts and participate in the investigation.
The use of alcohol or illegal substance(s) by a victim (including underage drinking) shall not be
used to discredit or discourage a victim from reporting a sexual assault. The priority is to conduct
a thorough investigation of the sexual assault rather than prosecute victims for misdemeanor
violations.
The initial officer should discuss the importance of evidence preservation and should encourage
the victim to participate in a forensic medical examination. The officer should be familiar with
the various providers of sexual assault examinations in Salt Lake County and explain those
options to the victim. If a victim is otherwise in need of medical care in a hospital setting, a SANE
The initial officer should attempt to locate, identify, and interview witnesses.
The initial officer should attempt to identify suspect(s) and obtain contact information.
The initial officer should discuss the circumstances and facts of the case with his/her supervisor.
The supervisor will then make the determination if a Detective is to be called out for further,
immediate investigation.
Responding officers shall protect the integrity of the evidence and guard the chain of custody
by properly marking, packaging, and labeling all evidence collected, including:
(a) Clothing worn at the time of the assault and immediately afterward.
When an investigating officer suspects that a sexual assault may have been facilitated with
drugs or alcohol, the officer should determine the time of the incident as soon as possible in
order to make decisions regarding the collection of urine and blood samples by a forensic nurse.
Officers shall introduce the need for a medical examination to the victim explaining its
importance relative to investigative efforts as well as for the victim’s wellbeing. Officers shall not
coerce victims into receiving a SANE exam or providing samples for drug screening.
DNA evidence plays a crucial role in the sexual assault investigation. In addition to the victim’s
and suspect’s bodies and clothing, there are many other potential sources to consider such as
condoms, sheets, blankets, pillows, bottles, etc. that may contain biological evidence such as
semen, blood, sweat, tissue, saliva, hair, and urine.
The sexual assault evidence kit (Code R Kit) shall be accepted from the SANE nurse after it
has been properly sealed and labeled.
The kit may contain whole blood that requires that the kit be placed and logged into an
evidence refrigerator as soon as possible. The kit may also contain a urine sample for toxicology
testing. If it does, the urine sample shall also be refrigerated.
Investigating officers or supervisors shall have access to the evidence refrigerator after regular
business hours, on weekends, and on holidays.
The kit shall not be allowed to freeze or be exposed to heat such as being near a car’s interior
heater.
Many cases of sexual assault also involve questions of identification pending the processing of
DNA evidence, thus officers should diligently attempt to identify and locate witnesses and
corroborate information obtained during the investigation. Individuals with whom the victim
discussed the sexual assault should be interviewed.
620.4.4 DOCUMENTATION
Any officer who interviews a witness or suspect, identifies evidence, or processes a crime scene
shall write their own report detailing the actions taken.
Documentation shall be completed and entered into the official digital case file in a timely
manner so as to ensure all documentation is completed in a manner contemporaneous to the
activity being documented and in sufficient detail as to appropriately document the details of the
investigative activity. Recordings should also be included in the case in a timely manner.
related to community resources specifically designed to help victims of sexual assault should
be provided to the victim.
Because individual responses to trauma vary greatly from person to person, the response to
the trauma of a sexual assault shall not be used in any way to measure credibility. When a
victim has experienced a traumatic event or drugs or alcohol are involved, the victim may have
limited recollection or be unable to give a complete account of the crime. Not knowing the details
of what happened may exacerbate the trauma experienced by the victim.
During the interview the investigator should use the TIVI protocol and abide by the protocol
guidelines.
(a) Ensure that the victim has the investigator’s and victim advocate’s contact information.
(b) Ensure that the correct and complete contact information for the victim is on file. This should
include any temporary living arrangements, contact information for close friends, family,
employment information, or other information as appropriate to assist in keeping in contact
with the victim to increase the chances of the victim remaining engaged throughout the
investigative process.
(c) Encourage the victim to contact the investigator with any additional information or evidence.
(d) Remind the victim that visible evidence of injury may appear later, and to contact the
investigator to arrange for additional photographs or other documentation as necessary.
(e) Inform the victim about the next steps in the investigation.
(f) Express appreciation for the victim’s participation in the interview.
(g) Ask the victim if she/he has any questions.
As appropriate, the victim should be advised of the possibility of media coverage as well as
information the media has access to regarding sexual assault crimes.
hours after the assault. Furthermore, injuries may be documented beyond that timeframe,
especially if the victim is bleeding, experiencing pain, or still in the process of healing. As
appropriate, direction from forensic nurses should be sought regarding the applicability of
forensic examination as related to specific cases. Members of the department shall be familiar
with the process related to the administration of sexual assault examinations in Salt Lake County
and shall seek appropriate direction as necessary.
Address any special needs of the victim such as communication, mobility, and notify the victim
advocate of any such need.
Explain the purpose of the forensic examination and its importance to the investigation.
The victim has the right to decline any or all parts of the examination.
Explain that in most circumstances involving a forensic examination, the Rape Recovery Center
will be notified by the SANE nurse prior to the exam.
Encourage a victim who is unwilling to undergo a forensic exam to get any necessary medical
attention.
The police report shall contain a copy of the forensic exam documents and a summary of the
findings specifically to include significant information or injury. All evidence obtained from
the SANE Nurse following the examination to include code R kits, clothing, etc. shall be promptly
transferred to the Evidence Department and properly booked under the related case number.
The TIVI interview should be conducted as soon as possible following the appropriate waiting
period subsequent to the sexual assault. The investigator should arrange for an advocate to be
available during the interview. The advocate can be present during the interview with the victim’s
consent but will not participate in the interview.
Prior to conducting the interview, the investigator should determine what information is needed
so that all necessary questions can be asked in one interview. Ideally, there should not be a
need for any additional interviews.
The investigator should arrange for an interpreter prior to the interview as necessary. Also,
accommodations for victims with disabilities should be made prior to the interview as
appropriate.
The investigator should explain the importance of the interview and that some questions may
seem pointed, but they need to be asked in order to gather evidence.
At the conclusion of the interview, the investigator should explain the charging process to the
victim and provide the victim with the investigator’s contact information. The investigator should
encourage the victim to contact the investigator with any questions or concerns that arise.
In cases where a “pretext” recorded phone call or meeting between the victim and suspect is
used, the investigator should ensure that the victim is provided a thorough explanation as to
her/his role in such a strategy. An advocate should be included when this explanation is offered
to the victim. This method should only be employed with the complete understanding and
cooperation of the victim and the investigator shall take into consideration the victim’s emotional
and physical state.
Ensure that forensic lab requests such as DNA, biology, trace, or toxicology requests are
properly submitted. In cases where information suggests that a substance or substances may
have incapacitated the victim during the assault without the victim’s knowledge, blood and/or
urine samples may need to be submitted for toxicology analysis. In cases where the victim
reports having intentionally ingested a substance or substances which may have led to
incapacitation, consult with the assigned prosecutor regarding proceeding with further
toxicology testing.
Ensure that all interviews of victims, witnesses, and suspects are properly documented. If
applicable, obtain a copy of the 911 recording.
Continue working with the victim advocate throughout the case so as to ensure that the victim
remains informed as to the status of the case. The victim should be notified when the suspect
has been charged and any questions the victim has should be addressed.
All cases involving an allegation of a sexual offense that include an identified suspect shall be
screened with the appropriate prosecutor’s office.
A search warrant may be necessary to collect any evidence from the body of the suspect or to
collect the suspect’s clothing if applicable. If the suspect consents to such evidence collection,
documentation of voluntary consent shall be recorded and documented in the police report
along with a signed consent form.
Members of the department shall be trained to collect cells from the inside of a suspect’s cheeks
for DNA profiling. Cotton tipped swabs or other buccal DNA collectors shall be readily available
for members of the department to use in collecting such samples.
It is important to understand that following a sexual assault, a victim may not wish to pursue a
criminal investigation. Cases where a victim does not wish to file a report with law enforcement
but chooses to participate in a forensic medical exam are referred to as restricted reports. The
victim may change their mind about this decision at any time. In compliance with state law, the
department shall retain all sexual assault kits obtained pursuant to a restricted report and no
such sexual assault kits transferred to the department’s custody will be submitted to the crime
lab for forensic processing unless and until the victim chooses to un-restrict their report or if it is
deemed necessary for the safety of the public.
All un-restricted code-R kits or their associated U-quick kit transferred to the department’s
custody from any forensic nurse shall be submitted to the state crime lab for forensic processing.
Evidence personnel shall be responsible for ensuring that all such kits are submitted to the
crime lab within thirty (30) days and properly entered in the statewide sexual assault kit tracking
system within five (5) business days, per House Bill 200. The supervisor of the Special Victim
Unit shall be responsible for notifying the evidence department of any restricted code-R kits so
as to ensure that such kits are not submitted to the crime lab for forensic processing.
Officers taking custody of code-R kits and U-quick kits shall ensure that such evidentiary items
are promptly and properly booked into evidence under the appropriate case number. In the case
of a restricted code-R kit, the officer shall obtain a long form case number and properly book
the kit into evidence.
Code R kits received from the Family Justice Center and Primary Children’s Safe and Healthy
Families will be accompanied by a packet of paperwork to be given to the assigned detective.
This packet of paper work shall be placed in the SVU Sergeant’s box or in the investigations
box in the report writing room. On Code R kits received from Wasatch Forensic Nurses, this
paperwork will be submitted to the department electronically. The SVU Sergeant, as well as
some SVU Detectives and evidence personnel will be able to access these documents
electronically.
Usually officers can accept virtual hearsay information for initial reporting purposes as long as
the person giving the information has had direct conversation with the victim concerning the
crime and enough information is provided to establish that a possible sexual crime has been
committed. If, hearsay information is not available, the officer still needs to obtain enough
information to complete an initial report. In doing so, the officer shall allow the victim to tell them
what happened, without interruptions if possible. Once the narrative is received, limit questions
to clarify basic information such as site of occurrence, suspect information and possible
witnesses. It is not the officer’s place to question the victim’s narrative, even if it seems
unreasonable and includes inconsistencies.
It is very important to get accurate contact information for the victim and victim’s parents or
guardians, including but not limited to: home addresses, home phone numbers, mobile phone
numbers, work phone number, email addresses and parent information.
A SVU Detective will follow-up and a forensic interview will be conducted with the juvenile. In
obtaining the initial report, it is advisable that no further questions of the victim be conducted.
The initial officer should advise all other parties involved that it would be best that they not
question the victim until after the forensic interview.
If the victim lives in a home where the alleged suspect also resides, the Special Victims
detectives need to be notified.
Do not allow the victim to return to a home or any place where the suspect is going to be.
Document the case and forward the case number to the Special Victims Unit Sergeant.
The request for calling out a detective must be made through the on-call Detective Supervisor.
(a) Employees shall promptly report through their chain of command any loss, damage to or
unserviceable condition of any Department-issued property or equipment, including
vehicles, assigned for their use.
(b) The use of damaged or unserviceable Department property should be discontinued as
soon as practical and replaced with comparable Department property as soon as
available and following notice to a supervisor.
(c) Except when otherwise directed by competent authority or required by exigent
circumstances, Department property shall only be used by those to whom it was
assigned. Use should be limited to official purposes and in the capacity for which it was
designed.
(d) Department property shall not be thrown away, sold, traded, donated, destroyed or
otherwise disposed of without proper authority.
(e) In the event that any Department property becomes damaged or unserviceable, no
employee shall attempt to repair the property without prior approval of a supervisor.
(f) Officers shall lock and secure police vehicles when the vehicle is left unattended.
(g) All issued equipment is maintained on the Department's inventory control list and
issued to that employee. All assigned equipment must be accounted for and turned in upon
separation of employment with the Department. The employee's final pay check will not be
issued until all issued equipment has been returned and removed from the individual's
inventory control list.
Department property assigned to specific units, to include vehicles and trailers, will be
maintained in a state of operational readiness and will be the responsibility of the supervisor
assigned over that specific unit.
All stored, unassigned Department Property will be maintained in a state of operational
readiness by the Training Section Lieutenant.
Claims for reimbursement for damage or loss of personal property must be made on the
Intradepartmental Correspondence form. This form is submitted to the employee's immediate
supervisor. The supervisor may require a separate written report of the loss or damage and an
incident report, including case number, which details the facts surrounding the damage or loss.
The supervisor shall direct a memo to the appropriate Section Commander, which shall
include the results of his/her investigation and whether the employee followed proper
procedures. The supervisor's report shall address whether reasonable care was taken to
prevent the loss or damage.
Upon review by Staff and a finding that no misconduct or negligence was involved, repair or
replacement may be recommended by the employee’s Deputy Chief who will then forward the
claim to the Finance Department.
The Department will not replace or repair luxurious or overly expensive items (jewelry, exotic
equipment) that are not reasonably required as a part of work.
The written report shall include all documents, receipts, or estimates for repair of the
concerned item/s, including any related police reports.
The submitting officer shall also submit the damaged article with the claim. If the article cannot
be submitted, the reasons shall be stated on the written report.
(a) A verbal report shall be made to the employee's immediate supervisor as soon as
circumstances permit.
(b) A written report shall be submitted before the employee goes off-duty or within the
time frame directed by the supervisor to whom the verbal report is made.
These written reports, accompanied by the supervisor's written report, shall promptly be
forwarded to the appropriate Section Commander.
This policy generically refers to all such devices as personal communication devices (PCDs),
but is intended to include all mobile phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs) and similar
wireless two-way communication and/or portable Internet access devices. PCD use includes,
but is not limited to, placing and receiving calls, text messaging, blogging and microblogging,
e-mailing, using video or camera features, playing games and accessing sites or services on
the Internet.
702.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department allow employees to utilize department issued PCDs
and to possess personally owned PCDs in the workplace, subject to certain limitations. Any
PCD used while on-duty, or used off-duty in any manner reasonably related to the business of
the Department, will be subject to monitoring and inspection consistent with the standards set
forth in this policy.
The inappropriate use of a PCD while on-duty may impair officer safety. Additionally,
employees are advised and cautioned that the use of a personally owned PCD either on-duty
or after duty hours for business-related purposes may subject the employee and the
employee’s PCD records to civil or criminal discovery or disclosure under applicable public
records laws.
Employees who have questions regarding the application of this policy or the guidelines
contained herein are encouraged to seek clarification from supervisory personnel.
In accordance with this policy, supervisors are authorized to conduct a limited administrative
search of electronic files without prior notice, consent or a search warrant, on department-
issued or personally owned PCDs that have been used to conduct department-related
business. Administrative searches can take place for work-related purposes that may be
unrelated to investigations of employee misconduct and, as practicable, will be done in the
presence of the affected employee. Prior to conducting any search of personally owned
Use of a personally owned PCD constitutes consent for the Department to access the PCD to
inspect and copy data to meet the needs of the Department, which may include litigation, public
records retention and release obligations and internal investigations. If the PCD is carried on-
duty, employees will provide the Department with all telephone access numbers of the device.
Except with prior express authorization from their supervisor, employees are not obligated or
required to carry, access, monitor or respond to electronic communications using a personally
owned PCD while off-duty. If an employee is in an authorized status that allows for appropriate
compensation consistent with policy or if the employee has prior express authorization from
his/her supervisor, the employee may engage in business-related communications. Should
employees engage in such approved off-duty communications or work, employees entitled to
compensation shall promptly document the time worked and communicate the information to
their supervisors to ensure appropriate compensation. Employees who independently
document off-duty department-related business activities in any manner shall promptly provide
the Department with a copy of such records to ensure accurate record keeping.
(a) PCDs should be carried in a manner that does not detract from the uniform or interfere with
duty belt equipment.
(b) All PCDs in the workplace shall be set to silent or vibrate mode while interacting with the
public so as to limit distractions which could affect officer safety.
(c) A PCD may not be used to conduct personal business while on-duty, except for brief
personal communications (e.g., informing family of extended hours). Employees shall
endeavor to limit their use of PCDs to authorized break times, unless an emergency
exists.
(d) Employees may use a PCD to communicate with other personnel in situations where the
use of the radio is either impracticable or not feasible. PCDs should not be used as a
substitute for, as a way to avoid or in lieu of regular radio communications.
(e) Officers are prohibited from taking pictures, video or making audio recording or making
copies of any such picture or recording media unless it is directly related to official
department business. Disclosure of any such information to any third party through any
means, without the express authorization of the Chief or the authorized designee, may
result in discipline.
(f) Employees will not access social networking sites for any purpose that is not official
department business.
(g) Using PCDs to harass, threaten, coerce or otherwise engage in inappropriate conduct
with any third party is prohibited. Any employee having knowledge of such conduct shall
promptly notify a supervisor.
(h) Employees may not manipulate any PCD while driving a department vehicle except
during an emergency or when they are engaged in the performance of their duties as a
law enforcement officer. The use of a hands-free device when a PCD must be used while
driving is encouraged.
If, when carrying out any provision of this policy, the need to contact an employee who is off-
duty arises, supervisors should consider delaying the contact, if practicable until the employee
is on-duty as such contact may be compensable.
Except in an emergency, employees who are operating non-emergency vehicles shall not use
a PCD while driving unless the device is specifically designed and configured to allow hands-
free use. Hands-free use should be restricted to business-related calls or calls of an urgent
nature.
The following situations are example of when the use of a PCD may be appropriate:
The Training Section supervisor will then make arrangements to supply the officer with a
replacement.
3. Employees will be responsible for the condition of the equipment in, and the
vehicle they are driving. To include the cleanliness of the interior and exterior.
4. Tire pressure on all vehicles will be maintained at the manufacturers
recommended pressure and will be checked by the assigned employee at least once
a week.
5. All fluid levels will be checked at least once a month by the assigned employee.
6. Officers will be provided replacement vehicles subject to availability.
7. Failure to follow the above procedures may result in discipline and/or loss of
assigned vehicle driving privileges.
706.2.3 PARKING
City-owned vehicles should be parked in either dedicated stalls or otherwise legally parked.
Officers will not park police vehicles in restricted stalls (i.e. red curbs, handicapped stalls etc.)
unless responding to an emergency situation.
When parking at meters or in other restricted parking areas, officers shall display a placard
indicating they are on official business. If, while on official business, the officer receives a
parking citation, the officer will take the citation to the Chief's Office Manager within two
business days of receiving the citation. The Office Manager will then arrange to have the
citation dismissed.
706.2.4 INSPECTIONS
The interior of any vehicle that has been used to transport any person other than an
employee should be inspected prior to placing another person in the vehicle and again after
the person is removed. This is to ensure that unauthorized items have not been left in the
vehicle.
706.3.2 DEFINITIONS
Assigned take-home vehicle - A motor vehicle owned or leased by the Police Department
which an officer may drive to and from work, and to any other function authorized by this
policy.
Assigned vehicle - A motor vehicle owned or leased by the Police Department which is
assigned specifically to one individual for use in routine duty, specialty unit assignments, or
personal use as approved by the Chief of Police. The term "Assigned Vehicle" also includes
assigned take-home vehicles, staff vehicles, marked, and unmarked vehicles.
Command Authority - Members of the police department holding the rank of Lieutenant or
above.
Marked Police Vehicle - A police vehicle which has been marked with police insignia and has
been designated for routine patrol enforcement.
Staff Vehicle - A motor vehicle owned or leased by the Police Department which is assigned to
members of the department's executive staff (Chief, Deputy Chiefs, Lieutenants).
Police Vehicle - A motor vehicle owned or leased by the West Valley City Police
Department.
Unmarked Police Vehicle - A motor vehicle owned or leased by the West Valley City Police
Department which does not bear official police insignia.
Vehicle - A motor vehicle owned or leased by West Valley City or any of its departments.
706.3.3 PROCEDURE
(a) Administration
1. The Assigned Vehicle Program may be terminated in whole or in part and any
vehicle may be withdrawn from the program at any time at the discretion of the Chief
of Police.
2. Employees using an Assigned Take-home Vehicle will complete a West Valley City,
Request for Commute Authorization form. Approval of the request is contingent
(b) Eligibility
1. Officers must have successfully completed the Field Training Program to be
considered for an assigned Take-Home Vehicle. However, an officer may be
assigned a vehicle for use during his/her tour of duty while in the Field Training
Program. Exceptions may be granted by the Chief of Police.
2. An employee may be determined ineligible for participation in the Assigned Take-
Home Vehicle Program if his/her traffic accident records reflect a history of
preventable accidents attributable to negligence and /or disregard for established
policies and procedures.
3. Eligibility for the Assigned Take-Home Program, in and of itself, does not
guarantee assignment of a vehicle nor are eligible employees required to
participate in the program.
706.4 SECURITY
Employees may take home City-owned vehicles in accordance with section 706.3
(a) Off-street parking shall be available at the employee's residence.
(b) Vehicles shall be locked when not attended.
(c) All firearms and kinetic impact weapons shall be removed from the interior of the
vehicle and properly secured in the residence when the vehicle is not attended (refer to §
312 regarding safe storage of firearms at home).
(d) The in-car computer should be removed and stored inside the officer's residence to
avoid theft or damage.
When an employee is on vacation, leave, or out of the area in excess of one week, the
vehicle shall be stored in a secure garage at the employee's residence or at the police
facility.
706.4.1 KEYS
All uniformed field personnel approved to operate marked patrol vehicles shall be issued their
own personal vehicle key. Personnel assigned a permanent vehicle shall be issued keys for
their respective vehicle. The loss of any assigned key shall be promptly reported in writing
through the employee's chain of command.
Officers may render public assistance, e.g. to a stranded motorist, when deemed prudent.
706.6 MAINTENANCE
(a) Each employee is responsible for the cleanliness (exterior and interior) and overall
maintenance of their assigned vehicle.
1. Employees may use the wash racks at the maintenance/shops.
2. Cleaning/maintenance supplies may be provided by the shops.
(b) Employees shall make daily inspections of their assigned vehicle for
service/maintenance requirements and damage.
(c) Supervisors shall make, at a minimum, monthly inspections of vehicles assigned to
employees under their command to ensure the vehicles are being maintained in
The supervisor of the employee involved in the collision shall complete the department's Fleet
Safety Report. If the employee is incapable, the supervisor shall complete the form.
Any damage to a vehicle that was not caused by a traffic collision shall be immediately
reported during the shift in which the damage was discovered, documented in memorandum
format and forwarded to the shift sergeant.
708.3 MOTORCYCLES
Except during authorized training activities, personnel shall only be authorized to operate
department motorcycles when they have completed a State-accepted police certification
course. In addition, all motorcycle operators must possess a valid motorcycle endorsement
with their driver’s license. No Department employee will operate a Department-owned
motorcycle without proper safety equipment to include at a minimum a D.O.T.-approved
helmet.
Motorcycles shall only be used when roadway and weather conditions allow for safe
operation.
Street motorcycles are deployed for the primary purpose of traffic enforcement. The Traffic
Unit Sergeant is responsible for the control and deployment of the street motorcycles.
708.4 BICYCLES
The Department has several marked police bicycles that are used during special events and
for proactive enforcement in areas that are hard to reach in a vehicle. Except during
authorized training activities, personnel shall only be authorized to operate Department
bicycles when they have completed a basic police bicycle course. In addition, all officers
utilizing bicycles shall wear a D.O.T.-approved helmet and appropriate safety equipment.
The Sergeant assigned to the Community Oriented Policing Unit is responsible for the
control and deployment of the Department bicycles.
The SWAT Van is a truck containing equipment and resources for SWAT personnel serving
on the SWAT team. The SWAT Van is used to transport SWAT Team members and
equipment to training sites and the site of any incident requiring a SWAT response. SWAT
team members assigned to operate the SWAT Van will have a working knowledge of the
capabilities and limitations of the SWAT Van prior to driving it. The SWAT Van is equipped
with specialized breaching tools, less than lethal munitions, noise sound flash devices,
ballistic shields, munition launchers and ladders, and room clearing camera equipment. The
SWAT Commander will assign those SWAT team members who are authorized to operate
the van when responding to an incident or training site.
The Armored Rescue Vehicle is a vehicle specially designed to rescue injured citizens and
officers in situations where the rescuing officers and injured parties are still under threat of
fire. The vehicle can also be used to protect officers, citizens and suspects during the
execution of high-risk search warrants, and during other high-risk situations such as
barricaded subjects. SWAT team members assigned to operate the Armored Rescue
Vehicle will have a working knowledge of its capabilities and limitations prior to driving it.
The Armored Rescue Vehicle is equipped with first aid/medical equipment, specialized
breaching tools including breaching explosives, ballistic shields, less lethal munitions, noise
sound flash devices, chemical munitions, and police radios. The SWAT Commander will
assign those SWAT team members who are authorized to operate the Armored Rescue
Vehicle when responding to an incident or training site.
The Armored Humvee is a vehicle specially designed to rescue injured citizens and officers
in situations where the rescuing officers and injured parties are still under threat of fire. The
vehicle can also be used to protect officers, citizens and suspects during the execution of
high-risk search warrants, and during other high-risk situations such as barricaded suspects.
SWAT team members assigned to operate the Armored Humvee will have a working
knowledge of its capabilities and limitations prior to driving it. The Armored Humvee is
equipped with first aid/medical equipment, breaching explosives, police radio and other
devices as needed. The SWAT Commander will assign those SWAT team members who
are authorized to operate the Armored Humvee when responding to an incident or training
site.
The SWAT Commander will ensure that the SWAT Van, Armored Humvee, Response Van
and the Armored Rescue Vehicle are operationally ready, and will be responsible for the
control and deployment of these vehicles. He/she will ensure that, prior to any employee
operating any of these vehicles, that employee has received documented training in the safe
operation of the vehicle, to include a working knowledge of that vehicle’s capabilities and
limitations.
708.8 TRAILERS
The Department operates several trailers. The following is a list of such trailers and their
functions:
CALEA Standard(s):
Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS)
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the use of an unmanned aerial system
(UAS) and for the storage, retrieval and dissemination of images and data captured by the UAS.
710.2 POLICY
Unmanned aerial systems may be utilized to enhance the department’s mission of protecting
lives and property. Any use of a UAS will be in strict accordance with constitutional and privacy
rights and Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations, and UCA 72-14 and all West Valley
City Police Department (WVCPD) policies.
710.2.1 PRIVACY
The use of the UAS potentially involves privacy considerations. Absent a warrant or exigent
circumstances, operators and observers shall adhere to FAA altitude regulations and shall not
intentionally record or transmit images of any location where a person would have a reasonable
expectation of privacy (e.g., residence, yard, enclosure). Operators and observers shall take
reasonable precautions to avoid inadvertently recording or transmitting images of areas where
there is a reasonable expectation of privacy. Reasonable precautions can include, for example,
deactivating or turning imaging devices away from such areas or persons during UAS
operations.
710.2.2 PROCEDURES
The Chief of Police will appoint a program manager who will be responsible for the management
of the UAS program. The program manager will ensure that policies and procedures conform
to current laws and regulations and will have the following additional responsibilities:
(a) Ensuring that all authorized operators and required observers have completed all required
FAA and department-approved training in the operation, applicable laws, policies and
procedures regarding use of the UAS.
(b) Developing uniform protocol for submission and evaluation of requests to deploy a UAS,
including urgent requests made during ongoing or emerging incidents. Deployment of a
UAS shall require authorization from the incident commander or watch supervisor.
(c) Developing protocol for conducting criminal investigations involving a UAS, including
documentation of time spent monitoring a subject.
(d) Developing an operational protocol governing the deployment and operation of a UAS
including, but not limited to, safety oversight, use of visual observers, establishment of lost
link procedures and secure communication with air traffic control facilities.
CALEA Standard(s):
Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS)
(e) Developing a protocol for fully documenting all missions.
(f) Developing a UAS inspection, maintenance and record-keeping protocol to ensure
continuing airworthiness of a UAS, up to and including its overhaul or life limits.
(g) Developing protocols to ensure that all data intended to be used as evidence are accessed,
maintained, stored and retrieved in a manner that ensures its integrity as evidence,
including strict adherence to chain of custody requirements. Electronic trails, including
encryption, authenticity certificates and date and time stamping, shall be used as
appropriate to preserve individual rights and to ensure the authenticity and maintenance of
a secure evidentiary chain of custody.
(h) Developing protocols that ensure retention and purge periods are maintained in accordance
with established records retention schedules.
(i) Facilitating law enforcement access to images and data captured by the UAS.
(j) Recommending program enhancements, particularly regarding safety and information
security.
(k) Ensuring that established protocols are followed by monitoring and providing an annual
report on the program to the Chief of Police.
Procedures and protocols established by the program manager will be approved by the Special
Operations Bureau Chief and filed in PowerDMS. UAS operators will sign the most recent
version of the procedures and protocols prior to operating a UAS.
Use of vision enhancement technology (e.g., thermal and other imaging equipment) is
permissible in viewing areas only where there is no protectable privacy interest, or when in
compliance with a search warrant or court order, or in an emergency. In all other instances,
legal counsel should be consulted.
• Crime reports
• Field Interview cards
• Parole and Probation records
• Computer Aided Dispatch data
• Department of Public Safety, Bureau of Criminal Identification
operational and tactical plans of specific line units should be sent directly to them.
Information relevant to the development of the Department's strategic plans should be
provided to the appropriate staff units. When information pertains to tactical and strategic
plans, it should be provided to all affected units. The Chief of Police will be briefed on crime
patterns and trends at a minimum of once a month or as needed.
802 – Expungements
802.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
This policy provides systematic and proper guidelines for the Records Section and the Evidence
Section related to the execution of Court Ordered Expungements. This policy is subject to
changing Utah State Laws and Utah State Retention Schedules.
Juvenile expungements will be completed the same as adult expungements, unless otherwise
specified by the Expungement Order.
All Expungement Orders will be completed within ten (10) days of receipt. Upon receipt of the
Expungement Order, the employee responsible for this assignment will make a copy of the
Order and place it into the Evidence box. The employee will also send an email making
notification of the Expungement Order to the Evidence supervisor. If there is evidence
associated with the case, the Evidence Department will begin their own expungement process
(See §802.3).
The Records Section Expungement Checklist will be started and followed to ensure all steps
are completed throughout the expungement procedure.
The Records Section Expungement Log will be kept to record all expungements. The log will
include the name, as listed in the Expungement Order, the case number(s), indication of “Adult”
or “Juvenile” and the date completed. Records will utilize the State of Utah’s Retention
Schedule. The State of Utah mirrors the Statute of Limitations for felonies and misdemeanors.
The assigned Records employee will remove the specified records from all computer
applications (Spillman, Sire and the Chief’s System) including; all written, electronic, recorded
or photographed documentation.
The expunged records from all computer applications, including Spillman, will be copied and
placed into a 10 x 13 envelope. Once the pertinent records to be removed are copied, the
records will be deleted. The Expungement Order will be affixed to the exterior of the envelope.
If the Statute of Limitations has run out for a case being expunged, all documents will be
destroyed and the appropriate entry will be made in the Expungement Log.
Evidence Expungement Log. The Expungement Log will be kept to record all expungements
and will include the date the request was received, the case number, name, date of birth, adult
or juvenile, and the particular system the evidence to be expunged came from.
The assigned Evidence Technician will review all computer systems for any possible related
evidentiary items. Any evidentiary items located will be printed and or transferred to a DVD/CD
and the original in the system will be deleted. Any physical evidence will be photographed and
placed on a DVD/CD. The evidence tag associated with that particular piece of evidence will
be marked with EXP/DESTROY. The evidentiary item will then be eligible for destruction.
Upon completion of this process, copies of the evidentiary items, including DVDs/CDs and the
Evidence Checklist will be sent to the Records Section employee in charge of expungements
to complete the closure of the case.
802.4 FINALIZATION
When the Records Section has received the Expungement File from Evidence, the 10 x 13
envelope utilized by Records, will be sealed and the seal will be signed and dated by the
Records employee handling the case. The case will then be filed, in the Expungement Wall
File, alphabetically. The sealed file can only be re-opened with the receipt of a signed and
valid Court Order!
804.2 DEFINITIONS
Property - Includes all items of evidence, items taken for safekeeping and found property.
Evidence - Includes items taken or recovered in the course of an investigation that may be
used in the prosecution of a case. This includes photographs and latent fingerprints.
Safekeeping - Includes the following types of property:
• Property obtained by the Department for safekeeping such as a firearm.
• Personal property of an arrestee not taken as evidence.
• Property taken for safekeeping under authority of a law.
Found Property - Includes property found by an employee or citizen that has no apparent
evidentiary value, and where the owner cannot be readily identified or contacted.
Chain of Evidence - The continuity and custody of physical evidence, from the time of
original collection to the final disposal, which may be introduced in judicial proceedings.
Impounding Officer - The officer who initially received the evidence and initiates the chain of
custody.
Evidence Technician - A department employee accountable for control and maintenance of
all items accepted or stored in the evidence room.
Evidence Room - All facilities and storage areas utilized by this law enforcement agency to
store evidence.
officer will document the date, time and location of the release, and who the property was
released to in his/her incident report.
Excluding exceptional circumstances, officers will complete the evidence booking process and
should not maintain possession of the property beyond the end of his/her shift. Exceptional
circumstances that could delay the completion of the evidence booking process include cases
involving very large quantities of property or complex scenes, and cases involving collecting
evidence from other jurisdictions where overnight travel is involved.
When a case involves a large quantity of evidence or a complex scene, the officer should
obtain a supervisor’s permission to store the evidence collected in a secure locker in the
property intake area of the Evidence Unit. An email should be sent to the Evidence Unit
Supervisor letting him/her know which locker the property is in and that the officer has not
completed packaging and booking the evidence. The officer may then return to the Evidence
Unit during business hours and an evidence technician will assist the officer in retrieving the
property to complete the evidence booking process. Property will not be stored in the officer’s
workspace, vehicle, home or other places that are not secure and would interrupt the chain of
custody.
If an officer must travel overnight in order to collect evidence from another jurisdiction relating
to a case in this jurisdiction, the evidence should be removed from the vehicle the officer is
traveling in and secured with him/her in his/her overnight accommodation so that the chain of
custody remains unbroken.
Personal property of an arrestee not taken as evidence should be booked into the Evidence
Room under the status of safekeeping. The officer should complete a Notice to Claim property
form for these items. A copy of this form will be given or mailed to the arrestee and serves as
notification that the property will only be kept for 90 days. A second copy of the form will be
placed in the evidence locker with the property.
All property submitted to evidence must be thoroughly inventoried. This includes all closeable
containers such as safes, suitcases, backpacks and purses. If the contents of an item are
unknown, it will not be accepted into evidence.
Items that contain personal information, such as driver’s licenses, credit cards, and cell
phones must be removed from bags or suitcases and packaged separately.
If the arrestee is in possession of items that would be considered trash (Kleenex, old bus
transfers, etc.) or food or drink items that are not accepted by the Evidence Unit, these items
will be properly disposed of and this will be documented in the officer’s report.
If a copy of the NTCP form cannot be given to a person at the time of collection, then both
copies can be placed in the evidence locker and the original will be sent by mail to the
owner. If the owner of the property does not have a permanent mailing address, then the
officer is responsible for verbally providing the information pertaining to the process for
claiming property within the 90-day hold period. The officer should then list "verbally advised"
under the address of the NTCP form and submit it with the booked property.
Officers will use the following forms as receipts depending on the reason the property is
received or seized:
(a) For found property: Found Property Statement form.
(b) For property held for safekeeping: Notice to Claim Property (NTCP) form
(c) For property seized for asset forfeiture purposes: Asset Seizure Notification form.
(d) For property seized as evidence: Evidence Inventory form.
log it in.
(d) All cash shall be counted in the presence of the initial officer, a witness officer and a
supervisor and the envelope and currency label initialed by both officers and the
supervisor. The Field Commander shall be contacted for cash in excess of $1,000 for
special handling procedures. Evidence personnel will store all cash, jewelry and other
valuables in a locked safe within the secured evidence room.
(e) Evidence personnel will store all firearms in a separate locked area within the secured
evidence room.
(f) Evidence personnel will store all drugs in a separate locked room within the secured
evidence room.
(g) Evidence which may bear latent fingerprints, or partial prints, will be handled carefully and
packaged individually to prevent destruction or contamination.
(h) Alcoholic beverages will be documented and collected using the following guidelines:
1. The employee collecting the alcoholic beverage should place a mark on the container
to note the level of the liquid in the container upon seizure and the item should be
photographed. The liquid will then be discarded and the container will be submitted to
evidence personnel for storage.
2. If the item is going to be processed for DNA or fingerprint evidence, it must be
thoroughly dried and packaged in a paper bag prior to submitting it into evidence.
City property, unless connected to a known criminal case, should be released directly to the
appropriate City department. No formal booking is required. In cases where no responsible
person can be located, the property should be booked for safekeeping in the normal manner.
A property tag shall be securely attached to the outside of all items or group of items
packaged together.
TOXICOLOGY LAB
Property will be transported to the toxicology lab unopened and in its original packaging. It will
be checked in at the lab window, and pertinent information will be entered into the toxicology
lab system. A received slip will be generated by the lab, and be given to the transporting
employee. The lab employee will also sign the Department’s release of property slip. If the
transporting employee is not an evidence tech, the received slip and the Department’s release
of property slip will be taken to an evidence tech. The evidence tech will enter these
documents into the case records, verifying the transfer of the property.
Toxicology laboratory reports are sent to the Evidence Unit via email. A copy of the results
will be forwarded to the case manager and a copy will be added to the case records.
If property is returned to the Evidence Unit from the Toxicology lab, a return entry will be made
in the records management system.
Evidence, and a copy of that form will accompany the officer and property to the outside lab.
The property will be checked in at the lab and will be logged into the lab’s system according
to the lab’s protocol. The lab employee will sign the Release of Property form and the officer
will sign any chain of custody form required by the lab. The officer will obtain copies of all
signed forms and will attach these forms electronically to the case report. The officer will
document all chain of custody transfers in a supplemental report to the original case.
The officer will be responsible for the return of the property and its original evidence packaging
from the lab. The officer will sign any chain of custody form required by the lab and obtain
copies of any results of tests performed on the property by the lab. The officer will attach these
documents electronically to the case report. The processed property will be returned to an
evidence technician or booked into a secure locker in the Evidence in-take area. The evidence
technician receiving the returned property will make a returned entry in the records
management system. The officer will document all chain of custody transfers in a
supplemental report to the original case.
If the lab is out of state, or outside of reasonable driving distances, the officer will make
arrangements with the lab for the property to be sent via a method which requires a certified
signature verifying the receipt of the property. The officer will include the processing request
information with the packaged property. The evidence technician will update the records
management system to show when the property was checked out and for what purpose. The
officer will document all chain of custody transfers in a supplemental report to the original
case.
The officer is responsible to ensure the property is returned to him/her via a method which
requires a certified signature verifying the receipt of the property. The officer will return the
property to an evidence technician or secure the property in a locker in the Evidence in-take
area. The evidence technician receiving the property will make a return entry in the records
management system. The officer will attach any lab results and other documentation to the
case and will complete a supplemental report documenting the chain of custody of each item
sent for processing.
If the property is used up during the processing procedure or will not be returned to evidence
for any reason, the officer will notify the Evidence Unit of the status of the property in writing.
This may be done via email to the evidence helpdesk.
ii. Sell the property at public auction and apply the proceeds of the sale to a public
interest use; or
iii. Destroy the property if it is unfit for a public interest use or sale.
3. Any person employed by a law enforcement agency who finds property may not claim
or receive property under this section (Utah Code 77-24a-5(5)).
The final disposition of all such property shall be fully documented in the records management
system.
An evidence technician shall release the property upon proper identification being presented by
the person for which an authorized release notification has been received. A signature of the
person receiving the property shall be recorded on a printed copy of the release.
804.6.6 DISPUTED CLAIMS TO PROPERTY
Occasionally more than one party may claim an interest in property being held by the
Department, and the legal rights of the parties cannot be clearly established. Such property
shall not be released until one party has obtained a valid court order or other undisputed right
to the involved property.
All parties should be advised that their claims are civil and in extreme situations, legal
counsel for the Department may wish to file an interpleader to resolve the disputed claim.
4. If photographic prints are needed and only negatives are available, the Evidence Unit will
be responsible for transporting the negatives to the processing center.
(c) PHOTOGRAPHIC EVIDENCE FEE SCHEDULE
1. Fees for the release of photographic evidence will be set in accordance with state
and local laws.
Please refer to the West Valley City Policy Department Property Management
Handbook under Film/Photographs and Digital Imaging for more information on
processing photographic evidence. A hard copy of the handbook is available in the
evidence in-take area, and electronic copies are available on PowerDMS and the H
Drive.
clearance from the PIO or officer assigned by the Chief of Police to handle
administrative authorizations.
iii. The Evidence Unit shall determine the necessary fees according to the fee
schedule and will verify that the fees have been received prior to releasing any
images. If a GRAMA request is completed at the window in the lobby of the
Public Safety Building, the fee will be paid at that time to the Records Section
personnel taking the request and the requestor will be required to produce photo
identification.
iv. Once clearance is given and payment received, the Evidence Unit will copy the
photographs onto CD, or will send the 35 mm prints either to the lobby for release
or send them via certified mail to the requestor. If the photographs or CD is released
in person, the person receiving them will be required to sign a Chain of Custody
Release Form. Request sent via certified mail will have a signature on the receipt
form from the Post Office which is returned to the Department as the sender. This
receipt will be attached to the Chain of Custody Release Form as verification that
the photos were received and by whom.
v. If a photograph is denied for some reason, a denial letter, signed by the City
Recorder, will be sent to the requestor. The case will need to be GRAMA
restricted by the case agent or person denying the release, noting the reasons why
the case is restricted.
5. No one shall be permitted beyond the business counter of the office area without
authorization of the Evidence Room personnel.
6. The Evidence Room has been set aside to protect the integrity of evidence. Only police
business shall be conducted in any portion of the Evidence Room(s).
7. No persons other than Evidence Room personnel shall take breaks in the evidence
area.
8. The evidence area will not be a place for loitering or congregating.
9. All West Valley City Buildings are no smoking areas. This includes the evidence
area(s).
805.2 PROCEDURE
(a) The drug collection and disposal program provides a safe disposal location for citizens to
properly dispose of unused prescription medications.
1. This program provides an environmentally safe alternative to disposing of
medications in the landfill or sewer systems which may later negatively affect the
environment.
2. This program encourages citizens to remove their unneeded medications from their
homes. This reduces access to addictive medications for accidental or intentional
misuse by children in the home.
(b) A steel mailbox-style collection box will be provided in which citizens may deposit these
medications.
1. Collection boxes shall be clearly marked for this purpose
2. Collection boxes shall be locked and securely mounted to prohibit removal of the
box or retrieval of medications from within the box without a key.
3. Citizens may place their unused medications/drugs into the collection box
anonymously.
4. Medications can be placed into plastic bags provided at the drop location or place
the entire prescription bottle into the drop box.
5. Syringes or sharps of any kind will not be accepted. Instructions for disposal of
these items will be posted on the drop box to assist the public.
6. Opened containers of liquid will not be accepted unless they are completely
sealed.
(c) The Evidence Unit will be responsible for collection of the deposited medications.
1. The Evidence Unit will be the sole possessors of keys to the collection boxes.
(a) City Employees, to include police officers, will not have access to the
contents of the collection boxes.
2. A case number will be assigned to the collection box annually. The Evidence Unit
will document each collection in a supplemental report. This allows for tracking
of data to monitor the program's benefits.
3. The Evidence Unit will collect the deposited drugs on a frequency deemed
necessary based on the location and usage, but at least on a monthly basis.
4. The Evidence Unit will bag the deposited drugs, document a general description of
the contents, provide a weight of the contents, and place them into evidence
pending destruction.
5. Two persons from the Evidence Unit will be present during the collection,
Reports are numbered commencing with the last two digits of the current year followed by an
agency identifier assigned to The West Valley City Police Department, I (India), followed by a six
digit sequential number beginning with 000001 starting at midnight on the first day of January of
each year. As an example, case number 09I000001 would be the first new case beginning
January 1, 2009. The agency identifier is assigned by Spillman to differentiate our agencies
reports from that of other agencies utilizing the Spillman system.
The Department also accepts reports directly from citizens via an electronic reporting system.
Reports received electronically will follow the same formatting as above, commencing with the
last two digits of the current year followed by the agency identifier I (India). However, in order
to ensure each case is assigned a unique number, the six digit sequential number for all reports
received electronically will begin with 200001 starting at midnight on the first day of January
each year. As an example, case number 14I200001 would be the first case received
electronically in the year 2014.
West Valley City Police Department employees shall not access, view or distribute, or allow
anyone else to access, view or distribute any record, file or report, whether hard copy or
electronic file format, except in accordance with department policy and with a legitimate law
enforcement or business purpose or as otherwise permissible by law.
806.3.1 PURPOSE
To establish policy and procedures for the maintenance of security for the Records area to
prevent the unauthorized release of information or disruption of Records activities.
806.3.2 POLICY
(a) Access to records will be limited to the following:
1. Police Department employees, on official business and as authorized by the
Records Section Supervisor, or Senior Records Clerk on duty.
2. Visitors, with approval of the Section Commander or Records Supervisor, who is
accompanied by a police employee.
3. Maintenance and support personnel with card reader access.
(a) The officer in charge will initiate security measures to prevent persons without a right and
a need to know from entering the crime scene or its immediate area to prevent the
destruction or contamination of evidence. Officers should determine an access avenue
for investigating officers to view and enter the scene with minimal disturbance.
(b) The officer assigned access control will maintain a log of all individuals entering the crime
scene. The log should include, at a minimum, the name, title, and agency of the person
entering the scene, and the time and date they enter and exit. The log must have a copy
submitted to the Records Section and the original must be booked in as evidence.
(c) The officer will search the crime scene to locate and identify physical evidence. Evidence
will not be removed from the scene until its location has been documented with
photographs, sketches, or other appropriate means.
(d) Officers should take written notes of their actions, observations, and interviews to ensure
accuracy and completeness in subsequent written reports documenting the scene.
(e) If key evidence is obvious and could potentially be disturbed, the officer should place
cones or other available devices to protect the evidence until the scene is completely
under police control.
808.4 COLLECTION OF EVIDENCE
Upon completion of any photography, note taking, or sketching the collection of evidence can
be conducted. Evidence shall be collected in a systematic, organized manner so as to maintain
chain of custody.
(a) Property Involvements: A description of all items of evidence will be dictated by an officer
as an Involvement or listed on a Property Information Sheet and submitted to the Records
Section.
(b) General Procedures: Collected items of evidence shall be placed in individual packaging
when necessary to avoid cross-contamination. Each package should be heat sealed or
sealed with clear tape and the seal should be signed to include the officer’s initials, badge
number, and date. A completed evidence tag shall be attached to the packaging or
secured to the item with a zip tie in cases where the item does not need further processing
and is self-contained. All items will then be placed into a secured evidence locker.
Whenever available, materials and substances from known sources will be collected in
order to provide a sample for comparison with the collected evidence.
(c) Original Documents: Documents considered to have evidentiary value will be collected
and booked into evidence. These documents should be copied or imaged and submitted
to the Records Section to be electronically stored until the storage time limitations are met.
The original documents shall be packaged, sealed, and secured in an evidence locker to
be received by evidence personnel.
(d) Items that will be submitted to a Laboratory: Items which require further analysis by the
Forensic Unit, a state laboratory, or a private laboratory will be submitted with an
accompanying Request for Analysis form. Items to be processed for DNA evidence will
be packaged in paper bags or cardboard boxes to allow for proper ventilation and prevent
degradation.
(e) Potential Bio-hazard Packages: These items are required to have the appropriate warning
labels affixed to them and packaged in a safe manner. Blood or other biological fluids
present on any item must be thoroughly dried prior to submission. Please refer to the
Property Management Handbook for further procedural instruction.
(f) Firearms, Cartridges, Cartridge Casings, and Fired Bullets: Items collected which may be
conducive to a firearm examination require care to protect the barrel and action of the
firearm, trace evidence which may be present, and surfaces of the cartridges, casings,
and fired bullets. Detailed photography with oblique lighting methods should be performed
prior to packaging the items in order to document the presence of any trace evidence,
fingerprints, and markings.
1 Every firearm is required to have a yellow Weapons Cleared sticker adhered to
the gun box prior to booking. Every attempt should be made to record the make,
model, serial number, caliber, manufacturer, and importer on the sticker and as
part of the Supplemental Report or on a Property Information Sheet when a
firearm is collected so an e-trace can be requested.
2 All firearms collected will be unloaded and the action open. Revolvers should be
made safe by threading a plastic zip tie around the top of the frame to prevent the
cylinder from closing. Rifles and pistols should be made safe by inserting a yellow
Weapon Cleared plug into the chamber. Shotguns should be made safe by
leaving the breech open. Collectors of firearms should never insert anything into
the barrel in order to pick up the firearm or render it safe.
3 Ammunition must be packaged separately from a firearm. Ammunition contained
in a gun magazine may be left in place if the items are to be processed for trace
DNA or fingerprints. A Request for Analysis form should be submitted with the
item and the ammunition will be packaged separately upon completion of the
examination by Forensic Personnel. If a gun magazine is empty, it should be
packaged in the same box as the firearm.
4 Attempts should be made to recover a fired bullet from whatever object in which
it may be found. Care must be taken to avoid damaging the bullet during the
removal process. In instances of multiple casings and bullet recovery, the
collector should assign each item a letter or number and document the location
with photography, description in a report, and a corresponding notation on the
packaging. The bullet or casing should be packaged in a paper envelope or paper
bag.
5 Any tracings of the path of a fired bullet may be accomplished through the use
of string, trajectory rods, or laser beams. All tracings must be photographed and
documented in detail to include heights, angles, and distances. If necessary, this
complex process will normally be completed by a Forensic Investigator.
(g) Clothing, Sheets, Blankets, or Other Fabrics: Items considered to be evidence must be
carefully collected and preserved to avoid contamination from other sources or the loss of
trace evidence.
1 Fabrics collected should be carefully folded to retain trace evidence and placed
into clean paper sacks or paper wrapping and sealed for transport. Wet or damp
items must be fully dried prior to being submitted to Evidence personnel.
2 The person collecting the evidence should utilize a clean drying room in the
evidence intake area when necessary. He/she should place a sheet of clean
wrapping paper at the bottom of the clothes rack or on the bench and hang or
place items in such a way to allow for air flow around the items and prevent cross-
contamination.
3 The door to the drying room must be locked and sealed with evidence tape, and
the officer will retain the key to the room until the items are thoroughly dried and
packaged. The key should then be left in the door of the empty room for the next
officer’s use. If any trace evidence is visible on the wrapping paper, the paper
should also be carefully folded and packaged to be submitted to evidence
personnel.
(h) Currency: Currency needs to be submitted properly to protect the employee from
allegations of misappropriation or mishandling of funds. As such the following procedure
shall be followed when booking money into evidence:
1 At least two employees will be involved in handling and collecting money as
evidence.
2 Photograph or photocopy all bills.
3 Sort all bills by denomination.
4 Count each denomination and completely fill out a currency label which will be
attached to the evidence envelope. Do the same for any coins. Total the entire
amount of bills and coins.
5 A second employee and a supervisor will also count the money for
verification. The two employees and the supervisor will all sign the currency
label, verifying the amount of money being submitted to Evidence.
6 The impounding employee will place the currency into the evidence money
envelope with the currency label affixed, and will properly seal the envelope and
sign the seal.
7 The impounding officer will complete the evidence tag, mark the appropriate
evidence type, and adhere the tag to the front of the money envelope.
8 The envelope will then be placed into an intake storage locker and the door
secured.
(i) Vehicles: In those instances when a vehicle must be examined for evidence of a crime
the following guidelines apply:
1 If the vehicle requires extensive processing, it should be towed to the Department
storage facility. Prior to towing, the doors, trunk and hood will be sealed by placing
a single piece of evidence tape on the bottom edge or in a location not likely to be
handled by a suspect. The seal will be signed and dated by the officer or
investigator.
2 An officer or investigator will follow the tow truck to the Department storage facility.
The vehicle will be stored in the evidence bay of the storage facility, in one of the
secure chain link cages. The cage will be locked by the officer or investigator and
the key will be retained by the booking officer or investigator until the vehicle has
been processed. If the vehicle is going to be processed by someone other than
the person who secures it in the cage, the key can be booked into evidence as
Safe Keep.
3 Forensic personnel or investigators wishing to examine the vehicle must obtain
the key from the booking officer or investigator or have it released from evidence,
and must complete a supplemental report which includes the reason for having
access to the vehicle.
4 Once the vehicle has been processed, it may be moved from the secure cage into
the storage area of the facility. The key to the secure cage should then be placed
back into the padlock for that cage.
(j) Alcoholic Beverages: These items will be documented and collected using the following
guidelines:
1 The employee collecting the alcoholic beverage should place a mark on the
container to note the level of the liquid in the container upon seizure and the item
should be photographed. The liquid will then be discarded and the container will
be submitted to evidence personnel for storage.
2 If the item is going to be processed for DNA or fingerprint evidence, it must be
thoroughly dried and packaged in a paper bag prior to submitting it into evidence.
(k) Trace Evidence: This can involve small particles or items that may include hairs, fibers,
fingernails, paint chips, scrapings, or soil. Items of this nature should be folded into a
clean piece of paper and placed into an envelope.
(l) Fingerprints and Palm Impressions: These items are typically referred to as latent prints
and can be visible or enhanced with powders and chemicals. These items should be
photographed and then collected using lifting tape and preserved on backing cards. The
card should contain general case information, as well as a detailed description of the
location it was recovered from. The edge of the lifting tape should be signed and dated
by the collecting officer and the lift cards should be submitted for further analysis
(m) Shoe or Tire Impressions: These items may have specific detail that can be identified as
being formed by an individual source. The following guidelines should be followed:
1 Detailed photography from directly over the impression is paramount. The use of
oblique lighting from several different low angles can highlight the details of the
impression. Photographs taken with and without a scale are required.
2 Casting of the shoe or tire tread pattern can be completed using dental stone or
sulfur casting materials, depending upon the surface. Gel lifts may also be used
to collect and preserve dust impressions.
3 Any suspected shoe or tire should be photographed in detail with and without a
scale and collected as evidence for comparison by an examiner.
808.5 CRIME SCENE REPORT
Officers who investigate crime scenes or officers in charge of crime scenes shall submit a
written report. This report shall provide an overview of what was observed, accomplished,
and collected. This report should be completed and forwarded for review as soon as possible
and should contain at least the following information:
items can be prepared and ready for the officer to check out when they arrive at
Evidence on the day of their proceedings.
2 The evidence technician will provide the officer with a “Court Evidence Receipt”
which will include the date, case number and barcode number for each item the
officer is requesting for court. A copy of this receipt will be made and kept in the
evidence file.
3 The officer should complete the “Court Evidence Receipt” noting the court action
and whether the evidence was retained by the court, should still be retained in
evidence, may now be legally destroyed or can be released to the original owner.
4 Any evidence not retained by the court and the completed “Court Evidence
Receipt” will be returned to Evidence on the same day that the evidence was
checked out for court. Personnel are not to secure evidence overnight in their
workspace, vehicle, home or any other location for any reason.
5 The officer will complete a supplemental report to the original case to document
the transfer and chain of custody.
(c) Receiving Responsibilities: Evidence personnel have the responsibility to receive all
evidence, safekeep and found property collected by members of the Department and
maintain the proper chain of custody until the item physically leaves the Department.
Fundamental to the operation of the property storage area is a records system that reflects
the following:
1 Location of the property in the property storage area.
2 Date and time the property was received or released.
3 Character, type and amount of property on hand.
4 Chain of custody from the time the item was stored until its destruction or other
final disposition.
5 A log of all inventories, inspections and audits performed.
(a) The employee processing the request shall determine if the requested record is available
and if so, whether the record is exempt from disclosure. Either the requested record
or the reason for non-disclosure will be provided promptly, but no later than 10 business
days from the date of request, unless unusual circumstances preclude doing so. If more
time is needed, an extension of up to 14 additional days may be authorized by the Chief
of Police or the authorized designee. If an extension is authorized, the Department shall
provide written notice of the extension to the requesting party.
(b) In accordance with the Public Records Act, the Department is not required to create
records that do not otherwise exist in order to accommodate a request under the Act.
(c) Department records shall only be released in accordance with the Government Record
Access and Management Act (GRAMA).
(d) Requests by elected officials for records that are not open to public inspection should be
referred to the Office of the Chief for a determination as to whether the records will be
released.
(e) Upon request, the Department shall provide unrestricted records in electronic format:
1. If the Department currently maintains the records in an electronic format that is
reproducible and may be provided without reformatting or conversion.
2. If the electronic copy of the record does not disclose other records that are
exempt from disclosure; or
3. The electronic copy of the record can be segregated to protect private, protected or
controlled information from disclosure without the undue expenditure of
Department resources or funds.
In addition to the restrictions stated above, all requests from criminal defendants and their
authorized representatives (including attorneys) shall be referred to the appropriate attorney.
Criminal history information including, but not limited to, arrest history and disposition,
fingerprints and booking photos o bt a i n ed f r om t he st at e cr im i na l h i st or y dat ab as e
shall only be subject to release to those agencies and individuals as allowed by law.
Peace officer personnel, both current and former, records are deemed confidential and
protected (Utah Code 63G-2-302 and 63G-2-303) and shall not be made public or otherwise
released to unauthorized individuals or entities absent a valid court order.
The identity of any officer subject to any criminal or administrative investigation shall not be
released without the consent of the involved officer, prior approval of the Chief of Police or as
required by law.
Any record which was created exclusively in anticipation of potential litigation involving this
department shall not be subject to public disclosure (Utah Code 63G-2-305(9)).
Release of general and investigative reports of child abuse or suspected child abuse may only
be disclosed pursuant to law (Utah Code 62A-4a-412, Utah Code 63G-2-305(59) and Utah
Code 77-37-4(5)).
All questions regarding compliance with any Subpoena Duces Tecum should be promptly
referred to legal counsel for the Department so that a timely response can be prepared.
810.8 TRAINING
The Records Section supervisor(s) shall, on an annual basis, successfully complete an online
records management training course provided by the state Division of Archives and Records
Service.
CALEA Standard(s):
Criminal History Record Information
812.2 AUTHORITY
This policy is established pursuant to Utah Code 53-10-108 which delineates restrictions on
access, use, and contents for UCJIS records and penalties for improper use.
812.3 DEFINITIONS
UCJIS Information - shall include all of the information acquired from any file
accessed in UCJIS and any WVPD documents containing this information. These files
include information from the Driver License Division (DLD). Motor Vehicle Division (MVD), Utah
computerized Criminal History (UCCH), Statewide Warrants (SWW), National Law
Enforcement Telecommunications System, Interstate Identification Index (III), and National
Crime Information Center (NCIC) data bases.
Any criminal history record information obtained may only be used for the purposes for which it
was provided and may not be further disseminated.
Utah Code 53-10-108(1)(a) through (h) describes all circumstances under which there is
authorization to disseminate criminal history records or warrant of arrest information. Persons
not included in this statute, or authorized by the Commissioner of Public Safety, are not
authorized recipients and shall not receive UCJIS information.
CALEA Standard(s):
Criminal History Record Information
CALEA Standard(s):
Criminal History Record Information
(c) Dissemination of Utah Computerized Criminal History Record for Right of Access to any
requester:
1. A photocopy of the requesting person's valid identification, West Valley City Police
Department's application, waiver of liability, and receipt of payment will be attached
together and filed in the dissemination log file created for each year. These forms
will be retained for a period of three years.
2. Each printed page of the record will be stamped and dated. The stamp will
indicate that the record was not verified with fingerprints and was valid as of the
date printed, making the record outdated daily.
3. The requesting person will be advised that any incorrect or missing data must be
taken to the Utah Bureau of Criminal Identification for correction.
(d) A fee will be charged for any person receiving a Utah Computerized Criminal History report
through the West Valley City Police Department for Right of Access information.
Direct access to UCJIS information stored in the Records Section shall be restricted to the
Records Section personnel authorized to release it.
CALEA Standard(s):
Criminal History Record Information
Each employee shall be responsible for destroying the UCJIS documents they receive.
Employees are responsible for ensuring all mobile devices used for Department business are
MDM compliant.
Inquiring into any of the UCJIS files is NOT permitted for the following purposes: curiosity and
personal inquiries, employment for other than criminal justice, business licenses, military
recruiters, citizen advisory boards, or peer support.
CALEA Standard(s):
Criminal History Record Information
Any person who discovers or becomes aware of any unauthorized use of UCJIS information
shall notify their supervisor immediately.
Misuse of UCJIS information by an employee could result in the loss of State computer access
for the entire agency.
When seizing a computer and accessories the following steps should be taken:
(a) Photograph each item, front and back, specifically including cable connections to
other items. Look for a phone line or cable to a modem for Internet access.
(b) Do not overlook the possibility of the presence of physical evidence on and around the
hardware relevant to the particular investigation such as fingerprints, biological or trace
evidence and/or documents.
(c) If the computer is off, do not turn it on.
(d) If the computer is on, do not shut it down normally and do not click on anything or
examine any files.
1. Photograph the screen, if possible, and note any programs or windows that
appear to be open and running.
2. Disconnect the power cable from the back of the computer box or if a portable
notebook style, disconnect any power cable from the case and remove the
battery.
(e) Label each item with case number, evidence sheet number, and item number.
(f) Handle and transport the computer and storage media (e.g., tape, discs, memory
cards, flash memory, external memory drive) with care so that potential evidence is not
lost.
(g) Store all computer items in the Property Room. Do not store computers where normal
room temperature and humidity is not maintained.
(h) At minimum, officers should document the following in related reports:
1. Where the computer was located and whether it was in operation.
2. Who was using it at the time.
3. Who claimed ownership.
(a) Copy of report(s) detailing how the computer was used in criminal activities. Also
include the Evidence/Property sheet.
(b) Copy of a "consent to search form" signed by the property owner or the person in
possession of the property, or a copy of a search warrant authorizing the search of the
property for evidence relating to the investigation.
(c) A listing of the items to search for (e.g., photographs, financial records, e-mail,
documents).
(a) Officers should not attempt to access, review or search the contents of such devices
prior to examination by a forensic examiner or persons trained in the preservation and
examination of digital media. Evidence can be lost, data can be inadvertently deleted
and incoming messages can override stored messages.
(b) When feasible, the device should be placed in a Faraday shielding bag to prevent
the device from sending or receiving information. If a Faraday shielding bag isn’t
available, the device should be put in “airplane” mode then powered off. The
passcode should be attached to the device when possible.
(c) When seizing the devices, also seize the charging units if possible.
AUDIO RECORDINGS
All audio recordings will be uploaded through Evidence.com. Audio recordings should be
uploaded prior to the end of the submitting officer's shift on which the recording was taken,
unless the submitting officer has supervisory permission to do otherwise.
(a) Each submission will be given a case number by the submitting officer, which should be
documented in the officer’s initial report.
(b) Items will be uploaded to Evidence.com by the person in possession of the item.
(c) If the audio recording is not in digital form, or for some other reason cannot be uploaded
to Evidence.com, it may be booked into the Evidence Room in an envelope with a
completed evidence tag attached. It will then be accessible to be checked out and/or
copied as needed.
VIDEO RECORDINGS
All video recordings will be booked into Evidence in an envelope with a completed evidence tag
attached.
816 – U-Visas
816.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
This policy provides guidance to employees regarding U Nonimmigrant Status Certification (U-
Visa) and the completion of Federal Form I-918, Supplement B in accordance with the
Homeland Security U Visa Law Enforcement Certification Resource Guide.
816.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department will respond to all requests for U-Visa certification by
following the procedure outlined in this policy. The Form I-918B will be reviewed and signed or
denied by the Chief of Police or his/her designee.
A current investigation, the filing of charges, a prosecution or conviction are not required to sign
the I-918B. Many instances may occur where the victim has reported a crime, but an arrest or
prosecution cannot take place due to other mitigating circumstances.
There is no statute of limitation on signing the I-918B. The I-918B may be submitted for a victim
in a closed case.
816.4 DEFINITIONS
Definitions for terms relating to U-Visas include:
Qualifying Crimes –
• Abduction
• Abusive Sexual Contact
• Blackmail
• Domestic Violence
• Extortion
• False Imprisonment
• Felonious Assault
• Female Genital Mutilation
• Being Held Hostage
• Incest
Helpful – Helpfulness means the victim was, is or is likely to be assisting law enforcement in
the investigation or prosecution of a qualifying criminal activity or which he/she is a victim. This
also includes an ongoing responsibility on the part of the victim to be helpful. Those who
unreasonably refuse to assist after reporting a crime will not be eligible for a U-Visa. Those
victims who unreasonably refuse to provide assistance after a U-Visa has been granted may
have the U-Visa revoked by USCIS. Law enforcement agencies should contact and inform
USCIS of the victim’s unreasonable refusal to provide assistance in the investigation or
prosecution should this occur.
Victim – Generally means an alien who has suffered direct and proximate harm as a result of
the commission of qualifying criminal activity.
816.5 PROCEDURE
Victims must first complete the Form I-918B and attach any relevant supplemental
documentation or findings, pertinent to the appropriate Part listed on the Form I-918B.
The West Valley City Police Department Chief of Police or his designee will fill out Part 2 of the
Form I-918B.
The West Valley City Police Department Chief of Police or his designee should do the following
in making a determination as to certify the Form I-918B:
• Verify the West Valley City Police case number and jurisdiction.
• Verify the applicant is a victim of a qualifying crime.
• Read all appropriate reports, supplemental reports, witness statements and or
related documentation
The West Valley City Police Department Chief of Police or his designee should do the following
after making a determination to sign or deny the Form I-918B:
• Complete a supplemental report under the appropriate case number, justifying the
reason for the signing or denial of the Form I-918B. The supplemental report
should reference the above-mentioned items in making a decision to certify the
Form I-918B. The Circumstance Code “UVISA” will be used when submitting the
supplemental report, for tracking purposes.
• A copy of the completed and signed I-918B should be submitted with the
supplemental report of those that have been approved. A copy of the Form I-918B
as submitted by the applicant should be included with a supplemental report when
the Form I-918B is denied.
• Notification should be made to the victim or the victim’s representative when the
Form I-918B is denied. Notification should be in the form of an official letter on
department letterhead, mirroring the information contained in the supplemental
report. A copy of the signed denial letter should be submitted to the Records
Section, with the supplemental report.
• Notification should be made to the victim or the victim’s representative when the
Form I-918B is signed. Arrangements should be coordinated to ensure the victim
or the victim’s representative receives the signed I-918B.
• If feasible, the I-918B and all related documentation/notifications should be
completed within thirty (30) days of being received.
816.6 RESOURCES
Prospective citizen’s inquiring about the U Visa process may contact the USCIS National
Customer Service Center at 1-800-375-5283 or 1-800-767-1833 (TDD for the hearing impaired).
The Salt Lake City Field Office of the USCIS is located at 660 South 200 East, Suite 400, Salt
Lake City, UT 84111. Please note that prospective citizen’s wishing to make an appointment at
the Field Office may only do so online at www.uscis.gov/about-us/contact-us.
Strip Search or Visual Body Cavity Search - This is a search that requires a person to
remove or rearrange some or all of his/her clothing to permit a visual inspection of the
underclothing, breasts, buttocks or genitalia of such person. This includes monitoring of
an arrestee showering or changing clothes where the arrestee's private underclothing,
buttocks, genitalia or female breasts are visible to the monitoring employee.
Physical Body Cavity Search - This is a search that includes physical intrusion into a
body cavity. Body cavity means the stomach or rectal cavity of a person, and the vagina of
a female person.
Prior to detaining any individual in any police vehicle, an officer should conduct a normal
pat-down search of that individual.
of the same gender as the person being searched. Absent the availability of a same gender
officer, it is recommended that a witness officer be present during any pat-down search of
an individual who is not the same gender as the searching officer.
All strip searches must be performed by a person of the same sex as the arrested person,
and in an area where the search cannot be observed by a person not physically conducting
the search.
Any officer(s) serving as a backup to the officer conducting the strip search will position
themselves outside of the search room, and remain ready for immediate entry into the area
where the strip search is being conducted should a problem arise.
In the event a subject becomes combative during the strip search, the gender issues and
number of people involved in the strip search will no longer be applicable until such time as
the subject’s actions are controlled.
At the conclusion of the strip search, officers are responsible for ensuring that the subject is
fully clothed and prepared for movement prior to leaving the search area.
Should emergency medical treatment be required, officers will request the assistance of the
West Valley City Fire Department. If the medical emergency should result in the removal of
evidence from a body cavity to protect the life or safety of the subject, that evidence should
be preserved and secured in accordance with department policy.
A body cavity search (with the exception of the oral cavity) will be performed under sanitary
conditions, in an area where the search cannot be observed by a person not physically
conducting the search, and will only be performed by a licensed physician or nurse.
Any officer(s) serving as a backup to the licensed physician or nurse conducting the body
cavity search will position themselves outside of the room, ready for immediate entry, should
a problem arise unless the physician or nurse request’s the officer’s presence.
In the event a subject becomes combative during the search, the officer(s) will enter the room
and control the subject. Once the subject is controlled, the officer(s) will return to the position
outside the room unless the safety of the physician or nurse requires the officer(s) to stay in
the room to control the subject.
At no time will a subject be left alone in a room. An officer, physician, or nurse must be
constantly observing the subject before, during, and after the body cavity search until such
time as the subject is declared medically cleared to be released or escorted from the search
area by an officer.
If the subject will be taken into police custody and transported to a detention facility, officers
are responsible to ensure that the subject is fully clothed and prepared for movement prior
to leaving the search area.
1000.3 STANDARDS
Employment standards shall be established for each job classification and shall include
minimally, the special training, abilities, knowledge and skills required to perform the duties of
the job in a satisfactory manner. The West Valley Department of Human Resources maintains
standards for all positions.
The Utah Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) developed a Job Dimensions list, which
are used as a professional standard in background investigations.
In addition to Utah Code 53-6-203, the following standards have been adopted for public
safety applicants. Failure to meet the following standards may result in disqualification
from the application process.
1000.3.2 INTEGRITY
(a) Refusing to yield to the temptation of bribes, gratuities, payoffs.
(b) Refusing to tolerate unethical or illegal conduct on the part of other law enforcement
personnel.
(c) Showing strong moral character and integrity in dealing with the public.
(d) Being honest in dealing with the public.
(e) The following shall be disqualifying:
1. Any material misstatement of fact or significant admission or omission during the
application or background process shall be disqualifying, including inconsistent
statements made during the initial background interview (Personal History
Statement or Supplemental Questionnaire) or truth verification examination.
2. Discrepancies between this background investigation and other investigations
conducted by other law enforcement agencies.
3. Any forgery, alteration or intentional omission of material facts on an official
employment application document, or episodes of academic cheating.
1000.3.4 DEPENDABILITY
(a) Having a record of submitting reports on time and not malingering on calls.
(b) A record of being motivated to perform well.
(b) The following examples of illegal drug use or possession will be considered in
relationship to the overall background of that individual and may result in disqualification.
1. Any illegal use or possession of a drug as a juvenile.
2. Any illegal adult use or possession of a drug that does not meet the criteria of the
automatic disqualifiers specified above.
3. Any illegal or unauthorized use of prescription medications.
CALEA Standard(s):
Attendance and Absenteeism
1002.2 BACKGROUND
Attendance is a basic tenet of satisfactory job performance and employees are expected to be
at work as scheduled. Nonetheless, there are times when an employee cannot attend work
because of illness. In these instances, employees have been extended the benefit of paid time
off, otherwise referred to as “PTO.” The PTO benefit is afforded to employees so that on those
occasions when the employee is unable to work due to their own illness; must attend to an ill
family member; or in instances when an employee needs to schedule appointments with a
medical provider during their scheduled work day; the absence is not deducted from their normal
pay.
1002.3 POLICY
Satisfactory attendance is an expectation of all employees of the West Valley Police
Department. Paid Time Off (PTO) is made available to employees to take time off from work,
with pay, when staffing allows. Additionally, PTO can be authorized when unanticipated events
occur that prevent an employee from attending work as scheduled. Examples of unanticipated
absences include personal illness, illness of an immediate family member requiring the
employee’s care, or doctor appointments when such appointments cannot be scheduled outside
of an employee’s work schedule.
Employees who cannot attend work must call and speak with their supervisor as soon as
possible, but no later than sixty (60) minutes prior to the start of their scheduled shift. If the
supervisor is unavailable, employees may leave a message for the supervisor with a phone
number where they can be reached. The supervisor will then return their call.
Employees shall call into their supervisor on each day of absence. Failure to call in on
consecutive days is considered a violation of this policy and may be viewed as a voluntary
resignation from employment unless the employee can demonstrate valid reason why they were
unable to call in.
An employee that is absent from work, citing illness, which lasts 3 or more consecutive days
must provide a doctor’s excuse justifying the absence. Should the employee fail to produce a
doctor’s excuse, the absence will not be approved and the employee will not be compensated
from their PTO account and disciplinary action may result.
CALEA Standard(s):
Attendance and Absenteeism
Disciplinary action, up to and including employment termination, will commence, for the overuse
of PTO when any of the following conditions exist:
In addition to ensuring that work is appropriately covered during the employee’s absence, there
are a number of other critical actions that supervisors need to take to manage absenteeism.
They should:
• Ensure that all employees are fully aware of the organization’s policies and procedures
for dealing with absence.
• Be the first point of contact when an employee phones in sick.
• Maintain appropriately detailed, accurate, and up-to-date absence records for their staff,
(e.g., date, reason for absence, expected return to work date, doctor’s certification if
necessary).
• Identify any patterns or trends of absence which cause concern.
• Conduct return-to-work interviews and counseling.
• Initiate disciplinary procedures where necessary.
During any rolling 12-month period, if an employee has either accumulated 40 hours of absence
or been absent on 4 separate occurrences, the supervisor will counsel the employee regarding
the attendance policy. The involved employee will be informed that a written warning will be
issued to them for their next absence. In the event that there is a subsequent absence, a 5th
occurrence, the employee will again be formally counseled and advised that they will be required
to provide a doctor’s excuse for any further absences. Any subsequent absences from work that
are not accompanied with a doctor’s excuse will be grounds for disciplinary action and
employment termination.
CALEA Standard(s):
Attendance and Absenteeism
needs to be done to improve attendance.
If any medical condition is identified at this stage, and is likely to have an effect on job
suitability, the supervisor shall, through the chain of command, arrange an appointment with
a company-approved doctor. This action will be coordinated through the Human Resources
Department. The involved employee should be confirmed to the employee in writing within
five working days of such request.
If, from the discussion, the problem does not appear to be due to an underlying unfitness
for work, the supervisor should advise the employee that, while the recorded ailments may
be genuine, a sustained improvement in attendance is expected or the next stage in the
procedure will be taken.
A review of the attendance will automatically be made each month for the next twelve (12)
months.
The formal absence review should be detailed in a memo to the employee. The employee
should be advised of the reason, date, time, and location of the interview.
If medical attention is warranted, action should be taken immediately. The employee will be
advised that within five working days, they must receive formal medical advice. When the
employee returns with their medical evaluation, the attendance review will then be
reconvened with a member of the Human Resources Department and the doctor’s opinion
will then be discussed.
If the employee’s physician confirms fitness for work, the employee should be warned about
the consequences of continued absence.
CALEA Standard(s):
Attendance and Absenteeism
Human Resources.
Again, the memo to the involved employee will include a summary of the absence record,
acknowledgement of the previous counseling date, time, and location of the formal review.
The employee shall also be advised on their right of representation.
Any new information given at the meeting regarding ill health or a change in the nature of
sickness may need to be assessed by a City-approved doctor.
The employee should be given the opportunity to explain his or her absence record. If
appropriate, the supervisor should inform the employee that a formal written warning is
being issued and that this warning will remain in the employee’s personnel file. A copy of
the warning should be issued to the employee and to his/her representative.
The employee should be informed that failure to comply with the Police Department’s
attendance expectations, and to improve on the present unacceptable record of absence,
will result in formal disciplinary action, which could include termination of the employee’s
employment.
Where fitness for work is in doubt, proceed with reassignment options according to the
guidance received by the doctor (this will be requested and approved through the chain of
command).
This is the final stage in the disciplinary process whereby the employee is dismissed for
inability to comply with the company’s requirements for attendance at work. Dismissal can
only take place with a written recommendation of the Chief of Police, and is ultimately
authorized by the City Manager.
The involved employee will be charged with violating the organization’s attendance policy.
Again, the employee will be notified of their attendance record and rights under any law or
other existing agreement; this notice will also include advice on representation. The
employee should be advised that, as a result of the charges, he or she may be dismissed
for incapability to perform work duties.
Again, the company doctor may have to be consulted if any new information is presented
on behalf of the employee regarding the employee’s health or capacity for work.
Where reassignment is not possible, or appropriate, consider proceeding with dismissal for
CALEA Standard(s):
Attendance and Absenteeism
reasons of capability. Eligibility for disability benefit will depend on the circumstances of
each case.
If a decision is made to dismiss on the basis of capability, a copy of the letter of dismissal
should be sent to the employee’s representative (if appropriate).
CALEA Standard(s):
Transfers
1004 – Transfers
1004.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
To establish a uniform standard governing the transfer of employees to and from specialized
assignments within the Department.
1004.2 POLICY
All transfers are subject to review and approval by the Chief of Police
As with other Departmental business and records, all information related to the selection/transfer
of an applicant, including the interview questions, personnel records, Internal Affairs findings and
applicant performance reviews will be treated as confidential by any Department member having
access to that information.
Generally, newly promoted supervisors will be assigned to the Patrol Bureau and will not be
assigned to the same shift or unit to which they were assigned prior to their promotion.
CALEA Standard(s):
Transfers
(b) Will forward the completed IDC, along with other required paperwork as necessary for
specialized units (refer to the specific Special Order for the requested assignment) to the
supervisor indicated on the Special Order for the requested assignment.
(c) May not request transfers to specialized assignments until a Special Order for that
assignment is announced.
(d) Will not consider the transfer request process, including approval, as an expectation to
transfer.
(e) Is prohibited from soliciting the assistance of person(s) not members of the Department
to obtain a transfer of any kind within the Department.
(f) Will refer to the Appeals and Withdrawals section if their transfer request is denied and
they wish to appeal.
(b) Selection criteria based on knowledge, skills, and abilities identified in the assignment
description for the position.
(c) Examples of duties identified in the assignment description for the position.
(d) A description of any exams, practical exercises and/or interviews which will be part of the
selection process.
(g) A deadline for submission of applications, which will be no less than fourteen (14) days
from the date of the announcement.
Special Orders announcing potential transfer opportunities will be distributed to all units and
should be read in lineups for four (4) days.
CALEA Standard(s):
Transfers
(a) Notify candidates when applications have been received and inform them of any other
requirements.
(b) Review all applications to ensure each candidate meets the minimum qualifications for the
position.
(c) Notify candidates who do not meet the qualifications for the position in writing of the
reasons for their disqualification from the selection process.
(d) Arrange any exams, practical interviews and/or interviews outlined in the Special Order,
and notify all applicants of the dates and times these will take place.
(e) Review all candidates’ personnel files, internal affairs files, performance reviews and other
pertinent information that should be considered in the selection process.
(f) Solicit input on the candidate’s performance from the candidate’s current supervisor.
Once the specialized unit supervisor has received approval, they may notify the candidates of
the results of the selection process.
Copies of all the materials used or considered in the selection process, along with the approved,
ranked list of candidates, will be forwarded to the Office of the Chief. This material will be
maintained by the Office of the Chief for three (3) years or until the eligibility list expires,
whichever occurs last.
The eligibility list will become effective on the date it is approved by the Chief of Police.
Any member on the eligibility list, regardless of ranking, may be selected for transfer.
Eligibility lists remain active for one year from the effective date. Any exception must be justified
to and approved by the Chief of Police.
Upon expiration of any list, all names will be removed from eligibility status for the named
position. The specialized unit supervisor should start another selection process at least 45 days
before an anticipated vacancy or before the expiration of the list if additional openings are
anticipated.
CALEA Standard(s):
Transfers
(b) The effective date of the transfer.
Appeals must be made on an IDC and sent to the specialized unit supervisor noted on the
Special Order for the requested position.
A specialized unit supervisor receiving an appeal will attach all relevant and supporting
documents relating to the disqualification or selection process, and forward the appeal and
documentation to the Chief of Police for a final review and decision.
Withdrawals
Employees desiring to withdraw any transfer request must submit an IDC to the specialized unit
supervisor noted on the Special Order for the requested position. The IDC must be completed
and include the reason for withdrawal.
The specialized unit supervisor who receives the request for withdrawal will remove the transfer
request from the active transfer file and remove the employee’s name from the eligibility list for
that position.
Administrative transfers made for disciplinary reasons must be done in accordance with any
established laws or employment regulations.
When an administrative transfer occurs, the Bureau Commander of the employee being
transferred will be advised of the reasons for the transfer. The commander will then advise the
member being transferred of the reason for the transfer.
1006.2 POLICY
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to complete annual performance
evaluations for all employees except the Chief of Police. Entry level employees will be
evaluated at least quarterly, for a period of not less than one year from the date the employee
actually performs the duties of the position.
1006.3 DEFINITIONS
Employees are evaluated in the job competencies that directly affect their assigned duties.
Evaluation scales are defined below:
Unsatisfactory – This rating should be given if the employee’s performance of the majority of
the various aspects of the job competency being rated has been unsatisfactory for the major
portion of the rating period.
Needs Improvement – This rating should be given if the employee’s performance of the
majority of the various aspects of the job competency being rated needs further development
in order to meet the expected performance level for that competency.
Meets Expectations – This rating should be given if the employee’s performance of the
majority of the various aspects of the job competency being rated has been satisfactory for the
major portion of the rating period.
Exceeds Expectations – This rating should be given if the employee’s performance of the
majority of the various aspects of the job competency being rated has been more than
satisfactory for the major portion of the rating period.
Outstanding – This rating should be given if the employee’s performance of the majority of the
various aspects of the job competency being rated has been exemplary and greatly exceeds
expectations for the major portion of the rating period.
Evaluations will be completed using the current performance evaluation software supplied by
the City.
The evaluation will be based on observed or documented behavior over the rating period. The
evaluation should be representative of the employee’s total performance and contribution for
the entire rating period. Evaluations require well-planned, accurate and detailed information.
Raters should review the employee’s past evaluations and any other files or documentation
related to the employee’s performance. Raters should recognize the importance of the
evaluation process and put forth the appropriate effort to ensure a worthwhile, pertinent and
fair evaluation.
The supervisor rating the employee will give an explanation for the rating for each job
competencies. This should include the reason for the rating given and examples of
performance behavior when appropriate. Ratings of unsatisfactory or outstanding will include
especially detailed justifications for the rating.
Once the rating supervisor has completed the evaluation, and prior to discussing the evaluation
with the employee, the evaluation will be reviewed up the employee’s chain of command to the
Chief of Police. Each reviewing supervisor in the chain of command may send the evaluation
back to the rating supervisor for revision or forward it to the next level in the chain of command
for review. Each reviewing supervisor is encouraged to write brief comments regarding the
employee’s performance.
An employee who is dissatisfied with his/her evaluation may appeal within five (5) days of the
receipt of the evaluation. Appeals must be made on an IDC and sent to his/her Bureau’s Deputy
Chief. The Deputy Chief receiving the appeal will attach all relevant and supporting documents
relating to the performance evaluation, and forward the appeal and documentation to the Chief
of Police for final review and decision.
At a minimum, this discussion will include the results of the performance evaluation just
completed; the level of performance expected and rating criteria and/or goals for the next rating
period; and, career counseling relative to such topics as advancement, specialization or
training appropriate to the individual employee’s position and/or job assignment.
During the discussion of the evaluation the employee will be given an opportunity to write their
own comments on the evaluation. The employee and the rating supervisor will sign the
evaluation. The employee will be provided a copy of the completed evaluation on request.
The original, signed evaluation will then be forwarded back to the Office of the Chief to be
placed in the employee’s personnel file.
Raters will be evaluated by their supervisors regarding the quality of ratings given employees.
1007.2 DEFINITION
A Performance Improvement Plan (PIP) is a non-disciplinary approach designed to positively
assist employees who have demonstrated substandard performance or behavior and who may
benefit from intervention before deficient performance results in discipline or other negative
consequences.
A supervisor may only select an employee for participation in a PIP when the employee has
met the standard of “Below Expectations” in one of the eight (8) performance characteristics
listed on the Annual Performance Evaluation Form. These characteristics include:
(a) Quality of Work
(b) Job Knowledge
(c) Communications
(d) Attitude/Professionalism
(e) Decision Making
(f) Self-Initiated Activity
(g) Time Management/Reliability
(h) Officer Safety/Tactics
A supervisor may select an employee for participation in a PIP at any time during the year.
1007.5 DOCUMENTATION
The supervisor shall be responsible for completing all PIP-related documentation. Upon
selection of an employee for participation in the Performance Improvement Plan process, and
approval by the Bureau Commander, the supervisor shall create an entry in the employee’s
Performance Impact file. All PIP-related documentation, including Notices of Performance
Deficiency, Performance Improvement Plans, feedback meeting documentation, concluding
IDCs, and any other documentation will be attached to the initial Performance Impact entry.
Summary
During the last several months, it has been determined that your work performance is below the standard
of “Meets Expectation” for a West Valley City Police Officer in the area of your quality of work. Over the
past six months, you have been on the Records “Kickback” list more often than is acceptable.
The West Valley City Police Department values you as an employee and desires to see you reach the
level of “Meets Expectation” in this performance standard area. Therefore, you are being given this
Notice of Performance Deficiency with a time period of thirty (30) days to bring your level of performance
in the area of quality of work to the level of “Meets Expectation.”
Over the past six months, I have noticed a deficiency in the quality of your work. This resulted from a
review of how often your reports have been on the Records “Kickback” list. Here is a list by month of the
number of times your reports were on the “Kickback” list of over the past six months:
June - 9 kickbacks
July - 12 kickbacks
August - 18 kickbacks
September - 4 kickbacks
October - 14 kickbacks
November - 17 kickbacks
Performance Standard
In order for you to achieve the standard of “Meets Expectation” in the area of quality of work, you must
bring the average number of kickbacks per week down to one or fewer per week.
Not meeting the expectation in the area of quality of work results in negative results for other stakeholders
in the reporting process. For example, the Records Division must process a high volume of reports each
On July 16, 2018 we sat down for our monthly inspection and meeting. I related that you had been on the
“Kickback” list 9 times in June and had already been on the list 10 times in July. I told you that it was
unacceptable to be on the “Kickback” list that often and indicated that the expectation was to have an
average of one or fewer kickbacks per week. You said you understood and would work to not be on the
list next month. This was documented on the monthly meeting form in Performance Impact.
On August 24, 2018, I noticed that you had 18 kickbacks. I called you into the office and informed you
that this was well above the expectation that I had set forth in July during our monthly meeting. I
reiterated the expectation of one or fewer kickbacks per week and you said you understood. This
conversation was documented in Performance Impact on that date.
On October 20, 2018, I noticed that you had 14 kickbacks. I called you into the office and issued you a
letter of Non-Disciplinary Instruction informing you that your quality of work in the area of report kickbacks
was below expectation. We reviewed several of the specific report kickbacks and found that 3 were for
not submitting the reports on time, 6 were for missing attachments, and 5 were for incomplete DI9 reports.
We reviewed the necessary attachments for each type of case, the process for uploading reports into the
report system, and we spent time discussing how to properly complete a DI9 report. I reiterated that the
performance expectation was to have an average of one or fewer kickbacks per week. This information
was documented in the letter of Non-Disciplinary Instruction which was entered into Performance Impact.
Notice
After several documented discussions and a letter of Non-Disciplinary Instruction, you still had 17
Records “Kickbacks” in November 2018. This is well above the stated expectation of one or fewer
“Kickbacks” per week.
As of today, December 23, 2018, you have thirty (30) days to bring your performance in the area of
quality of work to the level of “Meets Expectation” as described above. Failure to bring your performance
to that level will result on you being placed on a formal Performance Improvement Plan.
Please contact me if there is any specific training or guidance that can help you achieve this expectation.
Acknowledgement
By signing below, I acknowledge that this Notice of Performance Deficiency has been received and
understood.
Page 2 of 2
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 627 of 740
WEST VALLEY CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT
INTRADEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE
Summary
On December 23, 2018, you received a Notice of Performance Deficiency regarding your quality of work.
Specifically, you we not meeting the stated expectation of having an average of one or fewer Records
“Kickbacks” per week. You were given a period of thirty (30) days to bring your performance to the level
of “Meets Expectation” in that area. At the end of the (30) day period, you have not met that expectation.
Therefore, you are being placed on a formal Performance Improvement Plan with the goal of helping you
meet the standard of “Meets Expectation” in the area of your quality of work.
As reported in the Notice of Performance Deficiency, during the months of June through November of
2018, you had an average of 3 kickbacks per week. During the thirty (30) day Notice of Performance
Deficiency period, you were given the opportunity to bring your performance to the stated expectation of
an average of one or less kickbacks per week. During the thirty (30) day period, you had the following
kickbacks:
• Week 1 - 3 kickbacks
• Week 2 - 1 Kickback
• Week 3 - 6 kickbacks
• Week 4 - 2 kickbacks
Performance Standard
As discussed previously, and documented in the Notice of Performance Deficiency letter, the
performance standard for quality of work regarding report “Kickbacks” is an average of one or fewer
kickbacks per week.
In addition to the documented meetings and discussions listed in the Notice of Performance Deficiency
letter, we met on January 5, 2018. During that meeting, we discussed the fact that you had 3 kickbacks
in the first week of the thirty (30) day notice period. You indicated that you were attempting to ensure the
quality of your reports by only taking one call at a time and completing the paperwork before going to the
next call. I suggested that you also have another officer review your reports and packet at the end of
shift. You said you understood and would do so. This was documented in the Performance Improvement
Plan entry in Performance Impact.
The following are objectives designed to assist you in attaining the goal of “Meets Expectation” in the area
of your quality of work:
1) Unless there are exigent circumstances, you will complete the report and related paperwork for
each call before taking another call.
2) You will use the “Report Narrative Guide” located at the end of the Report Writing Guide (Patrol
Dictation Flip Chart) for every report to ensure all necessary elements are included in each report.
3) At the end of every shift, you will bring your packet to me (or my designee) for review before
turning it in to Records. Together, we will review each report for accuracy and to ensure all
related attachments are included. Any deficiencies will be discussed and corrected.
4) Before you leave the parking lot of Division at the end of your shift, you will upload all reports and
dictations. Once uploaded, you will confirm that each report and dictation has been uploaded by
exiting the program, logging back in and checking the case number.
5) We will review West Valley City Police Department Policy 316.10-Response to Routine Calls,
specifically as it relates to documentation and reporting.
6) On February 4, 2018 you will be assigned to the Traffic Division with a Traffic FTO. You will
receive training on how to properly complete and submit a DI9 report.
7) On February 6, 2018, you will spend 6 hours with the Records Department observing their
reporting process, be trained on the necessary attachments for each report type, and observe
what impact your quality of work has on their process.
8) On February 7, 2018, you will be assigned to ride with a patrol FTO for one week. During this
time, your reports will be reviewed by the FTO and you will receive training in the area of report
writing and completion. The FTO will complete a daily observation report in the form of an IDC
for each shift.
Page 2 of 3
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 629 of 740
SECTION III - PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT PLAN TERMS
Duration
This Performance Improvement Plan will be in effect for sixty (60) days. The plan will be put on hold to
compensate for any time off or leave of absence during that period.
Feedback Intervals
In addition to meeting at the end of each shift to review your reports and packet, we will meet once per
week to review your progress. If during the week you have a concern or issue to address, please contact
me and we will hold a special meeting.
Other Terms
During the term of this Performance Improvement Plan, you may not be transferred to any special
assignments. This will be at the discretion of the Chief.
Additional Information
The intent of this document is to identify performance deficiencies and to provide a clear concise
mechanism for improving performance to a standard of “Meets Expectations.” Every reasonable effort will
be made to provide training and support necessary for the successful completion of this Performance
Improvement Plan. Items contained in this plan are subject to modification under several circumstances.
First, should it become clear that the level of "Meets Expectations" has been attained prior to the
projected date, the plan may be dissolved upon agreement of the employee and the employee’s chain of
command. Second, where improvement in overall performance is noted, but additional time and/or
training is required to reach a standard of "Meets Expectations" in all areas, the plan may be
renegotiated. Finally, should it be determined that the overall performance continues at the level of
"Below Expectations" or that a standard of "Meets Expectations" cannot be met by the end date of the
Performance Improvement Plan, discipline may result in consequences up to and including termination
Acknowledgement
By signing below, I acknowledge that this Performance Improvement Plan has been received and
understood.
Page 3 of 3
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 630 of 740
WEST VALLEY CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT
INTRADEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE
On February 11, 2018 at 1500 hours, we met to discuss your progress in the Performance Improvement
Plan.
On February 3, 2018, we met and reviewed West Valley City Police Department policy 316.10 and how it
relates to report preparation and documentation. You indicated that you understood the policy.
On February 4, 2018, you were assigned to the Traffic Division with a Traffic FTO to receive field training
on completing DI9 reports. After speaking with the Traffic FTO, he indicated that you took three DI9
reports and had only minor errors to correct. At the end of that shift, you only had one issue that would
have resulted in a Records “Kickback.” The FTO said he provided training regarding that area, which was
how to properly format the address on the DI9 form.
On February 6, 2018, you spent 6 hours assigned to the Records Department. Records Clerk Jones
indicated that she showed you their process for entering and managing reports from patrol officers. She
also provided training on what attachments are necessary for domestic violence cases, traffic crashes,
stolen vehicle reports, vehicle tows, and theft-related reports.
On February 7, 2018, you were assigned to FTO Johnson for a period of one week. During that week,
FTO Johnson provided basic field instruction in the area of report writing and documentation. FTO
Johnson said during the week you took seven long form reports that included two domestic incidents, a
DI9, a burglary report, and 3 vehicle theft reports. FTO Johnson reported that you completed all
necessary reports and paperwork with no issues.
Each day for the past week, we have met at the end of the shift to review your packet and reports. While
reviewing your packet, I found one vehicle theft report that was missing the Affidavit of Theft. We
reviewed the procedure for vehicle theft reports and how to properly complete the form.
During today’s meeting, you indicated that you have understood the training provided during the past
week and feel like you are making progress. You had no concerns to address.
Next week, we will continue to meet at the end of each shift to review your reports and packet. We will
also continue to review and complete each of the remaining Strategies for Successful Outcome objectives
listed in the Performance Improvement Plan.
3577 South Market Street, West Valley City, Utah, 84119 | Phone: 801-963-3300 | www.wvcpd.com
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 631 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s):
Military Deployment and Reintegration
1008.2 DEPLOYMENTS
Members seeking a military leave of absence will provide advanced notice of his/her intent to take
military leave to their Watch Commander/Supervisor and the Public Safety Human Resources
Senior Advisor, unless advanced notice is precluded by military necessity or is otherwise
impossible or unreasonable, considering all relevant circumstances. Anticipated dates of
mobilization will be required to facilitate scheduling, leave, authorization, and salary. Members
may submit a copy of his/her orders.
Full-time employees who are members of the National Guard or any reserve branch of the United
States Armed Forces, or who are serving in a training capacity or are deployed under official
military orders are entitled to annual paid leave not to exceed 110 hours per calendar year.
An employee may not use military leave to make up for any designated holiday occurring during
the leave. When actual military leave exceeds the allowed military leave hours, employees may
draw on PTO or accrued holidays to remain on the City’s payroll. The City Manager, with approval
from the City Council, may allow additional benefits to be paid to employees who are called up to
active duty in times of national emergency. If the employee has no accrued time and still desires
to remain covered under the City’s insurance programs, they must pay the entire cost.
The City may grant military leave for military pre-induction examinations. The department head
and the Human Resources Office require verification of military leave for active military duty or
military pre-induction examinations. The verification must be forwarded to the City Manager, the
Human Resources Office, and Finance Department with the employee’s time card.
Eligible employees will be paid the difference, if any, between their military pay, from all sources
and their hourly rate of pay, (base pay), at West Valley City.
West Valley City will continue to pay contributions of up to 20% of base salary into the Utah
Retirement Systems and to the employees 401-a account if applicable, and to the City’s Long
Term Disability Plan if applicable, while the employee is on active duty.
The employee will be eligible for military pay as outlined in this section of the Personnel Policy
and Procedure Manual. Employees are eligible for 110 hours per calendar year of military pay.
When military leave exceeds the eligible hours, employees may draw on accrued Personal Time
Off leave and accrued holidays to remain on the City’s payroll. Unless otherwise notified by the
CALEA Standard(s):
Military Deployment and Reintegration
employee, all accrued leave will be paid out each two week period, (normal payroll periods), until
it is depleted. Personal Time Off leave will continue to accrue as if the employee is actively at
work; however, Personal Time Off leave hours will also be paid out as it is accumulated unless
the employee notifies the City.
Health and Dental insurance will continue to be provided as long as the employee pays their
portion of the expense. The Health and Dental plans in place will be responsible to determine
what, if any, benefits are payable to the employee and their dependents serving in the military.
West Valley City will have no input into disputed claims. If the employee chooses to cancel the
City’s medical and dental benefit plans while on active duty, he/she may do so; however, the
employee must remain on the plan in order to continue to provide benefits for his/her dependents.
Military personnel deployed for a period of 90 days or longer will follow the Department’s
deployment and reintegration process to ensure:
• Contact is maintained between the employee and the Department before, during, and
after deployment.
• The employee’s equipment is secured and accounted for.
• The employee receives refresher training facilitating reintegration back to work.
• The employee and his/her family receive support when needed.
(a) Pre-deployment
1. The Public Safety Human Resources Senior Advisor will act as the agency point of contact
for deployed members. He/she will also serve as the point of contact regarding employee
benefits and salary continuation.
2. Members will participate in an “exit interview” with the Public Safety Human Resources
Senior Advisor prior to deployment to establish the following:
(a) Contact information including, but not limited to:
i. The employee’s military e-mail and phone number, if available.
ii. Family contact information, including any support the Department may be able
to provide during the employee’s deployment.
iii. Unit name and identification.
iv. Commanding Officer’s name, telephone number, and e-mail address.
v. Immediate military supervisor’s name, telephone number, and email address.
vi. Name of the military ombudsman (or equivalent) telephone number and e-mail
address.
(b) Arrange for the secure storage of registered weapons, ammunition, credentials,
assigned vehicles, Department key cards/fobs, portable radios, and any other work-
CALEA Standard(s):
Military Deployment and Reintegration
related equipment. Department-owned equipment will be securely stored through
the Training Section.
(b) Deployment
1. Deployed employees will maintain periodic communication with the Public Safety Human
Resources Senior Advisor regarding status changes.
2. A deployed employee may direct requests for assistance regarding personal or family
needs to the West Valley City Peer Support supervisor or team member.
3. The Training Section will maintain a record of any certifications, qualifications, and
applicable Department training missed by employees during deployment.
4. If internet access is available to employees during deployment, they will check their city
e-mail whenever practical to receive personal correspondence from Department
members, information regarding Department events, policy updates, and roll call trainings.
5. The Department will make reasonable effort to notify deployed employees of promotional
opportunities and accommodate testing processes.
(c) Reintegration
1. Prior to returning to full duty, returning employees will meet with the Chief of Police and/or
Watch Commanders/Supervisors for a reintegration interview. This interview may include,
but is not limited to:
(a) The completion of any necessary paperwork regarding salary or benefits with the
Public Safety Human Resources Senior Advisor.
(b) The return of any equipment stored by the Department during deployment.
(c) The need for any medical examinations or psychological evaluations for the member.
2. The Training Section will schedule required weapons qualifications/re-certifications.
3. The T.A.C. Coordinator will arrange for any necessary NCIC re-certifications.
4. The Accreditation Manager will verify returning employees have received all policy
updates.
5. Returning employees may be assigned to a refresher training program for their assigned
area with a trainer, as determined by a section commander or his/her designee. If training
is deemed necessary, the trainer will complete a memo to the section commander at the
conclusion of the training, documenting what was accomplished and the member’s
progress.
(a) Employees, or the trainer, may request a longer training period. Refresher training
exceeding 40 hours will require a meeting with the employee, the trainer, and the
employee’s supervisor to determine the employee’s needs and the next course of
action.
CALEA Standard(s):
Transfers
All members are responsible for ensuring that they have not been disqualified from
possessing a firearm by any such conviction or court order and shall promptly report any such
conviction or court order to a supervisor, as provided in this policy.
Any person applying for or holding a concealed firearm permit and who is convicted of any
offense involving domestic violence may have the permit refused, revoked or suspended (Utah
Code 53-5-704(2)(a)(vi)).
Moreover, while legal restrictions may or may not be imposed by statute or by the courts upon
conviction of any criminal offense, criminal conduct by members of the Department may be
inherently in conflict with law enforcement duties and the public trust.
All members and all retired officers with an identification card issued by the Department shall
further promptly notify their immediate supervisor (or the Chief of Police in the case of retired
officers) in writing if the member or retiree becomes the subject of a domestic violence
restraining order or similar court order.
CALEA Standard(s):
Transfers
Any member whose criminal conviction unduly restricts or prohibits that member from fully and
properly performing his/her duties may be disciplined including, but not limited to, being placed
on administrative leave, reassignment and/or termination. Any retired officer whose criminal
conviction prohibits him/her from lawfully possessing a firearm or ammunition will have their
department identification card revoked.
Any member failing to provide prompt written notice pursuant to this policy shall be subject to
discipline.
Supervisor's responsibilities:
CALEA Standard(s):
Alcohol and Drug Use
West Valley City Police Department prohibits the consumption or the serving of any alcoholic
beverage at a department or city sponsored (or co-sponsored) event.
All alcoholic beverages will be prohibited at the event for the duration of the event.
CALEA Standard(s):
Alcohol and Drug Use
If a supervisor reasonably believes, based upon objective facts, that an employee's ability to
perform his/her duties safely and efficiently may be impaired by the consumption of alcohol or
other drugs, the supervisor may ask the employee whether he/she has consumed any alcohol
or other drugs and, if so the amount and type of alcohol or other drug consumed and the time
of consumption, and the name of the person who prescribed the controlled substance.
If the supervisor reasonably believes, based on objective facts, that an employee is impaired by
the consumption of alcohol or other drugs, the supervisor shall prevent the employee from
continuing work and shall notify Human Resources. The supervisor shall follow the directions
of Human Resources regarding screening tests and incident documentation.
CALEA Standard(s):
Alcohol and Drug Use
1. All job applicants must take and pass a mandatory drug test as soon as practical and as
directed by the City following their acceptance of a conditional offer of employment, and
prior to the actual time they commence employment with the City.
2. A confirmed positive test will result in the withdrawal of an offer of employment. A job
applicant’s refusal to submit to testing; failure to fully cooperate in the testing process;
attempt to tamper with, substitute for, adulterate, dilute, or otherwise falsify a test
sample; and/or any other conduct which would intentionally prevent or compromise a
valid test result will be considered a withdrawal from the application process and will
result in denial of employment.
(b) Employees
Employees may be subject to drug and/or alcohol testing as a condition of continued
employment, as directed by the Department and/or City at its sole discretion. This includes,
but is not limited to, drug and/or alcohol testing:
1. On a for-cause basis;
2. As part of a post-incident investigation;
3. During and post-rehabilitation, including return-to-duty testing;
4. Neutral, random-selection basis; and/or
5. As otherwise deemed necessary and appropriate by the Department and/or City, at its
sole discretion.
1012.6 CONFIDENTIALITY
The Department recognizes the confidentiality and privacy due employees. Disclosure of any
information relating to chemical abuse treatment, except on a need-to-know basis, shall only be
with the express written consent of the employee involved or pursuant to lawful process. The
written results of any screening test may be provided to the employee but will remain confidential
and separate from the employee's other personnel files.
1012.7 SEARCHES
CALEA Standard(s):
Alcohol and Drug Use
(a) When the Department and/or West Valley City has probable cause to believe that an
employee is violating any aspect of this Policy and/or West Valley City Personnel Policies
and Procedures, Part 9, he or she may be asked by the City to submit immediately to a
search or inspection. Such a search or inspection can be required at any time (including
during breaks and meal periods) while on City premises, representing the City, or at
worksites where the City conducts operations.
(b) This includes a search of an employee’s person and/or the requirement that the employee
make his or her desk, work station, storage locker, briefcase, purse, pockets, wallet,
personal belongings, vehicles, accommodations, and/or any other property that he or she
uses, has access to, and/or has control of, available for inspection.
(c) Any property provided by the City, or its customers, to an employee is provided with only a
temporary license of use and/or access, and then only relative to the appropriate
performance of the employee’s work responsibilities. Such license is specifically subject to
the condition that the employee must, on request, grant access to the property for inspection
and search. The City reserves and retains the right to remove any lock or other devise
securing the property, as necessary and/or appropriate.
(d) Entry on to the City’s premises or worksites constitutes a consent to searches and
inspections.
(e) An employee’s refusal to consent to a search or inspection when requested by West Valley
City constitutes a violation of this Policy and – as with other violations of this Policy – is
grounds for adverse employment action, up to and including termination of employment.
1012.8 COMPLIANCE
Employees must, as a condition of employment, abide by the terms of this policy.
Employees must promptly and fully report the illegal use of controlled substances on their own
part or the part of any other employee.
CALEA Standard(s):
Paid Time Off
CALEA Standard(s):
Paid Time Off
3. When the necessity for leave is foreseeable, such as an expected birth or planned
medical treatment, the employee should, whenever possible, provide the Department
with no less than 30 days’ notice of the intent to take leave.
4. Emergency leave will be handled within the guidelines set forth in the West Valley
City Personnel Manual.
1016.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
Bodily fluids - Includes amniotic fluid, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid, pleural fluid,
synovial fluid, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva, semen and vaginal secretions and any bodily fluid
visibly contaminated with blood.
Significant exposure - Exposure of the body of one person to the blood or bodily fluids of
another person by, including:
Source person - The person who was the source of a blood or bodily fluid exposure.
• Not less than two pair of disposable latex or nomex gloves; keeping a box in the car is
recommended.
• Safety glasses or goggles
• Rescue mask with a one-way valve
• Alcohol (or similar substance) to flush skin at the emergency site; keeping several
alcohol wipes in the car is recommended.
The protective equipment is to be kept in each police vehicle, and should be inspected at the
start of each shift and replaced immediately upon returning to the station if it has been used or
damaged during the shift.
1016.2.3 IMMUNIZATIONS
All personnel who, in the line of duty, may be exposed to or have contact with a
communicable disease shall be offered appropriate immunization.
Disposable gloves shall be worn on all medical emergency responses. Disposable gloves shall
be worn before making physical contact with any patient and/or when handling items (e.g.,
evidence, transportation vehicle) soiled with blood or other bodily fluids. Should one's disposable
gloves become contaminated with blood or other bodily fluids, the gloves shall be disposed of
as contaminated waste. Care should be taken to avoid touching other items (e.g., pens, books
and personal items) while wearing the disposable gloves in a potentially contaminated
environment.
All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be done in a way
to minimize splashing, spraying or otherwise generating droplets of those materials.
Eating, drinking, smoking, applying lip balm and handling contact lenses shall be prohibited in
areas where the potential for an exposure exists.
Exposure to blood, bodily fluids and/or other potentially infectious substances are likely in the
performance of the following job classifications:
• Police
• Special Functions Officer
• Forensic Personnel
• Evidence Personnel
The biohazard waste container located at the station shall be collapsible, leak-proof, red in color,
appropriately labeled with a biohazard warning, and routinely emptied.
If an employee's intact skin contacts someone else's blood or bodily fluids or other
potentially infectious materials, the employee shall immediately wash the exposed part of
his/her body with soap and warm water and/or an approved disinfectant as soon as possible.
If the skin becomes grossly contaminated, body washing shall be followed by an approved
hospital strength disinfectant. If large areas of the employee's skin are contaminated, the
employee shall shower as soon as possible, using warm water and soap and/or an approved
disinfectant. Medical treatment should be obtained.
All hand, skin and mucous membrane washing that take place in the station shall be done in the
designated cleaning or decontamination area. Washing shall not be done in the kitchen,
bathrooms or other locations that are not designated as a cleaning or decontamination area.
All sharps and items that cut or puncture (e.g., broken glass, razors and knives) shall be
treated cautiously to avoid cutting, stabbing or puncturing one's self or any other person. In
addition, if a sharp object contains known or suspected blood or other bodily fluids, that item is
to be treated as a contaminated item. If the item is not evidence, touching it with the hands shall
be avoided. Rather, use a device, such as tongs or a broom and a dustpan to clean up debris.
If the material must be handheld, protective gloves must be worn.
Any personal protective equipment that becomes punctured, torn or loses its integrity shall be
removed as soon as feasible. The employee shall wash up and replace the personal
protective equipment if the job has not been terminated. If this situation resulted in a
contaminated non-intact skin event, the procedures in this policy shall be implemented.
While cleaning equipment, pay close attention to handles, controls and corners (tight spots).
Equipment cleaning shall not be done in the kitchen, bathroom or other areas not designated as a
cleaning/decontamination area.
Contaminated leather boots shall be brushed and scrubbed with detergent and hot water. If
the contaminant soaked through the boot, the boot shall be discarded.
When the person to whom the employee was significantly exposed receives medical
treatment, it is the responsibility of the exposed employee to complete a first report of
injury/exposure and ensure that a copy is delivered to an authorized person at the medical
facility at the time of treatment.
The supervisor shall use the above information to prepare a written summary of the
incident and its causes, and recommendations for avoiding similar events. This report will be
provided to the Bureau Chief and to the City's Risk Manager.
Medical facilities rendering aid to the source person may obtain consent for communicable
disease testing. If the source person was taken to a medical facility for treatment, the
supervisor shall do the following:
(a) Ensure a copy of the exposed employee's first report of injury/exposure form is
completed as soon as possible.
(b) Ensure a copy of the first report of injury/exposure is delivered to the medical facility
where the source person is being treated.
(c) Remain in contact with the medical facility to learn whether consent was given and a blood
sample was taken.
(d) Report these results in the written summary.
(e) Ensure that the Bureau Chief and the City’s Risk Manager are notified of the incident.
The employee shall be made aware of the laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the
identity and infectious status of a source. If possible, the exposed employee will be informed
of the source's test results.
All other findings or diagnosis shall remain confidential and are not to be included in the
written report.
1016.4.4 COUNSELING
The Department shall provide the exposed employee (and his/her family if necessary) the
opportunity for professional counseling and consultation.
CALEA Standard(s):
Smoking and Tobacco Use
1018.2 POLICY
The West Valley City Police Department recognizes that tobacco use is a health risk and can
be offensive to other employees and to the public. It is the policy of the West Valley City
Police Department to prohibit the use of tobacco by employees while on-duty or at any time the
employee is acting in an official capacity for the Department.
The term “smoking” includes the use of e-cigarettes. “E-cigarette” means any electronic oral
device, such as one composed of a heating element and battery or electronic circuit, or both,
which provides a vapor of nicotine or any other substances, and the use or inhalation of which
simulates smoking. The term shall include any such device, whether manufactured,
distributed, marketed or sold as an e-cigarette, e-cigar, e-pipe or under any other product,
name, or descriptor.
Smoking is not permitted inside any City facility, office or vehicle (Utah Code 26-38-3).
It shall be the responsibility of each employee to ensure that no person under his/her
supervision smokes or uses any tobacco product inside City facilities and vehicles.
Inquiries about employee conduct which, even if true, would not qualify as a personnel
complaint may be handled informally by a Department supervisor and shall not be
considered complaints.
Internal Complaints are initiated by an employee of the Department. In addition, any discipline
issued to an employee will be entered as an internal complaint.
(a) Complaints shall not be prepared unless the alleged misconduct or job performance is of
a nature which, if true, would normally result in disciplinary action.
(b) When an uninvolved supervisor or the Watch Commander or Section Lieutenant
determines that the reporting person is satisfied that their complaint required nothing more
than an explanation regarding the proper/improper implementation of any Department
policy or procedure, a complaint need not be taken.
(c) When the complainant is intoxicated to the point where his/her credibility appears to be
unreliable, identifying information should be obtained, and the person should be provided
with a Personnel Complaint Form.
(d) Depending on the urgency and seriousness of the allegations involved, complaints from
juveniles should generally be taken only with their parents or guardians present, and after
the parents or guardians have been informed of the circumstances prompting the
complaint.
When a Personnel Complaint Form is completed in person, the complainant should legibly write
a detailed narrative of his/her complaint. If circumstances indicate that this is not feasible,
the complaint may be dictated to the receiving supervisor. In an effort to ensure accuracy in
any complaint, it is recommended that a recorded statement be obtained from the reporting
party. A refusal by a party to be recorded shall not alone be grounds to refuse to accept a
complaint. Whether handwritten or dictated, the complainant's signature should be obtained at
the conclusion of the statement. The complainant should be provided with a copy of the original
complaint.
The complainant shall be provided a copy of the original complaint upon request. Complaints
received in a manner other than in person shall be sent acknowledgement of the receipt of the
complaint if the complainant’s contact information is known. If an investigation into the
complaint has not been concluded within 45 days after the complaint was received, the
complainant shall be informed in writing, electronically or by telephone regarding the status of
the complaint
Serious allegations require investigation by the Internal Affairs Unit. These investigations
include but are not limited to improper exercise of police authority, misconduct pertaining to
alcohol, drugs, or sex, civil rights violations, discrimination and criminal conduct. All
investigations may be assigned at the discretion of the Chief of Police or the Administrative
Services Bureau.
An employee may be placed on administrative leave at the discretion of the Chief of Police.
(a) Under such circumstances, an employee placed on administrative leave shall continue
to receive regular pay and benefits pending the imposition of any discipline.
(b) An employee placed on administrative leave may be required by a supervisor to
relinquish any badge, Department identification, assigned weapon(s) and any other
Department equipment.
(c) An employee placed on administrative leave may be ordered to refrain from taking any
action as a Department employee or in an official capacity. The employee shall be
required to continue to comply with all policies and lawful orders of a supervisor.
(d) An employee placed on administrative leave may be temporarily reassigned to a
different shift during the duration of the investigation. The employee may be required to
remain available for contact at all times during such shift, and shall report as ordered.
(e) At such time as any employee placed on administrative leave is returned to full and
regular duty, the employee shall be returned to their regularly assigned shift with all
badges, identification card and other equipment returned. In the event the administrative
investigation has not received a final adjudication from the Chief of Police, the employee
may be assigned to modified duty until a final disposition has been reached.
The Chief of Police shall be notified as soon as practical when an employee is formally
accused of criminal conduct.
An employee accused of criminal conduct shall be provided with all rights and privileges
afforded to a civilian. The employee may not be administratively ordered to provide any
information to a criminal detective.
Any law enforcement agency is authorized to release information concerning the arrest or
detention of a peace officer, regardless of whether there has been a conviction. However, no
disciplinary action, other than paid administrative leave shall be taken against the accused
employee based solely on an arrest or crime report. In accordance with this policy, an
independent administrative investigation shall be conducted based upon the allegations in the
report.
(a) Interviews of accused employees shall be conducted during reasonable hours. If the
employee is off-duty, the employee shall be compensated.
(b) Prior to any interview, an employee shall be informed of the nature of the investigation
verbally or in writing.
(c) All interviews shall be for a reasonable period. The employee's personal needs shall be
accommodated.
(d) No employee shall be subjected to offensive or threatening language, nor shall any
promises, rewards or other inducements be used to obtain answers. Any employee
refusing to answer questions directly related to the investigation may be ordered to
answer questions administratively or be subject to discipline for insubordination. Nothing
administratively ordered may be provided to a criminal investigator.
(e) The interviewer should record all interviews of employees and witnesses. The
employee may also record the interview. If the employee has been previously
interviewed, a copy of that recorded interview shall be provided to the employee, if they
request it, prior to any subsequent interview.
(f) All employees subjected to interviews that could result in discipline from Category C, D,
or E of the Discipline Matrix shall have the right to have an uninvolved representative
present during the interview. However, in order to maintain the integrity of each individual
employee's statement, involved employees shall not consult or meet with a
representative or attorney collectively or in groups prior to being interviewed.
(g) All employees shall provide complete and truthful responses to questions posed
during interviews.
(h) An employee may be requested to provide a written account of the incident under
investigation in lieu of or in addition to an interview.
(i) If the nature of the allegation dictates that confidentiality is necessary to maintain the
integrity of the investigation, the involved employee(s) need not be notified of the pending
investigation unless and until the employee is interviewed.
(j) No employee may be compelled to submit to a polygraph examination, nor shall any
refusal to submit to such examination be mentioned in any investigation.
The use of compelled testing results shall be restricted to the administrative investigation.
Any employee may be compelled to disclose personal financial information pursuant to
proper legal process if such information tends to indicate a conflict of interest with official
duties, or if the employee is assigned to or being considered for a special assignment with a
potential for bribes.
Employees shall have no expectation of privacy when using telephones, computers, radios or
other communications provided by the Department.
Department members are to be aware that any issued or assigned Department property (e.g.
desks, offices, cabinets, lockers, vehicles, etc.) is subject to search by the Department and/or
City; no expectation of privacy exists relating to these items or areas.
2. Forward the adjudication and investigation to Internal Affairs via BlueTeam.
1020.7 DISPOSITION OF PERSONNEL COMPLAINTS
Each allegation shall be classified with one of the following dispositions:
Unfounded - When the investigation discloses that the alleged act(s) did not occur or did not
involve Department personnel. Complaints which are determined to be frivolous will fall within
the classification of unfounded.
Exonerated - When the investigation discloses that the alleged act occurred, but that the act
was justified, lawful and/or proper.
Not Sustained - When the investigation discloses that there is insufficient evidence to
sustain the complaint or fully exonerate the employee.
Sustained - When the investigation discloses sufficient evidence to establish that the act
occurred and that it constituted misconduct.
If an investigation discloses misconduct or improper job performance which was not alleged in
the original complaint, the investigator shall take appropriate action with regard to any
additional allegations.
If the complaining party is charged with a criminal offense associated with this investigation, then
the investigation may be suspended until the completion of the criminal trial.
Within 30 days of the final review by the Chief of Police, written notice of the findings shall be
sent to the complaining party. This notice shall indicate the findings. It will not disclose the
amount of discipline, if any imposed.
Any complaining party who is not satisfied with the findings of the Department concerning their
complaint may contact the Chief of Police to discuss the matter further.
In the event that an accused employee (or the representative of such employee) knowingly
makes false representations regarding any internal investigation, and such false
representations are communicated to any media source, the Department may disclose
sufficient information from the employee's personnel file to refute such false
representations.
Use of IAPro and BlueTeam Software CALEA Standard(s): 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4,
26.1.4, 26.2.1 and 41.2.2
In order for statistics in IAPro to be up to date and complete, there must be uniformity in entering
information into the BlueTeam program by employees and supervisors. Employees will enter
data regarding employee-involved traffic accidents, uses of force, vehicle pursuits, firearm
discharges, internal complaints, and external complaints into the BlueTeam program. The
information entered will be reviewed through the chain of command.
When an incident occurs, information about the incident will be completed and entered by
the involved officer and sent to the appropriate supervisor. It will then be forwarded to the
subsequent Watch Commander or Section Lieutenant via BlueTeam. The Watch
Commander or Section Lieutenant (or civilian equivalent) will review the incident and forward
it to their Deputy Chief or for review. After the Deputy Chief reviews the information, incidents
will be forwarded in IAPro.
1021.2 PROCEDURE
Initial BlueTeam entries shall occur on the date of the incident. Initial entries for internal/external
complaints shall be entered on the date a supervisor is notified of the complaint. Exceptions
must be approved by a supervisor.
(a) Use of Force Incidents - All use of force, firearm display and conducted energy weapon
display incidents will be entered into BlueTeam by the employees and forwarded to their
supervisor. A display of force occurs when a tool is out and directed towards a subject
AND commands are being given by the officer, or any other officer, for the purpose of
influencing the subject’s actions.
1. Physical Force
• Reportable physical force is the application of any physical techniques or
tactics on another person when the other person is not voluntarily submitting
to being searched, handcuffed, restrained or moved.
2. O.C. Spray
3. Taser display/discharge
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015,
07/15/2016, 11/01/2016, 03/01/2018, 2/28/2020 1 Policy 1021 contains 2 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 659 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
Use of IAPro and BlueTeam Software CALEA Standard(s): 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4,
26.1.4, 26.2.1 and 41.2.2
(b) Traffic Accidents - Any traffic accident which involves a Department vehicle.
(c) Vehicle Pursuits - Pursuits involving West Valley City Police Department vehicles or
officers taking police action under the authority of the West Valley City Police Department.
(d) Firearm Discharges – Any firearm discharge to include firing at a person, at an animal
or accidental discharge.
(e) Internal and External Complaints – Any complaint received or initiated by a supervisor
in accordance with Policy 1020, Personnel Complaints.
All entries for the above-referenced incident types shall be complete, forwarded through the
appropriate chain of command and submitted to IAPro within 30 days of the incident.
(a) No person shall attempt to access or use IAPro who has not been given the authority or
right of access through the Administrative Services Bureau or the Office of the Chief.
(b) No authorized user shall allow anyone to utilize their password or sign on information.
(c) All reports and documentation entered into or retrieved from IAPro shall be considered
confidential and shall not be published or disseminated without the approval of the
Administrative Services Bureau or Office of the Chief.
(a) Set user passwords and levels of access authority for authorized users.
(b) The software Administrator may not set up or change any access authority levels without
prior approval from the Chief of Police or the Chief’s designee.
Adopted: 07/09/2012 Updated: 09/15/2014, 10/20/2015,
07/15/2016, 11/01/2016, 03/01/2018, 2/28/2020 2 Policy 1021 contains 2 page(s)
West Valley City Police Department Policy Manual - 11/1/2020
Page 660 of 740
West Valley City Police Department
Policy Manual
CALEA Standard(s):
Seat Belts
Exceptions to the requirement to wear safety restraints may be made only in exceptional
situations where, due to unusual circumstances, wearing a seat belt would endanger any
member or the public. Members must be prepared to justify any deviation from this
requirement.
Any exception is to be used in conjunction with all relevant existing departmental policies,
procedures, rules and regulations.
A passenger of a police vehicle 8-years of age and up to 16-years of age shall be secured in a
properly adjusted and fastened safety belt (Utah Code 41-6a-1803(1)(a)(iii)).
CALEA Standard(s):
Seat Belts
design and use recommendations. In the event that a child is transported in the front seat of a
vehicle, the passenger side airbag should be deactivated. In the event this is not possible,
officers should consider arranging for alternative transportation.
No person shall modify, remove, deactivate or otherwise tamper with the vehicle safety belts,
except for vehicle maintenance and repair staff that shall do so only with the express
authorization of the Chief of Police.
Employees who discover an inoperable restraint system shall report the defect to the
appropriate supervisor. Prompt action will be taken to replace or repair the system.
CALEA Standard(s):
Body Armor
1024.2 POLICY
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to maximize officer safety through the
use of body armor in combination with prescribed safety procedures. While body armor provides
a significant level of protection, it is not a substitute for the observance of officer safety
procedures.
The Training Section Lieutenant shall establish a body armor replacement schedule and
ensure that replacement body armor is issued pursuant to the schedule or whenever the body
armor becomes worn or damaged to the point that its effectiveness or functionality has been
compromised.
CALEA Standard(s):
Body Armor
circumstances make it inappropriate to mandate wearing body armor.
Soft body armor should be cared for and cleaned pursuant to the manufacturer's care
instructions provided with the soft body armor. The instructions can be found on labels
located on the external surface of each ballistic panel. The carrier should also have a label that
contains care instructions. Failure to follow these instructions may damage the ballistic
performance capabilities of the armor. If care instructions for the soft body armor cannot be
located, contact the manufacturer to request care instructions.
Soft body armor should not be exposed to any cleaning agents or methods not specifically
recommended by the manufacturer, as noted on the armor panel label.
(a) Monitor technological advances in the body armor industry for any appropriate
changes to Department approved body armor.
(b) Assess weapons and ammunition currently in use and the suitability of approved body
armor to protect against those threats.
(c) Provide training that educates officers about the safety benefits of wearing body armor
and proper fit during annual inspections.
(d) Mandate current body armor be worn by employees and inspected by the Training staff or
designee at the annual firearms qualification.
records shall be deemed confidential and shall not be subject to disclosure except pursuant to
discovery procedures or in accordance with applicable federal discovery laws. Nothing in this
section is intended to preclude review of personnel files by the City Manager, City Attorney
or other attorneys or representatives of the City in connection with official business.
Employees may be restricted from accessing files containing any of the following information:
(a) Ongoing Internal Affairs investigations if the employee access could jeopardize or
compromise the investigation pending its final disposition or notice to the employee of the
intent to discipline.
(b) Confidential portions of Internal Affairs files which have not been sustained against the
employee.
documents relating to the employee's medical condition and history, including but not
limited to, the following:
(a) Materials relating to medical leaves of absence.
(b) Documents relating to workers compensation claims or receipt of short or long term
disability benefits.
(c) Fitness for duty examinations, psychological and physical examinations, follow-up
inquiries and related documents.
(d) Medical release forms, doctor's slips and attendance records which reveal an
employee's medical condition.
(e) Any other documents or material which reveals the employee's medical history or
medical condition, including past, present or future anticipated mental, psychological or
physical limitations.
1026.8.1 DEFINITIONS
Brady Material - In the Brady v. Maryland decision (373 U.S. 83 (1963)) the United States
Supreme Court held that the prosecution has an affirmative duty to disclose to the defendant
evidence which is both favorable and material to the guilt and/or punishment of the defendant.
The Prosecution - Refers to any District Attorney and all investigative agencies involved in
the criminal prosecution of a defendant, including this department.
1026.8.3 PROCEDURE
If an officer is a material witness in a criminal case, a person or persons designated by the Chief
of Police may examine the subject officer's personnel file to determine whether there are Brady
materials contained therein (e.g., evidence which is both favorable and material to the guilt
and/or punishment of the defendant). If Brady material is located, the following procedure shall
apply:
(a) The District Attorney shall be notified of the potential presence of Brady material in the
officer's personnel file.
(b) The District Attorney should file a motion in order to initiate an in camera review by the
court.
(c) The subject officer(s) shall be notified in writing that a motion has been filed.
(d) The employee responsible records in question shall accompany all relevant personnel files
during any in camera inspection and address any issues or questions raised by the court
in determining whether any material contained in the file is both material and favorable to the
criminal defendant.
(e) If the court determines that there is relevant Brady material contained in the file(s), only
that material ordered released will be copied and released to the parties filing the motion.
1. Prior to the release of any materials pursuant to this process, the Custodian of
Records shall request a protective order from the court limiting the use of such
materials to the involved case and requiring the return of all copies upon completion of
the case.
1028.3 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include:
Traumatic incident – A traumatic or critical incident is a mentally painful and highly stressful
event that cannot be resolved through normal, stress-coping mechanisms. These events may
cause disabling emotional and physical problems unless Department members are adequately
treated. A traumatic incident is defined by an individual’s unique, internal reaction to an event,
not necessarily the external appearance or apparent magnitude of the event. It is not
necessarily a life-threatening incident.
Common incident – Common incidents that pose the increased potential for trauma include,
but are not limited to:
• Shootings
• An actual or perceived threat to one’s life or of grievous physical harm
• Suicide or suicide attempt by a colleague
• Serious injury inflicted on, or death of, a colleague
• Serious injury or death of someone outside the Department, especially a child, under
particularly tragic or grotesque circumstances
• Cruelty to/abuse of a child
• Line of duty contact with friend/relative during a tragic/traumatic event
• Death of or injury to a person resulting from duty operations
• Perceived ‘failure’ during a tragic/traumatic event
• Large scale or prolonged disaster
• Events with high media exposure
• Any tragic/traumatic event that may have private/personal emotional significance to a
member of the Department, particularly when the event is characterized by relative
surprise; intense negative emotion; and perceived helplessness.
Traumatic Incident Team – A group of individuals with varying levels of mental health training
who are responsible for responding to traumatic incidents and providing mental health triage
and assistance. The Team includes the Peer Support Program Coordinator, Public Safety
Therapist/Counselor, police chaplains, Peer Support Team members and if necessary, an
external mental health professional.
Peer Support Team – Members of the Department, sworn and non-sworn, who have received
training in assisting in traumatic or critical incidents. Peer Support Team members are not a
substitute for professional help.
1028.4 GENERAL
1. The Employee Wellness Initiative is staffed by a licensed mental health professional(s).
2. The Employee Wellness Initiative office can be contacted Monday through Thursday
between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. by phone at (801) 232-0276, text message,
e-mail to [email protected] or by visiting the office on the third floor of the
Department, and on an as-needed basis outside of business hours. E-mail contact can
be made 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, and will be responded to during the following
work week. Emergency contact can be made for call outs or specific incidents.
3. The Employee Wellness Initiative Coordinator can be reached by phone after hours by
the on-scene supervisor when a traumatic incident occurs. Department members’ self-
referrals occurring after hours will be contacted the following day. If there is an
emergency, members should contact the Employee Wellness Initiative on a call-out
basis.
4. The services of Public Safety Therapist/Counselor may be invoked by employee self-
referral or, in the case of a Department member experiencing a life-threatening traumatic
incident, by referral of the Department member by a supervisor or Peer Support Team
member.
5. All Department employees will be mandated to attend a minimum of 2 sessions per year,
which will be scheduled by the Public Safety Therapist according to hire date. Higher
risk/exposure units will be mandated to attend a session once per quarter, or four times
per year. Additional therapeutic services beyond this are voluntary.
6. All services offered by the Employee Wellness Initiative are available to all Department
members.
7. All counseling services provided by the Employee Wellness Initiative are at no cost to the
employee. Referrals to a private therapist, specialist, outside agency, hospital, or non-
Department providers, may not be covered by the program. Information regarding
referral sources, credentials, programs, and the level of care provided may be obtained
by the Employee Wellness Initiative or Human Resources. The Public Safety
Therapist/Counselor may conduct follow-up sessions with Department members after
they receive counseling services from an outside entity to ensure the quality of care
provided by the outside entity is satisfactory to the employee.
8. The Employee Wellness Initiative has been established to provide confidential supportive
assistance, including peer assistance in partnership with the Peer Support Team, and
referral services for all Department employees. Comprehensive services may include,
but are not limited to:
a. Stress management training;
b. Alcohol and substance abuse support services and prevention training;
c. Individual counseling;
d. Grief counseling;
e. Communication skills;
f. Anger management and conflict resolution;
g. Traumatic incident stress management;
h. Referrals to pastoral counseling;
i. Gambling and addiction;
j. Debt management.
9. The services provided by the Employee Wellness Initiative are designed and tailored to
meet the unique needs of each Department member. This is accomplished by
maintaining a network of quality resources (i.e., treatment facilities, self-help and support
groups, and stress management training), which allows the program to respond promptly
to the needs of each individual.
10. The Public Safety Therapist will not conduct Fitness for Duty evaluations of any kind.
These evaluations, if needed, will be contracted with providers outside of the Department.
1028.5 CONFIDENTIALITY
1. The Employee Wellness Initiative will provide a trained mental health professional to
advise Department members of any limitations regarding confidentiality with the mental
health professional prior to the start of counseling.
2. Counseling notes shall not be examined by any member of the Employee Wellness
Initiative regarding any employee in counseling unless prior written approval has been
obtained from the employee.
3. No personally identifying information will be shared with the Department or Human
Resources. No audit or review by the West Valley City Police Department may be
conducted of the counseling documents maintained by the Employee Wellness Initiative.
Department members will be provided with an informed consent form that includes the
protections afforded to them before receiving counseling services from the Employee
Wellness Initiative.
4. No recording of any kind, audio or visual, will be permitted in the Public Safety Therapist’s
office during sessions or meetings.
5. Confidentiality is protected according to the following laws:
(a) Federal Rule of Evidence 501 is a general rule of evidence which states that no
federal rule of evidence will modify or supersede existing law relating to the
privilege of a witness, person, government, state or political subdivision.
(b) Rule 506 of the Utah Rules of Evidence provides a confidentiality privilege
protecting mental health professionals from being required to disclose any
information acquired from persons consulting with a mental health professional in
his or her professional capacity.
(c) The exceptions to confidentiality for the Employee Wellness Initiative are outlined
in Utah Code 58-60-114.
The rules of evidence regarding communications made to a Peer Support Team member differ
from those made to a licensed mental health professional. For the exceptions to confidentiality
regarding the Peer Support Team members, refer to Department Policy §1059 – Peer Support.
CALEA Standard(s):
Employee Commendations
CALEA Standard(s):
Fitness for Duty
CALEA Standard(s):
Fitness for Duty
Upon the recommendation of the Watch Commander, Section Commander or unit supervisor,
any employee whose actions or use of force in an official capacity result in death or serious injury
to another will be temporarily removed from regularly assigned duties and/or placed on paid
administrative leave for the wellbeing of the employee and until such time as the following may
be completed:
Except in very limited circumstances officers should have a minimum of 8 hours off between
shifts. Supervisors should give consideration to reasonable rest periods and are authorized to
deny overtime or relieve to off-duty status any employee who has exceeded the above
guidelines.
CALEA Standard(s):
Fitness for Duty
Limitations on the number of hours worked apply to shift changes, shift trades, rotation,
holdover, training, general overtime, combination of on-duty and off-duty work and any other work
assignments.
1032.8 APPEALS
An employee who is separated from paid employment or receives a reduction in salary
resulting from a fitness for duty exam shall be entitled to an administrative appeal as outlined in
the Conduct Policy (Policy § 340).
CALEA Standard(s):
Meal Periods and Breaks
Uniformed patrol and traffic officers shall request clearance from Valley Emergency
Communications Center prior to taking a meal period. Uniformed officers shall take their
breaks within the City limits unless on assignment outside of the City or with the approval of a
supervisor.
The time spent for the meal period shall not exceed the authorized time allowed of 45
minutes per 10 hour shift.
1034.1.2 BREAKS
Each employee is entitled to a 15-minute break, near the midpoint, for each four-hour work
period. Only one 15-minute break shall be taken during each 4-hours of duty. No breaks
shall be taken during the first or last hour of an employee's shift unless approved by a
supervisor.
Field officers will take their breaks in their assigned areas, subject to call, and shall monitor their
radios.
Break periods may not be accumulated to accommodate a shorter work day or longer lunch
period.
CALEA Standard(s):
Lactation Breaks
1035.2 POLICY
It is the policy of this Department to provide, in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act,
reasonable break time and appropriate facilities to accommodate any employee desiring to
express breast milk for her infant nursing child for up to one year after the child's birth.
Lactation breaks, if feasible, should be taken at the same time as the employee's regularly
scheduled rest or meal periods.
While a reasonable effort will be made to provide additional time beyond authorized breaks, any
such time exceeding the regularly scheduled break time will be unpaid.
Employees desiring to take a lactation break shall notify Valley Emergency Communications
Center or a supervisor prior to taking such a break. Such breaks may be reasonably delayed if it
would seriously disrupt Department operations.
Once a lactation break has been approved, the break should not be interrupted except for
emergency or exigent circumstances.
Employees occupying such private areas shall either secure the door or otherwise make it clear
to others that the area is occupied, and that the employee has a need for privacy. All other
employees should avoid interrupting an employee during an authorized break, except to
announce an emergency or other urgent circumstance.
Authorized lactation breaks for employees assigned to the field may be taken at the nearest
appropriate private area.
CALEA Standard(s):
Time Card Procedures
• Police Chief
• Deputy Police Chiefs
Time cards that are not submitted by the due date may not be paid in a timely manner and delay
receipt of paycheck. Administrative Assistants and the Budget Manager will review time cards
to ensure they are complete and accurate.
The Department Head will then forward the form to the City Manager for approval. Approval is
contingent upon the following terms and conditions:
(a) The outside employment must not interfere with the employee's ability to meet the
City's work schedule, including reasonable callback and standby assignments.
(b) The outside employment must not be directly connected with nor contingent upon a
representation that the employee is in any way representing the City, either directly or
indirectly, unless the City Manager has specifically approved the activity in writing.
(c) Once approved by the City Manager, the Human Resource Office files applications for
outside employment in the employee's personnel file.
(d) The City reserves the right to withdraw its approval for outside employment when
deemed to be in the best interests of the City.
(e) Employees who engage in outside employment without City approval may be subject to
termination.
(f) City employees may not use City vehicle in connection with outside employment,
unless authorized
No employee of the Department may engage in any outside employment without first
obtaining prior written approval of the Chief of Police or designee. Failure to obtain prior written
approval for outside employment or engaging in outside employment prohibited by this policy
may lead to disciplinary action. Any exception to obtaining written approval must be authorized
by the Chief of Police or designee.
In order to obtain approval for outside employment, the employee must complete an
Outside Employment Application, which shall be submitted to the employee's immediate
supervisor. The application will then be forwarded through channels to the Chief of Police for
consideration.
Unless otherwise indicated in writing on the approved permit, a permit will be valid through the
end of the calendar year. Any employee seeking to renew a permit shall submit a new Outside
Employment Application in a timely manner. Permission will be renewed on a yearly basis.
Any employee seeking approval of outside employment, whose request has been denied, shall
be provided with a written reason for the denial of the application at the time of the denial.
Outside employment must also comply with West Valley City policies.
Employment in any service or security position in the following establishments are prohibited:
(a) Where alcoholic beverages are dispensed and/or consumed and are the main focus of
business.
(b) Any business where any activity is of an illegal or gambling based nature.
Any private organization, entity or individual seeking special services for security or traffic
control from members of this department must submit a request to the Chief of Police or
designee in advance of the desired service. Such outside overtime will be assigned and
monitored through the Department.
(a) The applicant may be required to enter into an indemnification agreement prior to
approval.
(b) The applicant may further be required to provide for the compensation and full benefits of
all employees requested for such outside security services.
(c) Should such a request be approved, any employee working outside overtime shall be
subject to the following conditions:
1. The officer(s) may wear the Department uniform/identification.
2. The officer(s) shall be subject to the rules and regulations of the Department.
3. No officer may engage in such outside employment during or at the site of a
strike, lockout, picket or other physical demonstration of a labor dispute.
4. No officer may engage in outside employment as a peace officer for any other
public agency without prior written authorization of the Chief of Police.
Employees shall also promptly submit in writing to the Chief of Police any material changes in
outside employment including any change in the number of hours, type of duties or demands
of any approved outside employment. Employees who are uncertain whether a change in
outside employment is material are advised to report the change.
In the event the Chief of Police determines that the outside employment should be
discontinued or if the employee fails to promptly notify his/her supervisor of his/her
intentions regarding the work permit, a notice of revocation of the employee's permit will be
forwarded to the involved employee, and a copy attached to the original work permit.
Criteria for revoking the outside employment permit include, but are not limited to, the
following:
(a) The outside employment is medically detrimental to the total recovery of the disabled
employee, as indicated by the City's professional medical advisors.
(b) The outside employment performed requires the same or similar physical ability as
would be required of an on-duty employee.
(c) The employee's failure to make timely notice of their intentions to their supervisor.
When the disabled employee returns to full duty with the West Valley City Police Department,
a request (in writing) may be made to the Chief of Police to restore the permit.
CALEA Standard(s):
On-Duty Injuries
It is the policy of the West Valley City Police Department to ensure an employee that is
injured in the line of duty is given prompt and professional medical attention.
The City is also committed to ensuring that appropriate follow-up care is provided and that the
employee is able to return to duty as soon as possible.
Once initial emergency medical treatment is given and the employee is physically able, the
employee shall report to the City authorized care provider for follow-up treatment.
It is the responsibility of the employee to advise the emergency Medical Provider that the City
will not be financially responsible for any follow-up treatment by such an emergency Medical
Provider or by providers referred by the emergency Medical Provider, unless the follow-up
treatment or referral has been approved by the City authorized care provider and by WCF.
The employee is responsible for follow up with Worker’s Compensation Fund (WCF) and to
speak to a claims adjuster to assure that the details of the injury are reported. If an injury is so
severe as to render the employee physically incapable of following the reporting process as
required, the employee’s supervisor shall assure that the required reporting is completed.
In all cases, the ultimate responsibility for properly reporting a work-related injury is that
CALEA Standard(s):
On-Duty Injuries
of the injure employee. Failure to properly and timely report an injury may result in the
delay or denial of benefits, or in disciplinary action.
Any employee sustaining a work-related injury or illness that requires relief from duty is
required to be examined/treated by a doctor.
Any employee sustaining a work-related injury or illness that requires relief from duty is also
required to periodically call in during absences as directed. Employees are to notify the
Department of any change in condition or anticipated duration of the absence.
When appropriate, an employee being treated for an on-duty injury should inform the
attending physician that a modified duty assignment may be available at the Department.
Limited-service duty may be available for the employees whose injuries prevent resumption of
regular duties.
An injured employee or employee who has suffered a work-related illness shall report as soon
as practical to his/her immediate supervisor the medical findings concerning the injury and the
extent and duration of any work restrictions, if they are known. In addition, such employees
are required to promptly submit all medical releases, whether partial or full releases, to their
supervisor.
All injuries will be noted on the daily State of the Watch report and critical incident
notifications. Included in the critical incident notification will be the date, time and
circumstance of the injury and when it was reported to Human Resources AND the health
care facility where the employee was treated.
CALEA Standard(s):
On-Duty Injuries
(“Work Release”) from the Medical Provider and shall report to the Human Resource
Office before returning to the employee’s regular place of work. The employee’s
supervisor shall verify that the employee has reported to the Human Resource Office
before allowing the employee to return to the work site.
(b) If an employee is directed by the authorized Medical Provider to not return immediately
to full duty, the employee shall immediately provide the Human Resource Office with a
Physician’s note that states:
1. The Medical Provider has directed the employee to not return to full duty.
2. The reasons for such direction and the prognosis of the injury.
3. The expected date and time the employee will be released by the Medical Provider
to Transitional Duty and ultimately Full Duty.
4. The work restrictions the Medical Provider has placed on the employee.
CALEA Standard(s):
On-Duty Injuries
Human Resource Office and shall review any work restrictions with the employee
before allowing the employee to return to the work site.
CALEA Standard(s):
On-Duty Injuries
CALEA Standard(s):
Line of Duty Serious Injury or Death
1043.2 NOTIFICATIONS
If an employee learns of a serious physical injury or death of a fellow employee, he/she will
immediately notify his/her supervisor or Valley Emergency Communications Center (VECC),
depending on the circumstances. VECC will immediately notify emergency medical services
and the on-duty supervisor. The supervisor will ensure that the Watch Commander and/or
appropriate Bureau Chief is notified.
The Bureau Commander will notify the Chief of Police and the City Human Resources
Department. The Bureau Commander will also have VECC notify the on-call Chaplain and the
Peer Support Team.
In cases of a death of a Department employee, the Chief of Police or his/her designee will
assign a supervisor and an appropriate chaplain and/or Peer Support Team member to notify
the next of kin. The assigned supervisor will remain with the next of kin to provide assistance
as necessary.
For the purposes of this policy, next of kin includes (in order of notification preference) spouse
or significant other, parents, children, other relatives.
CALEA Standard(s):
Line of Duty Serious Injury or Death
When a serious physical injury or death is suffered as a result of a crime, the Peer Support Team
member assigned to assist the employee and/or his/her family will works with the investigators
assigned to the case to assist the family during the criminal proceedings.
The Peer Support Team member assigned to assist the employee and/or his/her family will
maintain long-term contact with the employee and/or his/her family, to ensure their needs are
being met.
1044.2.1 HAIR
Members shall have well groomed, neat and clean hair, styled in a manner that represents a
professional image. Many styles are acceptable in the Department and the acceptability of
the style will be judged by the criteria described below:
(d) Hair will not fall over the top of the ears and will not extend over the eyebrows.
(e) Hair must be above the collar line. Female Officer in Uniform:
1044.2.2 MUSTACHES
A short and neatly trimmed mustache may be worn.
Mustaches shall not extend below the corners of the mouth or beyond the natural hairline of
the upper lip.
1044.2.3 SIDEBURNS
Sideburns shall not extend downward below the top of the earlobe and will be neatly
trimmed. The base will be cleanly shaven and tapered and no more than 1" in width.
Traditional full beards may be worn if they are well groomed and neatly trimmed at all times
in order to prevent a ragged appearance. Full beards and goatees are authorized, but
patchy, spotty clumps of facial hair are not considered beards and as such are not permitted.
Full beards are defined as facial hair that follows the natural arch of the mouth, extending
just below the cheekbones, down under the chin and jawbone, with the neck remaining clean
shaven. Other variations or partial beards are prohibited unless authorized by the Chief of
Police or designee.
Officers may work during a "grow-in" period; however, officers are prohibited from repeatedly
starting and stopping the "grow-in" period in an effort to maintain an unshaven look.
Facial hair may be no longer than 3/8 of an inch. Designs shaved or trimmed into facial hair
are not permitted. Soul patches and non-natural dyes are not allowed.
Officers who are assigned an air-purifying respirator (APR) may not wear facial hair that
interferes with a proper seal.
1044.2.5 FINGERNAILS
Fingernails will not extend beyond the tip of the finger, as they can pose a safety hazard to
officers or others.
Fingernails will be well manicured and only clear or light nail polish will be permitted in
uniform.
Visible jewelry or other ornaments, other than those items listed below, shall not be worn
with the uniform unless specifically authorized by the Chief of Police or designee.
1044.5 EXCEPTIONS
(a) Officers of the Department on special assignment, where their attire and hairstyle must
be conducive to the nature of the assignment and clientele dealt with, are exempt from
this policy for the duration of the assignment. For the purpose of this directive, the
Police Chief will determine what constitutes a special assignment within the meaning
and intent of this exception.
(b) The Police Academy Rules and Regulations regarding personal appearance govern
police recruits.
(c) Exceptions to the facial hair and hair length provisions of this policy will be considered
for those employees who, due to a religious belief or medical situation, are unable to
comply with those sections.
CALEA Standard(s):
Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships
1050.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Business relationship - Serving as an employee, independent contractor, compensated
consultant, owner, board member, shareholder or investor in an outside business, company,
partnership, corporation, venture or other transaction where the Department employee's
annual interest, compensation, investment or obligation is greater than $250.
Public official - A supervisor, officer or employee who is vested with authority by law, rule or
regulation, or to whom authority has been delegated.
Relative - An employee's parent, stepparent, spouse, domestic partner, significant other, child
(natural, adopted or step), sibling or grandparent.
Supervisor - An employee who has temporary or ongoing direct or indirect authority over the
actions, decisions, evaluation and/or performance of a subordinate employee.
CALEA Standard(s):
Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships
• Relatives of the Mayor, City Council Members, the City Manager, Assistant City
Manager, or any Department Head, shall not be employed by the City.
• Employees who marry may not be employed within the same City department. The City
will make an effort to transfer one of the employees. If a transfer does not occur, one of
the employees will be terminated.
• The prohibitions described in subsections (I) and (II) above shall take effect on
September 12, 2005, and shall not apply to City employees hired prior to that date.
• Except as otherwise provided by law, temporary or part time employees who do not
receive benefits may be employed in City departments where relatives are employed.
Items II, III above apply to all employees including non-benefited, temporary or part-time
employees.
(a) Employees are prohibited from directly supervising or being directly supervised by any
other employee who is a relative or with whom they are involved in a personal or business
relationship.
1. If circumstances require that such a supervisor/subordinate relationship exists
temporarily, the supervisor shall make every reasonable effort to defer matters
pertaining to the involved employee to an uninvolved supervisor.
2. When personnel and circumstances permit, the Department will attempt to
make every reasonable effort to avoid placing employees in such
supervisor/subordinate situations. The Department, however, reserves the right
to transfer or reassign any employee to another position within the same
classification in order to avoid conflicts with any provision of this policy.
CALEA Standard(s):
Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships
1050.2.1 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITY
Prior to entering into any personal or business relationship or other circumstance which the
employee knows or reasonably should know could create a conflict of interest or other violation
of this policy, the employee shall promptly notify his/her uninvolved, next highest level of
supervisor.
Whenever any employee is placed in circumstances that would require the employee to take
enforcement action or provide official information or services to any relative or individual with
whom the employee is involved in a personal or business relationship, the employee shall
promptly notify his/her uninvolved, immediate supervisor.
In the event that no uninvolved supervisor is immediately available, the employee shall
promptly notify dispatch to have another uninvolved employee either relieve the involved
employee or minimally remain present to witness the action.
CALEA Standard(s):
Department Badges
1052.2 STANDARD
The uniform badge shall be issued to Department members as a symbol of authority and
will only be issued to sworn personnel. Exceptions to the use of the uniform badge will be made
at the discretion of the Chief of Police. The use and display of Department badges shall be in
strict compliance with this policy. Only authorized badges issued by this Department shall be
displayed, carried or worn by members while on-duty or otherwise acting in an official or
authorized capacity.
(a) An officer may sell, exchange or transfer the flat badge to another officer within the
West Valley City Police Department with the written approval of the Chief of Police.
(b) Should the flat badge become lost, damaged or otherwise removed from the officer's
control, he/she shall make the proper notifications as outlined in § 700.
(c) An honorably retired officer may keep his/her flat badge upon retirement.
The Department badge, shoulder patch or the likeness thereof, or the Department name shall
not be used for personal or private reasons including, but not limited to, letters, memoranda and
electronic communications such as electronic mail, or Web sites and Web pages.
The use of the badge, uniform patch and Department name for all material (printed matter,
products or other items) developed for Department use shall be subject to approval by the Chief
of Police.
Employees shall not loan his/her Department badge or identification card to others and shall not
permit the badge or identification card to be reproduced or duplicated.
CALEA Standard(s):
Department Badges
(b) The likeness of the Department badge for endorsement of political candidates shall not
be used without the expressed approval of the Chief of Police.
In the event that a request is made to view the employee’s issued West Valley City Police
identification, the employee shall present the photo identification card. If only the name, rank or
identification number is requested, then the employee shall politely provide the requested
information. An exception to these requests will be made if such action is likely to jeopardize an
investigation or put an officer at risk.
(a) Lettering that identifies the West Valley City Police Department
(b) A digital representation of the Department badge
(c) The employee’s name and signature
(d) The employee’s identification number (IBM)
(e) The current position or rank of the employee
(f) The signature of the Chief of Police
(g) Security features to reduce the likelihood of fraudulent replication
(h) For sworn officers, indication that the individual is authorized to carry a loaded and or
concealed firearm.
CALEA Standard(s):
Department Badges
(a) Civilian personnel shall not display any Department badge on their uniform.
(b) Civilian personnel shall not display any Department badge or represent himself/herself,
on- or off-duty, in such a manner which would cause a reasonable person to believe that
he/she is a sworn peace officer.
b) Issued identification cards will be worn around the neck of any volunteer, intern or contract
worker at all times while within any public safety facility or workplace and will adhere to the
same standards of information that is contained on any other employee identification card.
c) Identification cards are the property of the West Valley City Police Department and are
required to be returned to the Office of the Chief upon completion of the assigned task or
terms of agreement.
d) All volunteers, interns and contract workers will be required to be accompanied and
supervised by a full-time employee of the Department or, under some circumstances, a full-
time employee of the City while within any public safety facility or workplace.
CALEA Standard(s):
Modified Duty Assignments
The Department shall not have long-term or permanent modified duty assignments.
Assignment to modified duty shall not exceed one year.
1054.2 DEFINITIONS
Modified Duty - Means a temporary, limited-term assignment not requiring performance of
the full range of duties associated with the regular job classification. Modified duty also may be
termed as light duty assignments.
1054.3 LIMITATIONS
Modified duty assignments are intended to provide an employee an accelerated return to full
duty as soon as possible while providing the Department with a productive employee during
the interim period.
The Department may place conditions deemed appropriate upon any modified duty
assignment.
1054.4 PROCEDURE
To request assignment to modified duty, employees shall provide to the Human Resource
Department a signed report from a treating physician of their inability to perform the basic
and essential job functions of his/her regular duties, and their ability to perform the basic
and essential job functions associated with the duties of a modified duty assignment.
The document shall indicate the nature of the injury or illness, the employee's
limitations/restrictions and the expected duration. The physician must also indicate if the
employee requires any workplace accommodations, mobility aids or medical devices.
The Human Resource Department, in consultation with the Watch Commander or Section
Lieutenant, will determine what modified duty assignments may be available, consider the
needs of the Department, limitations of the employee, suitability to an assignment and may place
the employee in a suitable and available modified duty assignment.
CALEA Standard(s):
Modified Duty Assignments
Employees may also be directed to perform a modified duty assignment by the Chief of Police
or designee.
The employee and supervisors should be informed in writing of the schedule, modified duty
assignment, supervisor and limitations and/or restrictions as directed by the treating physician
or the Department.
1054.4.2 ACCOUNTABILITY
Supervisors of the regular and modified duty assignments for the employee shall coordinate
efforts to ensure proper time accountability.
While on duty, employees on modified duty are responsible for coordinating required doctor visits
and physical therapy in advance with their supervisor and must properly account for the time.
Employees shall immediately notify the Human Resource Department if there is a change in their
condition, which causes their physician to modify their duty assignment in any fashion and shall
submit a status report for each visit to the treating physician. A duty status report shall be
provided by employees assigned to light duty to the Human Resource Department no less than
every 30 days the employee is on modified duty.
Supervisors of employees on modified duty shall keep the Section Commander apprised of
the employee's status and ability to perform the modified duty assignment. Modified duty
assignments which extend beyond 60 days will require a written status report and request
for extension to the Section Commander updating the history, current status and
anticipated date of return to regular duty. Extensions require approval by the Chief of Police.
When it is determined that an employee is no longer to perform a modified duty assignment,
the supervisor of the modified duty assignment shall notify the Section Commander,
documenting and coordinating the change as necessary. All training and certification
necessary for return to regular duty shall be reviewed and updated as necessary.
Employees shall return to their regularly assigned duties when they have recovered from their
illness, injury or condition and the treating physician provides the Human Resource
Department with a signed clearance for full duty indicating that they are capable of
performing the basic and essential job functions of his/her assignment.
CALEA Standard(s):
Modified Duty Assignments
1054.5 PREGNANCY
It is the policy of the Department to reassign pregnant employees, if requested by the
employee or deemed necessary by the Department, to temporary assignments that will not
routinely expose them to environments or activity potentially hazardous to the employee, the
unborn child or the pregnancy.
If, at any point during the pregnancy, it becomes necessary for the employee to take a leave
of absence, such leave shall be granted consistent with the City's Personnel Rules and
Regulations regarding Family and Medical Care Leave.
CALEA Standard(s):
Employee Speech, Expression, Social Networking
Nothing in this policy is intended to prohibit or infringe upon any communication, speech or
expression that is protected or privileged under law. This includes speech and expression
protected under state or federal constitutions as well as labor or other applicable laws. For
example, this policy does not limit an employee from speaking as a private citizen, including
acting as an authorized member of a recognized bargaining unit or officer associations, about
matters of public concern, such as misconduct or corruption.
Employees are encouraged to consult with their supervisor regarding any questions arising from
the application or potential application of this policy.
1058.1.1 APPLICABILITY
This policy applies to all forms of communication including but not limited to film, video, print
media, public or private speech, use of all Internet services, including the World Wide Web, e-
mail, file transfer, remote computer access, news services, social networking, social media,
instant messaging, blogs, forums, video and other file-sharing sites.
1058.2 POLICY
Public employees occupy a trusted position in the community, and thus, their statements have
the potential to contravene the policies and performance of this department. Due to the nature
of the work and influence associated with the law enforcement profession, it is necessary that
employees of this department be subject to certain reasonable limitations on their speech and
expression. To achieve its mission and efficiently provide service to the public, the West
Valley City Police Department will carefully balance the individual employee's rights against
the Department's needs and interests when exercising a reasonable degree of control over its
employees' speech and expression.
1058.3 SAFETY
Employees should consider carefully the implications of their speech or any other form of
expression when using the Internet. Speech and expression that may negatively affect the
safety of the West Valley City Police Department employees, such as posting personal
information in a public forum, can result in compromising an employee's home address or family
ties. Employees should therefore not disseminate or post any information on any forum or
medium that could reasonably be anticipated to compromise the safety of any employee, an
employee's family or associates. Examples of the type of information that could reasonably be
expected to compromise safety include:
• Disclosing a photograph and name or address of an officer who is working undercover.
• Disclosing the address of a fellow officer.
• Otherwise disclosing where another officer can be located off-duty.
CALEA Standard(s):
Employee Speech, Expression, Social Networking
Employees must take reasonable and prompt action to remove any content, including
content posted by others, that is in violation of this policy from any web page or website
CALEA Standard(s):
Employee Speech, Expression, Social Networking
maintained by the employee (e.g., social or personal website).
Employees retain their right to vote as they choose, to support candidates of their choice and
to express their opinions as private citizens, including as authorized members of a recognized
bargaining unit or officer associations, on political subjects and candidates at all times while off-
duty. However, employees may not use their official authority or influence to interfere with
or affect the result of an election or a nomination for office. Employees are also prohibited
from directly or indirectly using their official authority to coerce, command or advise another
employee to pay, lend or contribute anything of value to a party, committee, organization,
agency or person for political purposes.
The Department reserves the right to access, audit and disclose for whatever reason any
messages, including attachments, and any information accessed, transmitted, received or
reviewed over any technology that is issued or maintained by the Department, including the
department e-mail system, computer network or any information placed into storage on any
department system or device.
This includes records of all key strokes or web-browsing history made at any department
computer or over any Department network. The fact that access to a database, service or
website requires a user name or password will not create an expectation of privacy if it is
accessed through Department computers or networks.
1058.6 CONSIDERATIONS
In determining whether to grant authorization of any speech or conduct that is prohibited under
CALEA Standard(s):
Employee Speech, Expression, Social Networking
this policy, the factors that the Chief of Police or authorized designee should consider include:
(a) Whether the speech or conduct would negatively affect the efficiency of delivering public
services.
(b) Whether the speech or conduct would be contrary to the good order of the Department
or the efficiency or morale of its employees.
(c) Whether the speech or conduct would reflect unfavorably upon the Department.
(d) Whether the speech or conduct would negatively affect the employee’s appearance of
impartiality in the performance of his/her duties.
(f) Whether the speech or conduct may be protected and outweighs any interest of the
Department.
1058.7 TRAINING
Subject to available resources, the Department should provide training regarding employee
speech and the use of social networking to all members of the Department.
1059.2 DEFINITIONS
A critical incident is any situation faced by West Valley City Police Department employees that
might result in unusually strong emotional reactions which have the potential to interfere with
their ability to function or cope during or after the incident, impair their ability to adjust, and/or
negatively impact the work environment. These emotional reactions may occur during a single
incident or long-term exposure to multiple incidents.
The Peer Support Team offers assistance and appropriate support resources to employees
when personal or professional problems negatively affect their work performance, family unit,
or self.
1059.11 TRAINING
Peer Support Team members shall complete a Peer Support Training program approved by the
Utah Department of Public Safety, Peace Officer Standards and Training Division (POST), the
State Fire Marshal's Office, or the Health Department, as applicable.
The Team Supervisor will help facilitate continual training in assistance techniques, stress
management, etc. Training classes for Team members will be provided annually, or Team
members will be notified of applicable training opportunities they can utilize. Each Team
member is required to attend at least one Peer Support-related training class annually. Special
circumstances that prohibit attendance will be addressed with the Team Supervisor.
CALEA Standard(s):
Early Intervention Program
1060.2 DEFINITIONS
Early Intervention Program (EIP) – The Department’s proactive, non-disciplinary approach to
identify employees who may need assistance and to document actions taken to assist such
employees.
Non-Disciplinary Remedy – Assistance provided to the employee that may include, but is not
limited to, training, counseling, and/or referral to the City’s Employee Assistance Program.
The emphasis of the EIP is on training and counseling, and is designed as a system to assist
supervisory personnel in evaluating and guiding the employee. This program acts as a tool to
identify employees who have shown a propensity for involvement in incidents of potential
performance issues.
An alert is simply an indicator for supervisors to closely scrutinize the information that triggered
the alert for that employee, analyze additional data if needed, and to take appropriate action, if
necessary. The focus should be to help those employees who may benefit from intervention.
1060.4 PROCEDURE
The EIP system automatically receives information on complaints, uses of force, vehicle
accidents, vehicle pursuits, or other documented performance issues, from the BlueTeam
Software (see Policy § 1020, Use of IAPro and BlueTeam Software). This information is entered
into the BlueTeam Software by supervisors and Internal Affairs personnel.
The EIP system will be configured to generate an alert when an employee accumulates a
certain number of incidents within a specified period. Information will be collected in the
following areas:
(a) Complaints – Both internal and external.
CALEA Standard(s):
Early Intervention Program
(e) Documents, Events and PTO Usage – The collection of data in this category will be limited
to performance evaluation system entries performance evaluations, lost or stolen
equipment, duty injuries, and excessive use or excessive accumulation of PTO.
When the system identifies an employee who has met or exceeded the thresholds of the system
an alert will be generated. A member of the Administrative Services Bureau will forward the
alert to the employee’s lieutenant through Blue Team.
The lieutenant will review the incidents which created the alert. Based on the information
contained in the reports and any other pertinent evaluation information, the employee’s
lieutenant will determine whether supervisory intervention is necessary.
(a) If supervisory intervention is not necessary, the lieutenant shall document their review in
Blue Team and forward to their deputy chief. The deputy chief will review the information
provided by the lieutenant and if they agree with the conclusion will forward the alert into
IAPro.
1. Documentation in Blue Team shall include a brief summary of the incidents triggering
the alert and any other information, including but not limited to input from the officer’s
sergeant, used to make the determination.
(b) If supervisory intervention is necessary, the lieutenant shall meet with the officer to discuss
the relevant information. A non-disciplinary remedy will be enacted. Documentation of the
incidents, meeting, recommendation, and justifications will be forwarded to the employee’s
deputy chief for final review.
1. When meeting with the employee, the lieutenant shall inform the employee of the
purpose of the meeting and advise the officer the meeting is non-disciplinary in nature
and is mandatory.
2. The purpose of the supervisory intervention is to review with the employee his/her job
performance and to determine what, if any, external factors may be adversely affecting
their performance. The supervisor’s goal should be to determine what, if any,
assistance might be provided to the employee by the Department.
CALEA Standard(s):
Early Intervention Program
Any reports and information related to the EIP are confidential and will be maintained separate
from Internal Affairs and Personnel files. EIP records/documents will be retained for three (3)
years from date of completion.